FCC ID: TX2-RTL8723BE 802.11 b/g/n+BT RTL8723BE

Setup Instructions Quick Setup 1 3 2 1 Quick Tour 7 6 5 NOTE: Your computer has a preinstalled battery. Before you press the power button to turn on the computer for the first time, make sure that the AC adapter is connected to the computer. 4 2 8 9

- q w e How to change your notebook into an entertainment stand Raise the display, and then rotate the display backward to a stand position

(about 315 degrees). How to change your notebook into a tablet Raise the display, and then rotate the display backward until the display back is flush with the computer bottom (360 degrees). Your computer is protected by a free subscription to McAfee LiveSafe service for a limited time from the first time you use the computer. You will have the option to purchase McAfee LiveSafe service upon expiration of the subscription. McAfee LiveSafe service helps protect your identity, your data, and your devices with a single subscription.*

r t y u i o p a s Speakers (2) s NOTE: Computer color, features, and accessories may vary.

* Select products only.

* Select products only. Regulatory Model Number and Simplified Declaration of Conformity The Regulatory Model Number (RMN) for this equipment is TPN-W112. This RMN is located on the bottom of the computer. Hereby, HP declares that this equipment is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. To view the Declaration of Conformity for this equipment, go to www.hp.eu/certificates and search using this equipments RMN. Software terms By installing, copying, downloading, or otherwise using any software product preinstalled on this computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of the HP End User License Agreement (EULA). If you do not accept these license terms, your sole remedy is to return the entire unused product (hardware and software) within 14 days for a full refund subject to the refund policy of your seller. For any further information or to request a full refund of the price of the computer, please contact your seller. Limited Warranty You can find your HP Limited Warranty located with the user guides on your product and/or on the CD or DVD provided in the box. In some countries or regions, HP may provide a printed warranty in the box. For countries or regions where the warranty is not provided in printed format, you can request a copy from http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments. For products purchased in Asia Pacific, you can write to HP at Hewlett Packard, POD, P.O. Box 200, Alexandra Post Office, Singapore 911507. Include your product name, and your name, phone number, and postal address. 1 2 3 1 WLAN antennas

(1 or 2 depending on model) 2 Internal microphones (2) 3 Mute key and light 4 TouchPad 5 Windows key

(displays the Start menu) 6 Webcam 7 Webcam light 8 Power button 9 Security cable slot

- USB port q Memory card reader w Volume button - +

e Hard drive light r SIM slot*

t Audio-out (headphone) and Audio-in (microphone) jack y Windows button u USB ports (2) i HDMI port o RJ-45 (network) jack p AC adapter and battery light a Power connector Go wireless Select the network icon in the lower-right corner of the taskbar, and then connect to one of the available networks. or Type wireless in the taskbar search box, and then select Connect to a network. NOTE: To set up a WLAN and connect to the Internet, you need a broadband modem (either DSL or cable) (purchased separately), high-speed Internet service purchased from an Internet service provider, and a wireless router

(purchased separately). Locate system information Depending on your product, a service label is either affixed to the bottom of the computer or is located inside the battery bay or beneath the service door. In Windows, briefly press the fn+esc key combination to display the System Information screen. Find more information Windows products

, and then select the Get To learn more about Windows and to access help topics, select the Start button started app. To access the user guides, type support in the taskbar search box, select HP Support Assistant, select My PC, select the Specifications tab, and then select User guides. Linux products FreeDOS products Double-click the HP Documents icon on the desktop. On the Boot Menu, select HP Documents. NOTE: You do not need to connect to the Internet to access the user guides. NOTE: A User Guides disc is included with some products. Feedback on this document To help us improve this document, please send any suggestions, comments, or errors to doc.feedback@hp.com. Include the document part number (located near the bar code) when submitting your feedback. Contact support To resolve a hardware or software problem, go to http://www.hp.com/support. Use this site to get more information about your product, including links to discussion forums and instructions on troubleshooting. You can also find information on how to contact HP and open a support case. Replace this box with PI statement as per spec.

*824307-001*

824307-001 TEMPLATE: HPSP_SLCN_CLR_Win10_060215.inddFLAT: 340.2 mm x 342.9 mm (13.3937 x 13.5) FOLDED: 340.2 mm x 57.15 mm (13.3937 x 2.25) COLOR: 5 Color, CMYK + PMS 2925 C FOLD: Accordion Navigating the Windows Start screen The Windows Start screen provides a central location where you can access your information and email, browse the Web, stream videos, view photos, and access your social media websites. Depending on your product, you can use a keyboard and mouse, a TouchPad, or a touch screen to navigate the Windows Start screen. Display the Start menu Select the Start button taskbar. in the lower-left corner of the Search In the taskbar search box, begin typing the name of an app, setting, file, or Internet topic. List your apps Select the Start button

, and then select All apps

. Shut down your computer Select the Start button select Shut down.

, select the Power icon

, and then Switch between open apps Select the Task view icon in the taskbar. NOTE: The appearance of the Windows screen may vary. Touch Gestures Use these common touch gestures with the TouchPad and, on select products, with a touch screen. For information about additional gestures, refer to the user guide included with your computer. To locate the user guide, see the Find more information section of this poster. Tap or double-tap to select Two-finger pinch zoom Two-finger click

(TouchPad only. Same as right-clicking with mouse.) NOTE: Some computers, apps, and files do not support all touch gestures. Two-finger scroll

(TouchPad only) One-finger slide

(touch screen only) WARNING: To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. For more safety and regulatory information, and for battery disposal information, refer to the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices provided with your user guides. To locate the user guides for your computer, see the Find more information section of this poster. WARNING: To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide provided with your user guides. It describes proper workstation setup, and proper posture, health, and work habits for computer users. The Safety & Comfort Guide also provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. The Safety & Comfort Guide is also available on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo. WARNING: To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950-1). Product description This product is a lightweight notebook computer and features a thin-panel display, TouchPad, processor, keyboard, RAM, integrated battery pack, hard drive or solid-state drive, and an external AC adapter. The printed Setup Instructions identify the hardware components of your computer. Depending on your product, the AC adapter has a rating of 100240 V ac, 50/60 Hz, 2.34.6 A. To access the latest user guide, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and select your country. Select Drivers & Downloads, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Copyright 2015 HP Development Company, L.P. McAfee LiveSafe is a trademark of McAfee, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Windows is a trademark of the Microsoft group of companies. Not all features are available in all editions of Windows. This computer may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware, drivers, and/or software to take full advantage of Windows functionality. See http://www.microsoft.com for details. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: September 2015 TEMPLATE: HPSP_SLCN_CLR_Win10_060215.inddFLAT: 340.2 mm x 342.9 mm (13.3937 x 13.5) FOLDED: 340.2 mm x 57.15 mm (13.3937 x 2.25) COLOR: 5 Color, CMYK + PMS 2925 C FOLD: Accordion

Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Second Edition: October 2014 First Edition: June 2014 Document Part Number: 786097-002 About This Guide This guide provides regulatory, safety and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, desktops, thin clients and personal workstations. WARNING! Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life. CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of information. NOTE: Text set off in this manner provides important supplemental information. iii iv About This Guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers .................................................................................................... 1 Accessing regulatory labels .................................................................................................................................. 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 2 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ................. 3 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................ 3 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 4 European Union regulatory notices ...................................................................................................................... 4 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 4 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ...................................................................... 5 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ....................................................... 5 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 5 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................ 5 Germany (English text) ................................................................................... 5 Germany (Deutscher text) .............................................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 6 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................. 6 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ..................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand WWAN wireless notice ............................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ............................................. 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 8 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 9 Modem notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 9 Telecommunications device approvals .............................................................................................. 9 U.S. modem statements ................................................................................................................... 10 U.S. modem declarations .................................................................................................................. 11 Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 12 v Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 12 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 12 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 13 Power cord notice ................................................................................................................................................ 13 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 13 DC plug of external HP power supply ............................................................................................... 13 Macrovision Corporation notice .......................................................................................................................... 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ........................................................ 14 Modem notices .................................................................................................................................................... 14 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................ 14 U.S. modem statements ................................................................................................................... 14 Canadian modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 Japanese modem statements .......................................................................................................... 15 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 16 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 16 Electromagnetic compatibility notices ............................................................................................................... 16 Federal Communications Commission notice .................................................................................. 17 Modifications ................................................................................................................... 17 Cables .............................................................................................................................. 17 Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ................................................................................................................................ 17 Products with wireless LAN devices ............................................................................... 17 Australia telecom statement ............................................................................................................ 18 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Canadian notice ................................................................................................................................. 19 European Union regulatory notices .................................................................................................. 19 Declaration of Conformity .............................................................................................. 19 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ................................................. 19 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ................................... 20 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ............................ 20 Ergonomics notice ........................................................................................ 20 Japan notice ...................................................................................................................................... 20 Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings ...................................................... 20 South Korea notices .......................................................................................................................... 20 Mexico notice ..................................................................................................................................... 21 Taiwan NCC notices ........................................................................................................................... 21 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ........................................................................................ 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ......................... 22 vi 3 Safety notices for notebook computers ......................................................................................................... 23 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 23 Potential safety conditions notice ...................................................................................................................... 23 User-replaceable battery notices ....................................................................................................................... 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice ....................................................................................................... 24 Power cord notices .............................................................................................................................................. 24 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 24 Cleaning the keyboard ......................................................................................................................................... 24 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 24 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................ 25 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 25 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 25 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................................... 25 Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ............................................................... 26 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 26 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 26 Battery replacement notice ................................................................................................................................ 27 Headset and earphone volume level notice ....................................................................................................... 27 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 28 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 28 Power supply class I grounding requirements ................................................................................. 28 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 28 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 28 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 28 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 28 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 28 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 28 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 29 Power cord set requirements ........................................................................................................... 29 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 29 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 29 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 30 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................ 30 Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 30 Note to CATV system installer .......................................................................................................... 30 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................ 31 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 31 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 31 Germany acoustics notice ................................................................................................................................... 32 vii Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 32 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers ............................................................................................ 33 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ...................................................................................... 33 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 33 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 33 Brazil hardware recycling information ............................................................................................................... 34 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) .............................................................................................. 34 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 35 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 35 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 35 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 38 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 41 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 41 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................................... 41 Turkey EEE regulation ......................................................................................................................................... 41 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ......................................................................................... 41 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ........................................................................................... 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ................................................... 42 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ...................................................................................... 42 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 42 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 42 Brazil hardware recycling information ............................................................................................................... 43 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) .............................................................................................. 43 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 44 Mercury statement .............................................................................................................................................. 44 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 44 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 44 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 45 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 48 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content .................................................. 49 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 50 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 50 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 50 Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law) .... 50 Turkey EEE regulation ......................................................................................................................................... 51

(Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances

(RoHS)) ................................................................................................................................................................. 51 TCO Certified Edge Certification .......................................................................................................................... 51 viii Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 53 ix x 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select models only), under the removable service door (select models only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) for radio modules in your computer. Electronic labels can be accessed through the system BIOS. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. 5. To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:

Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Accessing regulatory labels 1 Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following 2 conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. If you have questions about the product that are not related to this declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, TX 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, TX 77269-2000 or call HP at 281-514-3333 To identify your product, refer to the part, series, or model number located on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Brazil notice 3 Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets international guidelines (ICNIRP) for exposure to radio frequency radiation. This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions, but a minimum distance of 1 cm should be maintained from the antennas. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality This product is designed for use without restrictions in all EU countries, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit (VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use of VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sun light) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. Germany (Deutscher text) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG

(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. European Union regulatory notices 5 Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. Japan notice Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. South Korea notices B ( )

(B) ,

.

(

).

, 2.5cm

. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are onboard aircraft. The use of these devices onboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. Thailand WWAN wireless notice This telecom equipment has complied with NTC regulations. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Singapore wireless notice 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment onboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/

recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of Laser compliance 9 that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. 10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers U.S. modem declarations Refer to the following modem vendor declarations for the modem device installed in your computer:

Modem notices 11 Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:

New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/

18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. Japan power cord notice DC plug of external HP power supply Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Power cord notice 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. 14 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canadian modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japanese modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:

Modem notices 15 New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Electromagnetic compatibility notices This guide provides country- and region-specific nonwireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous 16 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by Hewlett-Packard Company may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods in order to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations. Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding the product, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 Or, call (281) 514-3333. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices This product may be equipped with a wireless LAN device. This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 17 WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. The FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to cochannel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. Australia telecom statement The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. 18 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CAUTION: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Canadian notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antenna for this device is not replaceable. Any attempt at user modification may damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets international guidelines (ICNIRP) for exposure to radio frequency radiation. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 19 This product may incorporate a radio transmitting and receiving device. For desktop computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality This product is designed for use without restrictions in all EU countries, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. This equipment has been designed to work with analogue DTMF Networks. This equipment may have internetworking difficulties in PSTN networks that only support Pulse Dialing. Please consult with your network operator for further assistance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable German ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-mouse and monitor. Germany (Deutscher text) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-Maus und Bildschirm. Japan notice B VCCI-B Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. South Korea notices B ( ) 20 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations

(B) ,

.

(

). 20cm . This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and personnel. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Electromagnetic compatibility notices 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices 22 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 3 Safety notices for notebook computers WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC/EN 60950). Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:

crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. User-replaceable battery notices WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Keep the battery away from children. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Heat-related safety warning notice 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

Listening to music at high volume levels and for extended durations can damage ones hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. For your own safety, headsets or earphones used with this product should comply with the headphone limits in EN 50332-2. If the computer includes a headset or earphones, this combination is in compliance to EN 50332-1. Power cord notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Cleaning the keyboard WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. Clean the keyboard regularly to prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles that can become trapped beneath the keys. A can of compressed air with a straw extension can be used to blow air around and under the keys to loosen and remove debris. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 24 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook computers China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m 2000m or 2000 China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system. Taiwan BSMI notice BSMI 1. 30 10 2. 2 2 1 China safety notices 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Important safety information WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. For your safety, the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug. Always use the power cord with a properly grounded wall outlet, to avoid the risk of electrical shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, CAUTION:

the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/

region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to IEC/EN 60950). Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. 26 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations WARNING! The equipment must be provided with a proper AC protective earth (PE) ground connection. Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Battery replacement notice WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. To reduce the risk of personal injury:

Do not attempt to recharge the battery. Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. For information about removing a battery, refer to your computer documentation. Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

Listening to music at high volume levels and for extended durations can damage ones hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. If the computer includes a headset or earphones and bears the "GS" mark, this combination is in compliance with EN 50332-1. For your own safety, headsets or earphones used with these products should comply with the headphone limits in EN 50332-2. Battery replacement notice 27 Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or a Hewlett-Packard authorized replacement. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Denmark Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Finland Norway Sweden Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on 28 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. For safety reasons, use only the AC adapter provided with the unit or an authorized replacement adapter from Hewlett-Packard. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/

index.pl. For use in Norway This product is also designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230V. Power cord set requirements The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from Hewlett-Packard or an approved HP source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries:

1. 2. The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. The length of the power cord must be between 1.8 m (6 feet) and 3.6 m (12 feet). For a power cord 2.0 m (6.56 feet) or less, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm2 or 18AWG. If the power cord is longer than 2.0 m (6.56 feet), the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 1.0 mm2 or 16AWG. The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. Pinch hazard 29 TV antenna connectors protection External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-

discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Table 4-1 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable 30 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m 2000m or 2000 China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. China safety notices 31 Germany acoustics notice Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779) Product noise emission data can be found in the product related IT ECO Declarations at Internet address:

http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted Taiwan BSMI notice BSMI 1. 30 10 2. 2 2 1 32 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 33 Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available

(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 34 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. China environmental notices http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/chinasepa.html http://www.hp.com.cn/hardwarerecycle

:

(, ) ,,,

,,,, (http://

www.sepa.gov.cn), 3

:

China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. Chemical substances 35 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit 36 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. CEL30 GB28380 2012:

1.

() A B C D A B C 1 2 3 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa Efa 2. 3. A B C D B C D CPU 2 2GB CPU 2 a. a 2GB b. GPU) B C GPU CPU 2 2GB GPU 128

. CPU 4 a. 4GB b. GPU 128 China PC energy label 37 GB28380-2012 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 38 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards X X X X X Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.

/

I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI)) (PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 39

/Java USB USB

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI)) (PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O: GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS

:

40 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950 A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration

(components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). Turkey EEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.

, 3 2008 1057. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This products real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar 42 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. Brazil hardware recycling information 43 Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Mercury statement This statement applies to All-in-One computers with built-in display panels that do not use LED backlighting. This HP product may contain the following material that might require special handling at end-of-life:

Mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the display LCD Disposal of mercury can be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)

(http://www.eiae.org). Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. China environmental notices http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/chinasepa.html 44 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations http://www.hp.com.cn/hardwarerecycle

:

(, ) ,,,

,,,, (http://

www.sepa.gov.cn), 3

:

China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

China PC energy label 45 Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. CEL30 GB28380 2012:

1.

() A B C D A B C 1 2 3 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa Efa 2. 46 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 3. A B C D B C D CPU 2 2GB CPU 2 a. a 2GB b. GPU) B C GPU CPU 2 2GB GPU 128

. CPU 4 a. 4GB b. GPU 128 GB28380-2012 China PC energy label 47 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybromi-

nated biphenyls

(PBB) Polybromi-

nated diphenyl ethers (PBDE) Motherboard, processor and heat sink Memory I/O PCAs Power supply Keyboard Mouse Chassis/Other Fans Internal/External Media Reading Devices External Control Devices Cable Hard Disk Drive Display X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity. 48 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content I/O PCAs

/

/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 49 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. IT ECO declarations Desktop PCs and Thin Clients http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950 A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law) Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin

(componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration

(components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). NOTE: Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. 50 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Turkey EEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur

(Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS))

, 3 2008 1057. The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. TCO Certified Edge Certification This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. Turkey EEE regulation 51 52 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Index A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 25, 31 B battery notice 8, 23, 41 battery recycling 33 Brazil notice 3 C cable grounding notice 25 Canada modem statement 12 Canada notices 4 China environmental notices 35, 44 China PC energy label 35, 45 China restriction of hazardous substances notice 38, 48 D Declaration of Conformity notebook computers 3 disposal notices battery 41 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 33 factory sealed battery 8 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 33 ENERGY STAR certification 34, 43 environmental notices 33 equipment disposal notice 33 ergonomics notice 5, 20 European Union notices 4, 19 F Federal Communications Commission desktops, thin clients and workstations notice 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations cables 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations modifications 17 notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers modifications 2 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications notebook computers notice 2 Commission 2 G GS Notice 5, 20 H headset and earphone volume level notice 24 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 50 J Japan modem statement 12 Japan notice 6 Japan power cord notice 13 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 50 K keyboard notice 24 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 9 M Macrovision Corporation notice 13 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law 41 Mexico wireless notice 6 modem notices 9 modem statements Canada 12 Japan 12 New Zealand 12 U.S. 10 modifications, desktops, thin clients, workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 N New Zealand modem statement 12 notices airline travel 8 battery 8, 41 battery, user replacement 23 Brazil 3 Canada 4 China restriction of hazardous substances 38, 48 environmental 33 equipment disposal 33 ergonomics 5, 20 European Union 4, 19 headset and earphone volume level 24 India restriction of hazardous substances 41, 50 Japan 6 Japan power cord 13 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 41, 50 keyboard 24 laser safety 9 Macrovision Corporation 13 Mexico 6 modem 9 perchlorate material 41 power cords 13, 24 Singapore 7 South Korea 6 Taiwan 7, 21 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel 24 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 41, 51 notices, desktops, thin clients and workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 Index 53 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 P power cord notice 13, 24 R recycling, electronic hardware and battery 33 S Singapore wireless notice 7 South Korea notice 6 T Taiwan notice 7, 21 TCO Certified Edge Certification 51 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel notice 24 tropical warning notice 25, 31 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 25 U U.S. modem statement 10 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 51 V voice support 13 volume level notice, headset and earphone 24 W wireless LAN devices 3, 18, 19 54 Index

Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Second Edition: October 2014 First Edition: June 2014 Document Part Number: 786097-002 About This Guide This guide provides regulatory, safety and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, desktops, thin clients and personal workstations. WARNING! Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life. CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of information. NOTE: Text set off in this manner provides important supplemental information. iii iv About This Guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers .................................................................................................... 1 Accessing regulatory labels .................................................................................................................................. 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 2 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ................. 3 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................ 3 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 4 European Union regulatory notices ...................................................................................................................... 4 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 4 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ...................................................................... 5 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ....................................................... 5 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 5 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................ 5 Germany (English text) ................................................................................... 5 Germany (Deutscher text) .............................................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 6 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................. 6 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ..................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand WWAN wireless notice ............................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ............................................. 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 8 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 9 Modem notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 9 Telecommunications device approvals .............................................................................................. 9 U.S. modem statements ................................................................................................................... 10 U.S. modem declarations .................................................................................................................. 11 Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 12 v Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 12 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 12 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 13 Power cord notice ................................................................................................................................................ 13 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 13 DC plug of external HP power supply ............................................................................................... 13 Macrovision Corporation notice .......................................................................................................................... 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ........................................................ 14 Modem notices .................................................................................................................................................... 14 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................ 14 U.S. modem statements ................................................................................................................... 14 Canadian modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 Japanese modem statements .......................................................................................................... 15 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 16 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 16 Electromagnetic compatibility notices ............................................................................................................... 16 Federal Communications Commission notice .................................................................................. 17 Modifications ................................................................................................................... 17 Cables .............................................................................................................................. 17 Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ................................................................................................................................ 17 Products with wireless LAN devices ............................................................................... 17 Australia telecom statement ............................................................................................................ 18 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Canadian notice ................................................................................................................................. 19 European Union regulatory notices .................................................................................................. 19 Declaration of Conformity .............................................................................................. 19 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ................................................. 19 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ................................... 20 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ............................ 20 Ergonomics notice ........................................................................................ 20 Japan notice ...................................................................................................................................... 20 Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings ...................................................... 20 South Korea notices .......................................................................................................................... 20 Mexico notice ..................................................................................................................................... 21 Taiwan NCC notices ........................................................................................................................... 21 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ........................................................................................ 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ......................... 22 vi 3 Safety notices for notebook computers ......................................................................................................... 23 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 23 Potential safety conditions notice ...................................................................................................................... 23 User-replaceable battery notices ....................................................................................................................... 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice ....................................................................................................... 24 Power cord notices .............................................................................................................................................. 24 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 24 Cleaning the keyboard ......................................................................................................................................... 24 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 24 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................ 25 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 25 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 25 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................................... 25 Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ............................................................... 26 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 26 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 26 Battery replacement notice ................................................................................................................................ 27 Headset and earphone volume level notice ....................................................................................................... 27 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 28 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 28 Power supply class I grounding requirements ................................................................................. 28 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 28 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 28 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 28 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 28 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 28 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 28 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 29 Power cord set requirements ........................................................................................................... 29 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 29 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 29 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 30 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................ 30 Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 30 Note to CATV system installer .......................................................................................................... 30 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................ 31 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 31 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 31 Germany acoustics notice ................................................................................................................................... 32 vii Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 32 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers ............................................................................................ 33 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ...................................................................................... 33 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 33 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 33 Brazil hardware recycling information ............................................................................................................... 34 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) .............................................................................................. 34 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 35 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 35 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 35 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 38 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 41 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 41 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................................... 41 Turkey EEE regulation ......................................................................................................................................... 41 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ......................................................................................... 41 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ........................................................................................... 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ................................................... 42 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ...................................................................................... 42 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 42 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 42 Brazil hardware recycling information ............................................................................................................... 43 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) .............................................................................................. 43 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 44 Mercury statement .............................................................................................................................................. 44 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 44 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 44 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 45 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 48 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content .................................................. 49 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 50 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 50 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 50 Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law) .... 50 Turkey EEE regulation ......................................................................................................................................... 51

(Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances

(RoHS)) ................................................................................................................................................................. 51 TCO Certified Edge Certification .......................................................................................................................... 51 viii Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 53 ix x 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select models only), under the removable service door (select models only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) for radio modules in your computer. Electronic labels can be accessed through the system BIOS. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. 5. To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:

Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Accessing regulatory labels 1 Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following 2 conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. If you have questions about the product that are not related to this declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, TX 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, TX 77269-2000 or call HP at 281-514-3333 To identify your product, refer to the part, series, or model number located on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. The FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Brazil notice 3 Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets international guidelines (ICNIRP) for exposure to radio frequency radiation. This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions, but a minimum distance of 1 cm should be maintained from the antennas. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality This product is designed for use without restrictions in all EU countries, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit (VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use of VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sun light) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. Germany (Deutscher text) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG

(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. European Union regulatory notices 5 Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. Japan notice Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. South Korea notices B ( )

(B) ,

.

(

).

, 2.5cm

. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are onboard aircraft. The use of these devices onboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. Thailand WWAN wireless notice This telecom equipment has complied with NTC regulations. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Singapore wireless notice 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment onboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/

recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of Laser compliance 9 that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. 10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers U.S. modem declarations Refer to the following modem vendor declarations for the modem device installed in your computer:

Modem notices 11 Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:

New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/

18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. Japan power cord notice DC plug of external HP power supply Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Power cord notice 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. 14 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canadian modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japanese modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:

Modem notices 15 New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Electromagnetic compatibility notices This guide provides country- and region-specific nonwireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous 16 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by Hewlett-Packard Company may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods in order to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations. Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding the product, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 Or, call (281) 514-3333. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices This product may be equipped with a wireless LAN device. This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 17 WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. The FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to cochannel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. Australia telecom statement The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. 18 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CAUTION: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Canadian notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antenna for this device is not replaceable. Any attempt at user modification may damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets international guidelines (ICNIRP) for exposure to radio frequency radiation. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 19 This product may incorporate a radio transmitting and receiving device. For desktop computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality This product is designed for use without restrictions in all EU countries, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. This equipment has been designed to work with analogue DTMF Networks. This equipment may have internetworking difficulties in PSTN networks that only support Pulse Dialing. Please consult with your network operator for further assistance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable German ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-mouse and monitor. Germany (Deutscher text) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-Maus und Bildschirm. Japan notice B VCCI-B Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. South Korea notices B ( ) 20 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations

(B) ,

.

(

). 20cm . This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and personnel. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Electromagnetic compatibility notices 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices 22 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 3 Safety notices for notebook computers WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC/EN 60950). Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:

crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. User-replaceable battery notices WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Keep the battery away from children. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Heat-related safety warning notice 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

Listening to music at high volume levels and for extended durations can damage ones hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. For your own safety, headsets or earphones used with this product should comply with the headphone limits in EN 50332-2. If the computer includes a headset or earphones, this combination is in compliance to EN 50332-1. Power cord notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Cleaning the keyboard WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. Clean the keyboard regularly to prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles that can become trapped beneath the keys. A can of compressed air with a straw extension can be used to blow air around and under the keys to loosen and remove debris. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 24 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook computers China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m 2000m or 2000 China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system. Taiwan BSMI notice BSMI 1. 30 10 2. 2 2 1 China safety notices 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Important safety information WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. For your safety, the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug. Always use the power cord with a properly grounded wall outlet, to avoid the risk of electrical shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, CAUTION:

the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/

region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to IEC/EN 60950). Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. 26 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations WARNING! The equipment must be provided with a proper AC protective earth (PE) ground connection. Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Battery replacement notice WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. To reduce the risk of personal injury:

Do not attempt to recharge the battery. Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. For information about removing a battery, refer to your computer documentation. Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

Listening to music at high volume levels and for extended durations can damage ones hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. If the computer includes a headset or earphones and bears the "GS" mark, this combination is in compliance with EN 50332-1. For your own safety, headsets or earphones used with these products should comply with the headphone limits in EN 50332-2. Battery replacement notice 27 Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or a Hewlett-Packard authorized replacement. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Denmark Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Finland Norway Sweden Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on 28 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. For safety reasons, use only the AC adapter provided with the unit or an authorized replacement adapter from Hewlett-Packard. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/

index.pl. For use in Norway This product is also designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230V. Power cord set requirements The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from Hewlett-Packard or an approved HP source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries:

1. 2. The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. The length of the power cord must be between 1.8 m (6 feet) and 3.6 m (12 feet). For a power cord 2.0 m (6.56 feet) or less, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm2 or 18AWG. If the power cord is longer than 2.0 m (6.56 feet), the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 1.0 mm2 or 16AWG. The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. Pinch hazard 29 TV antenna connectors protection External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-

discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Table 4-1 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable 30 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m 2000m or 2000 China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. China safety notices 31 Germany acoustics notice Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779) Product noise emission data can be found in the product related IT ECO Declarations at Internet address:

http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted Taiwan BSMI notice BSMI 1. 30 10 2. 2 2 1 32 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 33 Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available

(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 34 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. China environmental notices http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/chinasepa.html http://www.hp.com.cn/hardwarerecycle

:

(, ) ,,,

,,,, (http://

www.sepa.gov.cn), 3

:

China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. Chemical substances 35 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit 36 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. CEL30 GB28380 2012:

1.

() A B C D A B C 1 2 3 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa Efa 2. 3. A B C D B C D CPU 2 2GB CPU 2 a. a 2GB b. GPU) B C GPU CPU 2 2GB GPU 128

. CPU 4 a. 4GB b. GPU 128 China PC energy label 37 GB28380-2012 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 38 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards X X X X X Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.

/

I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI)) (PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 39

/Java USB USB

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI)) (PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O: GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS

:

40 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950 A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration

(components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). Turkey EEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.

, 3 2008 1057. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This products real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar 42 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. Brazil hardware recycling information 43 Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Mercury statement This statement applies to All-in-One computers with built-in display panels that do not use LED backlighting. This HP product may contain the following material that might require special handling at end-of-life:

Mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the display LCD Disposal of mercury can be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)

(http://www.eiae.org). Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. China environmental notices http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/chinasepa.html 44 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations http://www.hp.com.cn/hardwarerecycle

:

(, ) ,,,

,,,, (http://

www.sepa.gov.cn), 3

:

China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

China PC energy label 45 Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. CEL30 GB28380 2012:

1.

() A B C D A B C 1 2 3 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa Efa 2. 46 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 3. A B C D B C D CPU 2 2GB CPU 2 a. a 2GB b. GPU) B C GPU CPU 2 2GB GPU 128

. CPU 4 a. 4GB b. GPU 128 GB28380-2012 China PC energy label 47 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybromi-

nated biphenyls

(PBB) Polybromi-

nated diphenyl ethers (PBDE) Motherboard, processor and heat sink Memory I/O PCAs Power supply Keyboard Mouse Chassis/Other Fans Internal/External Media Reading Devices External Control Devices Cable Hard Disk Drive Display X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity. 48 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content I/O PCAs

/

/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 49 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. IT ECO declarations Desktop PCs and Thin Clients http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950 A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law) Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin

(componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration

(components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). NOTE: Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. 50 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Turkey EEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur

(Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS))

, 3 2008 1057. The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. TCO Certified Edge Certification This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. Turkey EEE regulation 51 52 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Index A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 25, 31 B battery notice 8, 23, 41 battery recycling 33 Brazil notice 3 C cable grounding notice 25 Canada modem statement 12 Canada notices 4 China environmental notices 35, 44 China PC energy label 35, 45 China restriction of hazardous substances notice 38, 48 D Declaration of Conformity notebook computers 3 disposal notices battery 41 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 33 factory sealed battery 8 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 33 ENERGY STAR certification 34, 43 environmental notices 33 equipment disposal notice 33 ergonomics notice 5, 20 European Union notices 4, 19 F Federal Communications Commission desktops, thin clients and workstations notice 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations cables 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations modifications 17 notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers modifications 2 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications notebook computers notice 2 Commission 2 G GS Notice 5, 20 H headset and earphone volume level notice 24 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 50 J Japan modem statement 12 Japan notice 6 Japan power cord notice 13 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 50 K keyboard notice 24 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 9 M Macrovision Corporation notice 13 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law 41 Mexico wireless notice 6 modem notices 9 modem statements Canada 12 Japan 12 New Zealand 12 U.S. 10 modifications, desktops, thin clients, workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 N New Zealand modem statement 12 notices airline travel 8 battery 8, 41 battery, user replacement 23 Brazil 3 Canada 4 China restriction of hazardous substances 38, 48 environmental 33 equipment disposal 33 ergonomics 5, 20 European Union 4, 19 headset and earphone volume level 24 India restriction of hazardous substances 41, 50 Japan 6 Japan power cord 13 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 41, 50 keyboard 24 laser safety 9 Macrovision Corporation 13 Mexico 6 modem 9 perchlorate material 41 power cords 13, 24 Singapore 7 South Korea 6 Taiwan 7, 21 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel 24 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 41, 51 notices, desktops, thin clients and workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 Index 53 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 P power cord notice 13, 24 R recycling, electronic hardware and battery 33 S Singapore wireless notice 7 South Korea notice 6 T Taiwan notice 7, 21 TCO Certified Edge Certification 51 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel notice 24 tropical warning notice 25, 31 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 25 U U.S. modem statement 10 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 51 V voice support 13 volume level notice, headset and earphone 24 W wireless LAN devices 3, 18, 19 54 Index

Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Second Edition: October 2014 First Edition: June 2014 Document Part Number: 786097-002 About This Guide This guide provides regulatory, safety and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, desktops, thin clients and personal workstations. WARNING! Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life. CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of information. NOTE: Text set off in this manner provides important supplemental information. iii iv About This Guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers .................................................................................................... 1 Accessing regulatory labels .................................................................................................................................. 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 2 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ................. 3 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................ 3 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 4 European Union regulatory notices ...................................................................................................................... 4 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 4 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ...................................................................... 5 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ....................................................... 5 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 5 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................ 5 Germany (English text) ................................................................................... 5 Germany (Deutscher text) .............................................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 6 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................. 6 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ..................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand WWAN wireless notice ............................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ............................................. 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 8 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 9 Modem notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 9 Telecommunications device approvals .............................................................................................. 9 U.S. modem statements ................................................................................................................... 10 U.S. modem declarations .................................................................................................................. 11 Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 12 v Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 12 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 12 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 13 Power cord notice ................................................................................................................................................ 13 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 13 DC plug of external HP power supply ............................................................................................... 13 Macrovision Corporation notice .......................................................................................................................... 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ........................................................ 14 Modem notices .................................................................................................................................................... 14 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................ 14 U.S. modem statements ................................................................................................................... 14 Canadian modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 Japanese modem statements .......................................................................................................... 15 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 16 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 16 Electromagnetic compatibility notices ............................................................................................................... 16 Federal Communications Commission notice .................................................................................. 17 Modifications ................................................................................................................... 17 Cables .............................................................................................................................. 17 Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ................................................................................................................................ 17 Products with wireless LAN devices ............................................................................... 17 Australia telecom statement ............................................................................................................ 18 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Canadian notice ................................................................................................................................. 19 European Union regulatory notices .................................................................................................. 19 Declaration of Conformity .............................................................................................. 19 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ................................................. 19 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ................................... 20 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ............................ 20 Ergonomics notice ........................................................................................ 20 Japan notice ...................................................................................................................................... 20 Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings ...................................................... 20 South Korea notices .......................................................................................................................... 20 Mexico notice ..................................................................................................................................... 21 Taiwan NCC notices ........................................................................................................................... 21 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ........................................................................................ 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ......................... 22 vi 3 Safety notices for notebook computers ......................................................................................................... 23 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 23 Potential safety conditions notice ...................................................................................................................... 23 User-replaceable battery notices ....................................................................................................................... 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice ....................................................................................................... 24 Power cord notices .............................................................................................................................................. 24 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 24 Cleaning the keyboard ......................................................................................................................................... 24 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 24 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................ 25 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 25 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 25 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................................... 25 Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ............................................................... 26 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 26 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 26 Battery replacement notice ................................................................................................................................ 27 Headset and earphone volume level notice ....................................................................................................... 27 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 28 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 28 Power supply class I grounding requirements ................................................................................. 28 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 28 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 28 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 28 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 28 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 28 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 28 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 29 Power cord set requirements ........................................................................................................... 29 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 29 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 29 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 30 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................ 30 Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 30 Note to CATV system installer .......................................................................................................... 30 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................ 31 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 31 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 31 Germany acoustics notice ................................................................................................................................... 32 vii Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 32 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers ............................................................................................ 33 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ...................................................................................... 33 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 33 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 33 Brazil hardware recycling information ............................................................................................................... 34 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) .............................................................................................. 34 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 35 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 35 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 35 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 38 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 41 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 41 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................................... 41 Turkey EEE regulation ......................................................................................................................................... 41 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ......................................................................................... 41 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ........................................................................................... 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ................................................... 42 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ...................................................................................... 42 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 42 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 42 Brazil hardware recycling information ............................................................................................................... 43 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) .............................................................................................. 43 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 44 Mercury statement .............................................................................................................................................. 44 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 44 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 44 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 45 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 48 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content .................................................. 49 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 50 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 50 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 50 Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law) .... 50 Turkey EEE regulation ......................................................................................................................................... 51

(Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances

(RoHS)) ................................................................................................................................................................. 51 TCO Certified Edge Certification .......................................................................................................................... 51 viii Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 53 ix x 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select models only), under the removable service door (select models only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) for radio modules in your computer. Electronic labels can be accessed through the system BIOS. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. 5. To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:

Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Accessing regulatory labels 1 Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following 2 conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. If you have questions about the product that are not related to this declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, TX 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, TX 77269-2000 or call HP at 281-514-3333 To identify your product, refer to the part, series, or model number located on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. The FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Brazil notice 3 Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets international guidelines (ICNIRP) for exposure to radio frequency radiation. This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions, but a minimum distance of 1 cm should be maintained from the antennas. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality This product is designed for use without restrictions in all EU countries, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit (VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use of VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sun light) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. Germany (Deutscher text) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG

(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. European Union regulatory notices 5 Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. Japan notice Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. South Korea notices B ( )

(B) ,

.

(

).

, 2.5cm

. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are onboard aircraft. The use of these devices onboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. Thailand WWAN wireless notice This telecom equipment has complied with NTC regulations. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Singapore wireless notice 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment onboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/

recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of Laser compliance 9 that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. 10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers U.S. modem declarations Refer to the following modem vendor declarations for the modem device installed in your computer:

Modem notices 11 Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:

New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/

18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. Japan power cord notice DC plug of external HP power supply Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Power cord notice 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. 14 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canadian modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japanese modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:

Modem notices 15 New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Electromagnetic compatibility notices This guide provides country- and region-specific nonwireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous 16 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by Hewlett-Packard Company may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods in order to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations. Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding the product, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 Or, call (281) 514-3333. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices This product may be equipped with a wireless LAN device. This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 17 WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. The FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to cochannel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. Australia telecom statement The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. 18 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CAUTION: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Canadian notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antenna for this device is not replaceable. Any attempt at user modification may damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets international guidelines (ICNIRP) for exposure to radio frequency radiation. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 19 This product may incorporate a radio transmitting and receiving device. For desktop computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality This product is designed for use without restrictions in all EU countries, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. This equipment has been designed to work with analogue DTMF Networks. This equipment may have internetworking difficulties in PSTN networks that only support Pulse Dialing. Please consult with your network operator for further assistance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable German ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-mouse and monitor. Germany (Deutscher text) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-Maus und Bildschirm. Japan notice B VCCI-B Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. South Korea notices B ( ) 20 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations

(B) ,

.

(

). 20cm . This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and personnel. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Electromagnetic compatibility notices 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices 22 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 3 Safety notices for notebook computers WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC/EN 60950). Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:

crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. User-replaceable battery notices WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Keep the battery away from children. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Heat-related safety warning notice 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

Listening to music at high volume levels and for extended durations can damage ones hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. For your own safety, headsets or earphones used with this product should comply with the headphone limits in EN 50332-2. If the computer includes a headset or earphones, this combination is in compliance to EN 50332-1. Power cord notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Cleaning the keyboard WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. Clean the keyboard regularly to prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles that can become trapped beneath the keys. A can of compressed air with a straw extension can be used to blow air around and under the keys to loosen and remove debris. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 24 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook computers China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m 2000m or 2000 China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system. Taiwan BSMI notice BSMI 1. 30 10 2. 2 2 1 China safety notices 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Important safety information WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. For your safety, the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug. Always use the power cord with a properly grounded wall outlet, to avoid the risk of electrical shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, CAUTION:

the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/

region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to IEC/EN 60950). Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. 26 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations WARNING! The equipment must be provided with a proper AC protective earth (PE) ground connection. Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Battery replacement notice WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. To reduce the risk of personal injury:

Do not attempt to recharge the battery. Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. For information about removing a battery, refer to your computer documentation. Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

Listening to music at high volume levels and for extended durations can damage ones hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. If the computer includes a headset or earphones and bears the "GS" mark, this combination is in compliance with EN 50332-1. For your own safety, headsets or earphones used with these products should comply with the headphone limits in EN 50332-2. Battery replacement notice 27 Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or a Hewlett-Packard authorized replacement. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Denmark Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Finland Norway Sweden Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on 28 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. For safety reasons, use only the AC adapter provided with the unit or an authorized replacement adapter from Hewlett-Packard. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/

index.pl. For use in Norway This product is also designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230V. Power cord set requirements The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from Hewlett-Packard or an approved HP source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries:

1. 2. The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. The length of the power cord must be between 1.8 m (6 feet) and 3.6 m (12 feet). For a power cord 2.0 m (6.56 feet) or less, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm2 or 18AWG. If the power cord is longer than 2.0 m (6.56 feet), the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 1.0 mm2 or 16AWG. The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. Pinch hazard 29 TV antenna connectors protection External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-

discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Table 4-1 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable 30 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m 2000m or 2000 China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. China safety notices 31 Germany acoustics notice Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779) Product noise emission data can be found in the product related IT ECO Declarations at Internet address:

http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted Taiwan BSMI notice BSMI 1. 30 10 2. 2 2 1 32 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 33 Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available

(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 34 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. China environmental notices http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/chinasepa.html http://www.hp.com.cn/hardwarerecycle

:

(, ) ,,,

,,,, (http://

www.sepa.gov.cn), 3

:

China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. Chemical substances 35 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit 36 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. CEL30 GB28380 2012:

1.

() A B C D A B C 1 2 3 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa Efa 2. 3. A B C D B C D CPU 2 2GB CPU 2 a. a 2GB b. GPU) B C GPU CPU 2 2GB GPU 128

. CPU 4 a. 4GB b. GPU 128 China PC energy label 37 GB28380-2012 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 38 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards X X X X X Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.

/

I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI)) (PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 39

/Java USB USB

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI)) (PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O: GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS

:

40 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950 A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration

(components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). Turkey EEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.

, 3 2008 1057. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This products real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar 42 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. Brazil hardware recycling information 43 Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Mercury statement This statement applies to All-in-One computers with built-in display panels that do not use LED backlighting. This HP product may contain the following material that might require special handling at end-of-life:

Mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the display LCD Disposal of mercury can be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)

(http://www.eiae.org). Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. China environmental notices http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/chinasepa.html 44 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations http://www.hp.com.cn/hardwarerecycle

:

(, ) ,,,

,,,, (http://

www.sepa.gov.cn), 3

:

China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

China PC energy label 45 Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. CEL30 GB28380 2012:

1.

() A B C D A B C 1 2 3 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa Efa 2. 46 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 3. A B C D B C D CPU 2 2GB CPU 2 a. a 2GB b. GPU) B C GPU CPU 2 2GB GPU 128

. CPU 4 a. 4GB b. GPU 128 GB28380-2012 China PC energy label 47 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybromi-

nated biphenyls

(PBB) Polybromi-

nated diphenyl ethers (PBDE) Motherboard, processor and heat sink Memory I/O PCAs Power supply Keyboard Mouse Chassis/Other Fans Internal/External Media Reading Devices External Control Devices Cable Hard Disk Drive Display X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity. 48 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content I/O PCAs

/

/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 49 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. IT ECO declarations Desktop PCs and Thin Clients http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950 A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law) Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin

(componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration

(components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). NOTE: Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. 50 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Turkey EEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur

(Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS))

, 3 2008 1057. The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. TCO Certified Edge Certification This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. Turkey EEE regulation 51 52 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Index A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 25, 31 B battery notice 8, 23, 41 battery recycling 33 Brazil notice 3 C cable grounding notice 25 Canada modem statement 12 Canada notices 4 China environmental notices 35, 44 China PC energy label 35, 45 China restriction of hazardous substances notice 38, 48 D Declaration of Conformity notebook computers 3 disposal notices battery 41 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 33 factory sealed battery 8 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 33 ENERGY STAR certification 34, 43 environmental notices 33 equipment disposal notice 33 ergonomics notice 5, 20 European Union notices 4, 19 F Federal Communications Commission desktops, thin clients and workstations notice 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations cables 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations modifications 17 notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers modifications 2 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications notebook computers notice 2 Commission 2 G GS Notice 5, 20 H headset and earphone volume level notice 24 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 50 J Japan modem statement 12 Japan notice 6 Japan power cord notice 13 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 50 K keyboard notice 24 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 9 M Macrovision Corporation notice 13 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law 41 Mexico wireless notice 6 modem notices 9 modem statements Canada 12 Japan 12 New Zealand 12 U.S. 10 modifications, desktops, thin clients, workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 N New Zealand modem statement 12 notices airline travel 8 battery 8, 41 battery, user replacement 23 Brazil 3 Canada 4 China restriction of hazardous substances 38, 48 environmental 33 equipment disposal 33 ergonomics 5, 20 European Union 4, 19 headset and earphone volume level 24 India restriction of hazardous substances 41, 50 Japan 6 Japan power cord 13 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 41, 50 keyboard 24 laser safety 9 Macrovision Corporation 13 Mexico 6 modem 9 perchlorate material 41 power cords 13, 24 Singapore 7 South Korea 6 Taiwan 7, 21 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel 24 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 41, 51 notices, desktops, thin clients and workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 Index 53 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 P power cord notice 13, 24 R recycling, electronic hardware and battery 33 S Singapore wireless notice 7 South Korea notice 6 T Taiwan notice 7, 21 TCO Certified Edge Certification 51 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel notice 24 tropical warning notice 25, 31 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 25 U U.S. modem statement 10 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 51 V voice support 13 volume level notice, headset and earphone 24 W wireless LAN devices 3, 18, 19 54 Index

ThinkPad Regulatory Notice About this manual This manual contains regulatory information for the following ThinkPad products. ThinkPad 11e (20E5, 20E6) ThinkPad Yoga 11e (20E7, 20E8) Read first regulatory information Read this document before using your computer. This computer complies with the radio frequency and safety standards of any country or region in which it has been approved for wireless use. Install and use your computer according to the following instructions. The latest Regulatory Notice manual is available on the Lenovo Web site. To download the manual, go to http://www.lenovo.com/support and then follow the on-screen instructions. Veuillez lire le prsent document avant d'utiliser votre ordinateur. Cet ordinateur est conforme aux normes de frquence radio et de scurit de tous les pays ou rgions dans lesquels son utilisation sans fil a t homologue. Installez et utilisez l'ordinateur en respectant les instructions qui suivent. La dernire version du manuel Regulatory Notice est disponible sur le site Web de Lenovo. Pour la tlcharger, rendez-vous sur http://www.lenovo.com/support et suivez les instructions l'cran. USA Federal Communications Commission (FCC) I. Approved wireless devices This section presents the FCC ID and model number of each wireless device. Preinstalled wireless LAN and Bluetooth module FCC ID: PD97265NGU (Model: 7265NGW) FCC ID: TX2-RTL8723BE (Model: RTL8723BE) FCC ID: QDS-BRCM1076 (Model: BCM94352Z) 1 Notes:

The wireless LAN and the Bluetooth features operate at different frequencies exclusively, and transmit radio frequencies simultaneously. The wireless LAN modules marketed in the USA and Canada do not support or function in the extended channels (12ch, 13ch). II. Preinstalled wireless LAN and Bluetooth module The wireless LAN and Bluetooth module in your computer is preinstalled by Lenovo, and you are prohibited to replace with other wireless adapter nor remove it. If the device requires replacement due to some problem during warranty, it must be serviced by a Lenovo authorized servicer. i) FCC ID location The FCC ID for the wireless LAN and Bluetooth module is shown on the enclosure of your computer. For the location of the FCC ID, see FCC ID and IC Certification information in User Guide. ii) FCC RF exposure compliance The radiated output power of the wireless LAN module authorized to use for your computer is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, it shall be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized as follows:

CAUTION:

For ThinkPad 11e:

To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, a separation distance of at least 20 cm (8 inches) must be maintained between the antennas connected to the wireless modules and all persons. If the distance may not be maintained while the computer is closed, you must select sleep as the power mode when closing the display. For ThinkPad Yoga 11e:

The radiated energy from the antennas conforms to the FCC limit of the SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) requirement regarding 47 CFR Part 2 Section 1093, when the computer operates in the conventional setting. The SAR is determined to measure at the highest power level in each frequency band. The ThinkPad Yoga 11e has been tested and found to meet the FCC RF exposure guidelines. The transmission antennas for the wireless LAN module are located in the LCD cover. See Locating the UltraConnect wireless antennas in User Guide. 2 iii) Radio Frequency interference requirements Each device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to FCC Part 15 Subpart B. Refer to Electronic emission notices on page 7 . When you use a wireless LAN module in the 802.11 a/n transmission mode, note that high power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5250 to 5350 MHz and 5650 to 5850 MHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this device. III. Simultaneous use of RF transmitters Your computer is approved for simultaneous use of one of the approved wireless LAN modules, the approved wireless WAN module, and the approved Bluetooth device. For a list of those transmitters, refer to I. Approved wireless devices on page 1 and ThinkPad Regulatory Notice for the Wireless WAN module. Make sure of the following conditions when you use any other external RF option device:

1. When you use any other RF option device, you are requested to confirm that the device conforms to the RF Safety requirement and is approved to use for your computer. 2. You must follow the RF Safety instructions of the RF option device that are included in the user manual of the RF option device. 3. If the RF option device is prohibited to use in conjunction with another transmitters, you must turn off all other wireless features in your computer. Canada Industry Canada (IC) I. Approved wireless devices This section presents the IC Certification and model number of each wireless device. Preinstalled wireless LAN and Bluetooth module IC: 1000M-7265NG (Model: 7265NGW) IC: 6317A-RTL8723BE (Model: RTL8723BENF) IC: 4324A-BRCM1076 (Model: BCM94352Z) 3 Notes:

The wireless LAN and the Bluetooth features operate at different frequencies exclusively, and transmit radio frequencies simultaneously. The wireless LAN modules marketed in the USA and Canada do not support or function in the extended channels (12ch, 13ch). II. Preinstalled wireless LAN and Bluetooth module The IC Certification number for the wireless LAN and Bluetooth module is shown on the enclosure of your computer. For the location of the IC Certification number, see FCC ID and IC Certification information in User Guide. The wireless LAN and Bluetooth module in your computer is preinstalled by Lenovo, and you are prohibited to replace with other wireless adapter nor remove it. If the device requires replacement due to some problem during warranty, it must be serviced by a Lenovo authorized servicer. III. Low power license-exempt radiocommunication devices

(RSS-210) Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference. 2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. The transmitter devices have been designed to operate with the antennas integrated in the computer, and having a maximum gain of within 3 dBi. The maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the 5250-5350 MHz, 5470-5725 MHz, and 5725-5825 MHz bands complies with the e.i.r.p. limit in section A9.2 of RSS-210. When you use a wireless LAN module in the 802.11 a/n transmission mode, note the following:

The devices for the band 51505250 MHz are only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 52505350 MHz and 56505850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LELAN (Licence-Exempt Local Area Network) devices. 4 IV. Exposure of humans to RF fields (RSS-102) The computers employ low gain integral antennas that do not emit RF field in excess of Health Canada limits for the general population; consult Safety Code 6, obtainable from Health Canada's Web site at http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/

The radiated energy from the antennas connected to the wireless modules conforms to the Canada Portable RF exposure limit regarding IC RSS-102 Issue 4 clause 4.2 set forth for an uncontrolled environment, and are safe for intended operation in the conventional setting. The further RF exposure reduction can be achieved if the product can be kept as far as possible from the user body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available. I. Priphriques sans fil homologus Cette section prsente le numro d'homologation IC et le numro de modle de chaque priphrique sans fil. Module de rseau local sans fil et Bluetooth prinstall IC: 1000M-7265NG (Model: 7265NGW) IC: 6317A-RTL8723BE (Model: RTL8723BENF) IC: 4324A-BRCM1076 (Model: BCM94352Z) Remarques :

Les fonctions de rseau local sans fil, et Bluetooth sont oprationnelles des frquences diffrentes exclusivement et mettent des frquences radio simultanment. Les cartes de rseau local sans fil commercialises aux Etats-Unis et au Canada ne prennent pas en charge les canaux tendus (12ch, 13ch) et ne fonctionnent donc pas sur de tels canaux. II. Module de rseau local sans fil et Bluetooth prinstall Le numro de certification IC correspondant au module de rseau local sans fil et Bluetooth figure sur le botier de votre ordinateur. Pour connatre l'emplacement du numro de certification IC, reportez-vous la section Informations sur l'identification FCC et la certification IC du guide d'utilisation. Le module rseau local sans fil et Bluetooth est prinstall sur votre ordinateur par Lenovo et il est interdit au client de le remplacer par un autre adaptateur sans fil ou de le supprimer. Si le priphrique doit tre remplac cause d'un problme survenu pendant la priode de garantie, l'opration doit tre effectue par un technicien agr Lenovo. 5 III. Appareils de radio-communication basse tension sans licence d'utilisation (CNR-210) Le fonctionnement de ce type d'appareil est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes :

1. Cet appareil ne peut pas causer de perturbations lectromagntiques. 2. Cet appareil doit accepter toutes les perturbations reues, y compris celles susceptibles d'occasionner un fonctionnement indsirable. Les appareils metteurs ont t conus pour fonctionner avec les antennes intgres l'ordinateur et avoir un gain d'antenne maximal de 3 dBi. Le gain d'antenne maximal autoris pour les appareils dans les bandes de frquence 5250-5350 MHz, 5470-5725 MHz et 5725-5825 MHz est conforme la limite p.i.r.e (puissance isotrope rayonne quivalente) dfinie dans la section A9.2 du CNR-210. Lorsque vous utilisez une carte de rseau local sans fil dans le mode de transmission 802.11 a/n, tenez compte des remarques suivantes :

Les appareils destins la bande 51505250 MHz devront tre exclusivement utiliss en intrieur afin de rduire les risques de perturbations lectromagntiques gnantes sur les systmes de satellite mobile dans un mme canal. Les radars forte puissance sont dsigns comme les utilisateurs principaux

(c'est--dire qu'ils sont prioritaires) des bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz. Ils peuvent provoquer des perturbations lectromagntiques sur les appareils de type LELAN (rseau de communication local sans licence) ou les endommager. IV. Conformit des appareils de radiocommunication aux limites d'exposition humaine aux radiofrquences (CNR-102) Les ordinateurs utilisent des antennes intgrales faible gain qui n'mettent pas un champ lectromagntique suprieur aux normes imposes par Sant Canada pour la population. Consultez le Code de scurit 6 sur le site Internet de Sant Canada l'adresse http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/

L'nergie mise par les antennes relies aux cartes sans fil respecte la limite d'exposition aux radiofrquences mises par les appareils portables au Canada telle que dfinie par Industrie Canada dans la clause 4.2 du document CNR-102, version 4 pour un environnement non contrl et permet d'affecter sans danger le produit l'usage auquel il est destin. La rduction de l'exposition aux radiofrquences est possible si le produit peut tre conserv aussi loin que possible du corps de l'utilisateur ou en dfinissant une puissance de sortie plus faible si une telle fonction est disponible. 6 Electronic emission notices Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Declaration of Conformity Models: 7265NGW, RTL8723BE, and BCM94352Z This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. the receiver is connected. Consult an authorized dealer or service representative for help. Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Responsible Party:

Lenovo (United States) Incorporated 1009 Think Place-Building One Morrisville, NC 27560 Telephone: 1-919-294-5900 7 Usage environment and your health Wireless feature (such as wireless WAN, wireless LAN, and Bluetooth and so on) emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy like other radio devices. However, the level of energy emitted is far much less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by wireless devices like for example mobile phones. Due to the fact that wireless feature operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations, Lenovo believes the wireless feature is safe for use by consumers. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situation or environment, the use of wireless feature might be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the organization. These situations and areas may for example include:

Using the wireless feature on board of airplanes, in hospitals or near petrol stations, blasting areas (with electro-explosive devices), medical implants or body-worn electronic medical devices, such as pace makers. In any other environment where the risk of interference to other devices or services is perceived or identified as harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies on the use of wireless devices in a specific organization (such as airport or hospital), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use wireless feature prior to turning on the tablet. Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both:

Lenovo ThinkPad UltraConnect Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. 8 First Edition (March 2015) Copyright Lenovo 2015. LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If data or software is delivered pursuant a General Services Administration GSA contract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925. Printed in China

(1P) P/N: SP40G77796

*1PSP40G77796*

User Guide Copyright 2015 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: January 2015 Document Part Number: 807293-001 Product notice Software terms This user guide describes features that are common to most models. Some features may not be available on your computer. This computer may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware and/or a DVD drive to install the Windows 7 software and take full advantage of Windows 7 functionality. Go to http://windows.microsoft.com/en-us/

windows7/get-know-windows-7 for details. To access the latest user guide, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and select your country. Select Drivers & Downloads, and then follow the on-screen instructions. By installing, copying, downloading, or otherwise using any software product preinstalled on this computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of the HP End User License Agreement (EULA). If you do not accept these license terms, your sole remedy is to return the entire unused product (hardware and software) within 14 days for a full refund subject to the refund policy of your seller. For any further information or to request a full refund of the price of the computer, please contact your seller. Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). iii iv Safety warning notice Processor configuration setting (select models only) IMPORTANT: Select computer models are configured with an Intel Pentium N35xx series or a Celeron N28xx/N29xx series processor and a Windows operating system. If your computer is configured as described, do not change the processor configuration setting in msconfig.exe from 4 or 2 processors to 1 processor. If you do so, your computer will not restart. You will have to perform a factory reset to restore the original settings. v vi Processor configuration setting (select models only) Table of contents 1 Welcome ....................................................................................................................................................... 1 Finding information ............................................................................................................................................... 2 2 Getting to know your computer ...................................................................................................................... 4 Right ....................................................................................................................................................................... 4 Left ......................................................................................................................................................................... 5 Display ................................................................................................................................................................... 6 Top ......................................................................................................................................................................... 7 Top cover ............................................................................................................................................. 7 TouchPad ............................................................................................................................................. 8 Lights ................................................................................................................................................... 9 Buttons and speakers ....................................................................................................................... 10 Keys ................................................................................................................................................... 11 Bottom ................................................................................................................................................................. 12 Front ..................................................................................................................................................................... 12 3 Connecting to a network .............................................................................................................................. 13 Connecting to a wireless network ....................................................................................................................... 13 Using the wireless controls ............................................................................................................... 13 Turning wireless devices on or off ................................................................................. 13 Using HP Connection Manager (select models only) ..................................................... 14 Using the wireless button ............................................................................................... 14 Using operating system controls ................................................................................... 14 Using a WLAN ..................................................................................................................................... 14 Using an Internet service provider ................................................................................. 15 Setting up a WLAN .......................................................................................................... 15 Configuring a wireless router ......................................................................................... 15 Protecting your WLAN ..................................................................................................... 16 Connecting to a WLAN ..................................................................................................... 16 Using HP Mobile Broadband (select models only) ............................................................................ 16 Inserting and removing a SIM ......................................................................................... 17 Using Bluetooth wireless devices ..................................................................................................... 18 Connecting to a wired network ........................................................................................................................... 18 Connecting to a local area network (LAN) ........................................................................................ 19 vii 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices .............................................................. 20 Using pointing devices ......................................................................................................................................... 20 Setting pointing device preferences ................................................................................................. 20 Using the TouchPad and gestures .................................................................................................... 20 Turning the TouchPad off and on ................................................................................... 21 Tapping ........................................................................................................................... 21 Scrolling .......................................................................................................................... 22 2-finger pinch zoom ....................................................................................................... 22 Using the keyboard .............................................................................................................................................. 22 Identifying the hot keys .................................................................................................................... 23 Using keypads ................................................................................................................................... 24 Using the embedded numeric keypad ............................................................................ 24 Turning the embedded numeric keypad on and off .................................... 26 Switching key functions on the embedded numeric keypad ....................... 26 Using an optional external numeric keypad .................................................................. 26 5 Multimedia ................................................................................................................................................. 27 Using the media activity controls ........................................................................................................................ 27 Audio .................................................................................................................................................................... 27 Connecting speakers ......................................................................................................................... 27 Adjusting the volume ........................................................................................................................ 27 Connecting headphones .................................................................................................................... 28 Connecting headphones and microphones ...................................................................................... 28 Checking audio functions on the computer ...................................................................................... 28 Webcam (select models only) ............................................................................................................................. 28 Video .................................................................................................................................................................... 29 VGA .................................................................................................................................................... 30 HDMI (select models only) ................................................................................................................ 30 Configuring audio for HDMI ............................................................................................................... 31 Intel Wireless Display (select models only) ...................................................................................... 31 6 Power management ..................................................................................................................................... 33 Shutting down the computer .............................................................................................................................. 33 Setting power options ......................................................................................................................................... 33 Using power-saving states ............................................................................................................... 33 Intel Rapid Start Technology (select models only) ........................................................ 34 Initiating and exiting Sleep ............................................................................................. 34 Initiating and exiting Hibernation ................................................................................... 34 Using the power meter and power settings ................................................................... 35 Setting password protection on wakeup ....................................................................... 35 viii Using battery power .......................................................................................................................... 35 Factory-sealed battery ................................................................................................... 35 Finding additional battery information .......................................................................... 36 Using Battery Check ........................................................................................................ 36 Displaying the remaining battery charge ....................................................................... 36 Maximizing battery discharge time ................................................................................ 36 Managing low battery levels .......................................................................................... 36 Identifying low battery levels ...................................................................... 37 Resolving a low battery level ....................................................................... 37 Conserving battery power .............................................................................................. 37 Using external AC power ................................................................................................................... 37 Testing an AC adapter ..................................................................................................... 38 Refreshing your software content with Intel Smart Connect Technology (select models only) .... 38 7 External cards and devices ........................................................................................................................... 40 Using memory card readers (select models only) .............................................................................................. 40 Inserting a memory card ................................................................................................................... 40 Removing a memory card ................................................................................................................. 40 Using a USB device ............................................................................................................................................... 41 Connecting a USB device ................................................................................................................... 42 Removing a USB device ..................................................................................................................... 42 Using optional external devices .......................................................................................................................... 42 Using optional external drives .......................................................................................................... 43 8 Drives ......................................................................................................................................................... 44 Handling drives .................................................................................................................................................... 44 Using hard drives ................................................................................................................................................. 44 Intel Smart Response Technology (select models only) .................................................................. 44 Improving hard drive performance ................................................................................................... 45 Using Disk Defragmenter ............................................................................................... 45 Using Disk Cleanup ......................................................................................................... 45 Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select models only) .................................................................................. 45 Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status .............................................................................. 46 9 Security ...................................................................................................................................................... 47 Protecting the computer ..................................................................................................................................... 47 Using passwords .................................................................................................................................................. 47 Setting passwords in Windows ......................................................................................................... 48 Setting passwords in Computer Setup ............................................................................................. 49 Managing a BIOS administrator password ....................................................................................... 49 ix Entering a BIOS administrator password ....................................................................... 50 Managing a Computer Setup DriveLock password ........................................................................... 50 Setting a DriveLock password ........................................................................................ 51 Entering a DriveLock password ...................................................................................... 52 Changing a DriveLock password ..................................................................................... 52 Removing DriveLock protection ..................................................................................... 52 Using Computer Setup Automatic DriveLock ................................................................................... 53 Entering an Automatic DriveLock password .................................................................. 53 Removing Automatic DriveLock protection ................................................................... 53 Using antivirus software ..................................................................................................................................... 54 Using firewall software ....................................................................................................................................... 54 Installing critical security updates ...................................................................................................................... 54 Using HP Client Security (select models only) .................................................................................................... 55 Installing an optional security cable ................................................................................................................... 55 10 Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................. 56 Cleaning your computer ...................................................................................................................................... 56 Cleaning procedures ......................................................................................................................... 56 Cleaning the display (All-in-Ones or Notebooks) ........................................................... 56 Cleaning the sides or cover ............................................................................................. 56 Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse ................................................................ 57 Updating programs and drivers .......................................................................................................................... 57 Using SoftPaq Download Manager ...................................................................................................................... 57 11 Backup and recovery .................................................................................................................................. 58 Creating recovery media and backups ................................................................................................................ 58 Guidelines .......................................................................................................................................... 58 Creating recovery media with HP Recovery Disc Creator ................................................................. 58 Creating recovery media ................................................................................................. 59 Backing up your information ............................................................................................................ 59 Performing a system recovery ............................................................................................................................ 60 Using the Windows recovery tools ................................................................................................... 60 Using f11 recovery tools (select models only) ................................................................................. 61 Using Windows 7 operating system media ...................................................................................... 61 12 Computer Setup (BIOS), MultiBoot, and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) .................................................... 63 Using Computer Setup ......................................................................................................................................... 63 Starting Computer Setup .................................................................................................................. 63 Navigating and selecting in Computer Setup ................................................................................... 63 Restoring factory settings in Computer Setup ................................................................................. 64 x Updating the BIOS ............................................................................................................................. 65 Determining the BIOS version ........................................................................................ 65 Downloading a BIOS update ........................................................................................... 65 Using MultiBoot ................................................................................................................................................... 66 About the boot device order ............................................................................................................. 66 Choosing MultiBoot preferences ...................................................................................................... 66 Setting a new boot order in Computer Setup ................................................................. 66 Dynamically choosing a boot device using the f9 prompt ............................................. 67 Setting a MultiBoot Express prompt .............................................................................. 67 Entering MultiBoot Express preferences ....................................................................... 67 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) (select models only) ........................................................................ 68 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device .................................................. 68 13 Support ..................................................................................................................................................... 69 Contacting support .............................................................................................................................................. 69 Labels ................................................................................................................................................................... 70 14 Specifications ........................................................................................................................................... 71 Input power .......................................................................................................................................................... 71 Operating environment ....................................................................................................................................... 71 Appendix A Traveling with or shipping your computer ....................................................................................... 72 Appendix B Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................................... 73 Troubleshooting resources ................................................................................................................................. 73 Resolving issues .................................................................................................................................................. 73 The computer is unable to start up .................................................................................................. 73 The computer screen is blank ........................................................................................................... 73 Software is functioning abnormally ................................................................................................. 74 The computer is on but not responding ........................................................................................... 74 The computer is unusually warm ..................................................................................................... 74 An external device is not working ..................................................................................................... 74 The wireless network connection is not working ............................................................................. 74 A disc does not play ........................................................................................................................... 75 A movie is not visible on an external display .................................................................................... 75 The process of burning a disc does not begin, or it stops before completion ................................. 76 Appendix C Electrostatic discharge .................................................................................................................. 77 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 78 xi xii 1 Welcome After you set up and register the computer, it is important to take the following steps:

Connect to the InternetSet up your wired or wireless network so that you can connect to the Internet. For more information, see Connecting to a network on page 13. Update your antivirus softwareProtect your computer from damage caused by viruses. The software is preinstalled on the computer. For more information, see Using antivirus software on page 54. Get to know your computerLearn about your computer features. See Getting to know your computer on page 4 and Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices on page 20 for additional information. Find installed softwareAccess a list of the software preinstalled on the computer:

Select Start > All Programs. For details about using the software included with the computer, see the software manufacturer's instructions, which may be provided with the software or on the manufacturer's website. Back up your hard drive by creating recovery discs or a recovery flash drive. See Backup and recovery on page 58. 1 Finding information You have already used Setup Instructions to turn on the computer and locate this guide. To locate resources that provide product details, how-to information, and more, use this table. Resources Setup Instructions poster Help and Support To access Help and Support, select Start > Help and Support. To access the latest user guide, go to http://www.hp.com/

support, and select your country. Select Drivers &

Downloads, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Worldwide support This booklet is provided with your computer. To get support in your language, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/

wwcontact_us.html. HP website To access the latest user guide, go to http://www.hp.com/

support, and select your country. Select Drivers &

Downloads, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Safety & Comfort Guide To access the user guides, select Start > Help and Support

> User guides. or Go to http://www.hp.com/ergo. Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices To access the user guides, select Start > Help and Support

> User guides. For information about How to set up the computer Help to identify computer components Operating system information Software, driver, and BIOS updates Troubleshooting tools How to access support Online chat with an HP technician Email support Support telephone numbers HP service center locations Support information Ordering parts and finding additional help Accessories available for the device Proper workstation setup, posture, health, and work habits Electrical and mechanical safety information Regulatory and safety information Battery disposal information Limited Warranty*

Warranty information To access this guide, select Start > Help and Support >

User guides > View Warranty Information. or Go to http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments.

*You can find the expressly provided HP Limited Warranty applicable to your product located with the user guides on your computer and/or on the CD/DVD provided in the box. In some countries/regions, HP may provide a printed HP Limited Warranty in the box. For some countries/regions where the warranty is not provided in printed format, you may request a printed copy from http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments or write to:

North America: Hewlett-Packard, MS POD, 11311 Chinden Blvd., Boise, ID 83714, USA Europe, Middle East, Africa: Hewlett-Packard, POD, Via G. Di Vittorio, 9, 20063, Cernusco s/Naviglio (MI), Italy Asia Pacific: Hewlett-Packard, POD, P.O. Box 200, Alexandra Post Office, Singapore 911507 When you request a printed copy of your warranty, please include your product number, warranty period (found on your service label), name, and postal address. 2 Chapter 1 Welcome Resources For information about IMPORTANT: Do NOT return your HP product to the addresses above. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/wwcontact_us.html. Finding information 3 2 Getting to know your computer Right Component Description

(1)

(2)

(3) USB 3.0 port Memory card reader Each USB 3.0 port connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. For details about different types of USB ports, see NOTE:

Using a USB device on page 41. Reads optional memory cards that store, manage, share, or access information. RJ-45 (network) jack/lights Connects a network cable.

(4) AC adapter/Battery light Green (left): The network is connected. Amber (right): The network is showing activity. White: The computer is connected to external power and the battery is charged from 90 to 99 percent. Amber: The computer is connected to external power and the battery is charged from 0 to 90 percent. Blinking amber: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidly. Off: The battery is fully charged.

(5) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. 4 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Left Component Description

(1) Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer. NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen.

(2) Vent Enables airflow to cool internal components.

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6) NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. HDMI port USB 3.0 ports (2) Audio-out (headphone)/Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high-

definition television, any compatible digital or audio component, or a high-speed HDMI device. Each USB 3.0 port connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. For details about different types of USB ports, see NOTE:

Using a USB device on page 41. Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. Also connects an optional headset microphone. This jack does not support optional microphone-only devices. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. To access the user guides, select Start > Help and Support > User Guides. NOTE: When a device is connected to the jack, the computer speakers are disabled. NOTE: Be sure that the device cable has a 4-conductor connector that supports both audio-out (headphone) and audio-

in (microphone). Left 5 Display Component Description

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6) WLAN antennas (2)*

WWAN antennas (2)*

Webcam light Webcam Speaker Internal display switch Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless local area networks (WLAN). Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless wide area networks (WWAN). On: The webcam is in use. Records video and captures photographs. Some models allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. For information on using the webcam, select Start > All Programs >

Communication and Chat > HP WebCam. Produce sound. Turns off the display or initiates Sleep if the display is closed while the power is on. NOTE: The display switch is not visible on the outside of the computer.

*The antennas are not visible on the outside of the computer. For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. To see wireless regulatory notices, see the section of the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. To access the user guides, select Start > Help and Support > User Guides. 6 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Top Top cover Component

(1) Wireless light Description On: An integrated wireless device, such as a wireless local area network (WLAN) device and/or a Bluetooth device, is on. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. Top 7 TouchPad Component

(1)

(2)

(3) TouchPad zone Moves the pointer and selects or activates items on the screen. Description NOTE: The TouchPad also supports edge-swipe gestures. For more information, see Edge swipes (select models only) on page 34. Left TouchPad button Right TouchPad button Functions like the left button on an external mouse. Functions like the right button on an external mouse. 8 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Lights Component

(1) Power light

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5) Caps lock light TouchPad light Mute light Wireless light Description On: The computer is on. Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state, a power-

saving state. The computer shuts off power to the display and other unneeded components. Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. Hibernation is a power-saving state that uses the least amount of power. For select models, the Intel Rapid Start Technology NOTE:

feature is enabled at the factory. Rapid Start Technology allows your computer to resume quickly from inactivity. For more information, see Using power-saving states on page 33. On: Caps lock is on, which switches the keys to all capital letters. On: The TouchPad is off. Off: The TouchPad is on. Amber: Computer sound is off. Off: Computer sound is on. On: An integrated wireless device, such as a wireless local area network (WLAN) device and/or a Bluetooth device, is on. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. Top 9 Buttons and speakers Component

(1) Power button Description When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. CAUTION: Pressing and holding down the power button will result in the loss of unsaved information. If the computer has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. If the computer has stopped responding and the previous shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button for 15 seconds to perform a hardware reset turning off the computer immediately. For select models, the Intel Rapid Start Technology NOTE:

feature is enabled at the factory. Rapid Start Technology allows your computer to resume quickly from inactivity. For more information, see Using power-saving states on page 33. To learn more about your power settings: Select Start > Control Panel > System and Security > Power Options.

(2) Speakers (2) Produce sound. 10 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Keys Component Description

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5) esc key fn key Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. Executes frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with a function key, the num lk key, the esc key, or the b key. Windows button Displays the Windows Start menu. Function keys Embedded numeric keypad Execute frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with the fn key. When the keypad is turned on, it can be used like an external numeric keypad. Each key on the keypad performs the function indicated by the icon in the upper-right corner of the key. Top 11 Bottom Component

(1) Vent Enable airflow to cool internal components. Description NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Front Component

(1) Hard drive light Description Blinking white: The hard drive is being accessed. Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily parked the hard drive. For more information about HP 3D DriveGuard, NOTE:

see Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select models only) on page 45. 12 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer 3 Connecting to a network Your computer can travel with you wherever you go. But even at home, you can explore the globe and access information from millions of websites using your computer and a wired or wireless network connection. This chapter will help you get connected to that world. Connecting to a wireless network Wireless technology transfers data across radio waves instead of wires. Your computer may be equipped with one or more of the following wireless devices:

Wireless local area network (WLAN) deviceConnects the computer to wireless local area networks

(commonly referred to as Wi-Fi networks, wireless LANs, or WLANs) in corporate offices, your home, and public places such as airports, restaurants, coffee shops, hotels, and universities. In a WLAN, the mobile wireless device in your computer communicates with a wireless router or a wireless access point. HP Mobile Broadband Module (select models only)A wireless wide area network (WWAN) device that gives you wireless connectivity over a much larger area. Mobile network operators install base stations

(similar to cell phone towers) throughout large geographic areas, effectively providing coverage across entire states, regions, or even countries. Bluetooth deviceCreates a personal area network (PAN) to connect to other Bluetooth-enabled devices such as computers, phones, printers, headsets, speakers, and cameras. In a PAN, each device communicates directly with other devices, and devices must be relatively close togethertypically within 10 meters (approximately 33 feet) of each other. For more information about wireless technology, see the information and website links provided in Help and Support. To access Help and Support, select Start > Help and Support. Using the wireless controls You can control the wireless devices in your computer using these features:

Wireless button, wireless switch, or wireless key (referred to in this chapter as the wireless button) Operating system controls Turning wireless devices on or off You can use the wireless button or HP Connection Manager (select models only) to turn on and turn off wireless devices. NOTE: A computer may have a wireless button, a wireless switch, or a wireless key on the keyboard. The term wireless button is used throughout this guide to refer to all types of wireless controls. To turn off wireless devices using HP Connection Manager:

Right-click the HP Connection Manager icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click the power button next to the desired device.

-or-

Select Start > All Programs > Productivity and Tools > HP Connection Manager, and then click the power button next to the desired device. Connecting to a wireless network 13 Using HP Connection Manager (select models only) HP Connection Manager provides a central location for managing your wireless devices, an interface for connecting to the Internet using HP Mobile Broadband, and an interface for sending and receiving SMS (text) messages. HP Connection Manager allows you to manage the following devices:

Wireless local area network (WLAN)/Wi-Fi Wireless wide area network (WWAN)/HP Mobile Broadband Bluetooth HP Connection Manager provides information and notifications on connection status, power status, SIM details, and SMS messages. Status information and notifications are provided in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. To open HP Connection Manager:

Click the HP Connection Manager icon in the taskbar.

-or-

Select Start > All Programs > Productivity and Tools > HP Connection Manager. For more information, see the HP Connection Manager software Help. Using the wireless button The computer has a wireless button, one or more wireless devices, and one or two wireless lights, depending on the model. All of the wireless devices on your computer are enabled at the factory, so the wireless light is on (white) when you turn on the computer. The wireless light indicates the overall power state of your wireless devices, not the status of individual devices. If the wireless light is white, at least one wireless device is on. If the wireless light is off, all wireless devices are off. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. Because the wireless devices are enabled at the factory, you can use the wireless button to turn on or turn off the wireless devices simultaneously. Using operating system controls The Network and Sharing Center allows you to set up a connection or network, connect to a network, manage wireless networks, and diagnose and repair network problems. To use operating system controls:

Select Start > Control Panel > Network and Internet > Network and Sharing Center. For more information, access Help and Support by selecting Start > Help and Support. Using a WLAN With a WLAN device, you can access a wireless local area network (WLAN), which is composed of other computers and accessories that are linked by a wireless router or a wireless access point. NOTE: The terms wireless router and wireless access point are often used interchangeably. 14 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network A large-scale WLAN, such as a corporate or public WLAN, typically uses wireless access points that can accommodate a large number of computers and accessories and can separate critical network functions. A home or small office WLAN typically uses a wireless router, which allows several wireless and wired computers to share an Internet connection, a printer, and files without requiring additional pieces of hardware or software. To use the WLAN device in your computer, you must connect to a WLAN infrastructure (provided through a service provider or a public or corporate network). Using an Internet service provider When you are setting up Internet access in your home, you must establish an account with an Internet service provider (ISP). To purchase Internet service and a modem, contact a local ISP. The ISP will help set up the modem, install a network cable to connect your wireless computer to the modem, and test the Internet service. NOTE: Your ISP will give you a user ID and a password to use for Internet access. Record this information and store it in a safe place. Setting up a WLAN To set up a WLAN and connect to the Internet, you need the following equipment:

A broadband modem (either DSL or cable) (1) and high-speed Internet service purchased from an Internet service provider A wireless router (2) (purchased separately) A wireless computer (3) NOTE: Some modems have a built-in wireless router. Check with your ISP to determine what type of modem you have. The illustration below shows an example of a wireless network installation that is connected to the Internet. As your network grows, additional wireless and wired computers can be connected to the network to access the Internet. For help in setting up your WLAN, see the information provided by your router manufacturer or your ISP. Configuring a wireless router For help in configuring a wireless router, see the information provided by your router manufacturer or your ISP. It is recommended that you initially connect your new wireless computer to the router by using the NOTE:

network cable provided with the router. When the computer successfully connects to the Internet, disconnect the cable, and access the Internet through your wireless network. Connecting to a wireless network 15 Protecting your WLAN When you set up a WLAN or access an existing WLAN, always enable security features to protect your network from unauthorized access. WLANs in public areas (hotspots) like coffee shops and airports may not provide any security. If you are concerned about the security of your computer in a hotspot, limit your network activities to email that is not confidential and basic Internet surfing. Wireless radio signals travel outside the network, so other WLAN devices can pick up unprotected signals. Take the following precautions to protect your WLAN:

Use a firewall. A firewall checks both data and requests for data that are sent to your network, and discards any suspicious items. Firewalls are available in both software and hardware. Some networks use a combination of both types. Use wireless encryption. Wireless encryption uses security settings to encrypt and decrypt data that is transmitted over the network. For more information, access Help and Support by selecting Start > Help and Support. Connecting to a WLAN To connect to the WLAN, follow these steps:

1. Be sure that the WLAN device is on. If the device is on, the wireless light is on. If the wireless light is off, press the wireless button. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. 2. 3. 4. Click the network status icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Select a WLAN to connect to. Click Connect. If the WLAN is a security-enabled WLAN, you are prompted to enter a security code. Type the code, and then click OK to complete the connection. If no WLANs are listed, you may be out of range of a wireless router or access point. If you do not see the WLAN you want to connect to, click Open Network and Sharing Center. NOTE:

NOTE:

and then click Set up a new connection or network. A list of options is displayed, allowing you to manually search for and connect to a network or to create a new network connection. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the connection. 5. After the connection is made, place the mouse pointer over the network status icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, to verify the name and status of the connection. NOTE: The functional range (how far your wireless signals travel) depends on WLAN implementation, router manufacturer, and interference from other electronic devices or structural barriers such as walls and floors. Using HP Mobile Broadband (select models only) HP Mobile Broadband enables your computer to use WWANs to access the Internet from more places and over larger areas than it can by using WLANs. Using HP Mobile Broadband requires a network service provider

(called a mobile network operator), which in most cases is a cellular phone network operator. Coverage for HP Mobile Broadband is similar to cellular phone voice coverage. 16 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network When used with mobile network operator service, HP Mobile Broadband gives you the freedom to stay connected to the Internet, send email, or connect to your corporate network whether you are on the road or outside the range of Wi-Fi hotspots. HP supports the following technologies:

HSPA (High Speed Packet Access), which provides access to networks based on the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) telecommunications standard. EV-DO (Evolution Data Optimized), which provides access to networks based on the code division multiple access (CDMA) telecommunications standard. You may need the HP Mobile Broadband Module serial number to activate mobile broadband service. The serial number is printed on a label inside the battery bay of your computer. Some mobile network operators require the use of a SIM. A SIM contains basic information about you, such as a personal identification number (PIN), as well as network information. Some computers include a SIM that is preinstalled in the battery bay. If the SIM is not preinstalled, it may be provided in the HP Mobile Broadband information provided with your computer or the mobile network operator may provide it separately from the computer. For information about inserting and removing the SIM, see the Inserting and removing a SIM on page 17 section in this chapter. For information about HP Mobile Broadband and how to activate service with a preferred mobile network operator, see the HP Mobile Broadband information included with your computer. For additional information, go to http://www.hp.com/go/mobilebroadband (select regions/countries only). Inserting and removing a SIM CAUTION: To prevent damage to the connectors, use minimal force when inserting a SIM. To insert a SIM, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Shut down the computer. Close the display. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. Unplug the power cord from the AC outlet. Turn the computer upside down on a flat surface. Connecting to a wireless network 17 6. Insert the SIM into the SIM slot, and gently push the SIM into the slot until it is firmly seated. NOTE: The SIM in your computer may look slightly different from the illustration in this section. Reconnect external power. Reconnect external devices. Turn on the computer. 7. 8. 9. To remove a SIM, gently pull on the SIM and then remove it from the slot. Using Bluetooth wireless devices A Bluetooth device provides short-range wireless communications that replace the physical cable connections that traditionally link electronic devices such as the following:

Computers (desktop, notebook, PDA) Phones (cellular, cordless, smart phone) Imaging devices (printer, camera) Audio devices (headset, speakers) Mouse Bluetooth devices provide peer-to-peer capability that allows you to set up a personal area network (PAN) of Bluetooth devices. For information about configuring and using Bluetooth devices, see the Bluetooth software Help. Connecting to a wired network There are 2 kinds of wired connections: local area network (LAN) and modem connection. A LAN connection uses a network cable and is much faster than a modem, which uses a telephone cable. Both cables are sold separately. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not plug a modem cable or telephone cable into an RJ-45 (network) jack. 18 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network Connecting to a local area network (LAN) Use a LAN connection if you want to connect the computer directly to a router in your home (instead of working wirelessly), or if you want to connect to an existing network at your office. Connecting to a LAN requires an 8-pin, RJ-45 network cable. To connect the network cable, follow these steps:

1. 2. Plug the network cable into the network jack (1) on the computer. Plug the other end of the network cable into a network wall jack (2) or router. If the network cable contains noise suppression circuitry (3), which prevents interference from NOTE:

TV and radio reception, orient the circuitry end of the cable toward the computer. Connecting to a wired network 19 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices Your computer allows navigation using touch gestures (select models only) in addition to the keyboard and mouse. Touch gestures can be used on your computer TouchPad or on a touch screen (select models only). Select computer models have special action key or hot key functions on the keyboard to perform routine tasks. Using pointing devices NOTE:

(purchased separately) by connecting it to one of the USB ports on the computer. In addition to the pointing devices included with your computer, you can use an external USB mouse Setting pointing device preferences Use Mouse Properties in Windows to customize settings for pointing devices, such as button configuration, click speed, and pointer options. You can also view demonstrations of TouchPad gestures. To access Mouse Properties:

Select Start > Devices and Printers. Then right-click the device representing your computer, and select Mouse settings. Using the TouchPad and gestures The TouchPad allows you to navigate the computer screen and control the pointer by using simple finger movements. TIP: Use the left and right buttons on the TouchPad as you would use the corresponding buttons on an external mouse. NOTE: TouchPad gestures are not supported in all apps. 20 Chapter 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices Turning the TouchPad off and on To turn the TouchPad off and on, press the f2 and fn keys at the same time. Tapping To make an on-screen selection, use the Tap function on the TouchPad. Tap one finger on the TouchPad zone to make a selection. Double-tap an item to open it. Using pointing devices 21 Scrolling Scrolling is useful for moving up, down, or sideways on a page or image. Place two fingers slightly apart on the TouchPad zone and then drag them up, down, left, or right. 2-finger pinch zoom 2-finger pinch zoom allows you to zoom out or in on images or text. Zoom in by placing two fingers together on the TouchPad zone and then moving your fingers apart. Zoom out by placing two fingers apart on the TouchPad zone and then moving your fingers together. Using the keyboard The keyboard and mouse allow you to type select items, scroll and to perform the same functions as using touch gestures. The keyboard also allows you to use action keys and hot keys to perform specific functions. 22 Chapter 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices NOTE: Depending on the country or region, your keyboard may have different keys and keyboard functions than those discussed in this section. Identifying the hot keys A hot key is a combination of the fn key (2) and either the esc key (1) or one of the function keys (4). To use a hot key:

Briefly press the fn key, and then briefly press the second key of the hot key combination. Hot key combination Description fn+esc fn+f1 Displays system information. Opens Help and Support. Help and Support provides tutorials, answers to questions, and product updates. fn+f2 Activates or deactivates the Touchpad. fn+f3 Initiates Sleep, which saves your information in system memory. The display and other system components turn off and power is conserved. To exit Sleep, briefly press the power button. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of information loss, save your work before initiating Sleep. fn+f4 Switches the screen image among display devices connected to the system. For example, if a monitor is connected to the computer, repeatedly pressing fn+f4 alternates the screen image from computer display to monitor display to simultaneous display on both the computer and the monitor. Most external monitors receive video information on the computer using the external VGA video standard. The fn+f4 hot key can also alternate images among other devices that are receiving video information on the computer. fn+f5 Mutes or restores speaker sound. Using the keyboard 23 Hot key combination Description fn+ f6 Decreases speaker volume. fn+f7 Increases speaker volume. fn+f8 Mutes the microphone. fn+f9 Decreases the screen brightness level. fn+f10 Increases the screen brightness level. fn+f11 Turns the keyboard backlight on and off. NOTE: The keyboard backlight is turned on at the factory. To extend battery life, turn off the keyboard backlight. fn+f12 Turns the wireless feature on or off. NOTE: This key does not establish a wireless connection. To establish a wireless connection, a wireless network must be set up. Using keypads The computer includes an embedded numeric keypad, and it also supports an optional external numeric keypad, or an optional external keyboard that includes a numeric keypad. Using the embedded numeric keypad 24 Chapter 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices Component

(1) fn key

(2) Embedded numeric keypad Description Turns the embedded numeric keypad on and off when pressed in combination with the num lk key. NOTE: The embedded numeric keypad will not function while an external keyboard or numeric keypad is connected to the computer. When the keypad is turned on, it can be used like an external numeric keypad. Each key on the keypad performs the function indicated by the icon in the upper-right corner of the key.

(3) Windows button Displays the Windows Start menu. Using the keyboard 25 Turning the embedded numeric keypad on and off Press fn+num lk to turn on the embedded numeric keypad. Press fn+num lk again to turn off the keypad. NOTE: The embedded numeric keypad is turned off while an external keyboard or numeric keypad is connected to the computer. Switching key functions on the embedded numeric keypad You can temporarily alternate the functions of keys on the embedded numeric keypad between their standard keyboard functions and their keypad functions:

To use the navigational function of a keypad key while the keypad is off, press and hold the fn key while pressing the keypad key. To use the standard function of a keypad key while the keypad is on:

Press and hold the fn key to type in lowercase. Press and hold fn+shift to type in uppercase. Using an optional external numeric keypad Keys on most external numeric keypads function differently according to whether num lock is on or off. (Num lock is turned off at the factory.)For example:

When num lock is on, most keypad keys type numbers. When num lock is off, most keypad keys function like the arrow, page up, or page down keys. When num lock on an external keypad is turned on, the num lock light on the computer is turned on. When num lock on an external keypad is turned off, the num lock light on the computer is turned off. To turn num lock on or off on an external keypad as you work:

Press the num lk key on the external keypad, not on the computer. 26 Chapter 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices 5 Multimedia Your computer may include the following:

Integrated speaker(s) Integrated microphone(s) Integrated webcam Preinstalled multimedia software Multimedia buttons or keys Using the media activity controls Depending on your computer model, you may have the following media activity controls that allow you to play, pause, fast forward, or rewind a media file:

Media buttons Media hot keys (specific keys pressed in combination with the fn key) Media keys Audio On your HP computer, you can play music CDs, download and listen to music, stream audio content from the web (including radio), record audio, or mix audio and video to create multimedia. To enhance your listening enjoyment, attach external audio devices such as speakers or headphones. Connecting speakers You can attach wired speakers to your computer by connecting them to a USB port (or the audio-out jack) on your computer or on a docking station. To connect wireless speakers to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. To connect high-definition speakers to the computer, see Configuring audio for HDMI on page 31. Before connecting audio devices, be sure to adjust the volume. Adjusting the volume Depending on your computer model, you can adjust the volume using the following:

Volume buttons Volume hot keys (specific keys pressed in combination with the fn key) Volume keys WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access the user guides, select Start > Help and Support > User guides. NOTE: Volume can also be controlled through the operating system and some programs. Using the media activity controls 27 NOTE: See Getting to know your computer on page 4 for information on what type of volume controls your computer has. Connecting headphones You can connect wired headphones to the headphone jack on your computer. To connect wireless headphones to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. Connecting headphones and microphones You can connect wired headphones or headsets to the audio-out (headphone)/audio-in (microphone) jack on your computer. Many headsets with integrated microphones are commercially available. To connect wireless headphones or headsets to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this guide, select Start > Help and Support > User guides. Checking audio functions on the computer NOTE:

free of background noise. For best results when recording, speak directly into the microphone and record sound in a setting To check the audio functions on your computer, follow these steps:

1. Select Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Sound. 2. When the Sound window opens, click the Sounds tab. Under Program Events, select any sound event, such as a beep or alarm, and click the Test button. You should hear sound through the speakers or through connected headphones. To check the recording functions on your computer, follow these steps:

Select Start > All Programs > Accessories > Sound Recorder. 1. Click Start Recording and speak into the microphone. 2. 3. Save the file to your desktop. 4. Open a multimedia program and play back the sound. To confirm or change the audio settings on your computer:

Select Start > Control Panel > Audio. Webcam (select models only) Some computers include an integrated webcam. With the preinstalled software, you can use the webcam to take a photo or record a video. You can preview and save the photo or video recording. The webcam software enables you to experiment with the following features:

28 Chapter 5 Multimedia Capturing and sharing video Streaming video with instant message software Taking still photos Video Your HP computer is a powerful video device that enables you to watch streaming video from your favorite websites and download video and movies to watch on your computer without needing to connect to a network. To enhance your viewing enjoyment, use one of the video ports on the computer to connect an external monitor, projector, or TV. Your computer may have an high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI) port, which allows you to connect a high-definition monitor or TV. Your computer has the following external video ports:

VGA HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) IMPORTANT: Be sure that the external device is connected to the correct port on the computer, using the correct cable. Check the device manufacturer's instructions if you have questions. NOTE: See Getting to know your computer on page 4 for information about your computer's video ports. Video 29 VGA The external monitor port, or VGA port, is an analog display interface that connects an external VGA display device such as an external VGA monitor or a VGA projector to the computer. 1. To connect a VGA display device, connect the device cable to the external monitor port. 2. Press fn+f4 to alternate the screen image between 4 display states:

PC Screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press fn+f4, the display state changes. For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, adjust the screen resolution of NOTE:

the external device, as follows. Select Start > Control Panel > Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust screen resolution. HDMI (select models only) The HDMI port connects the computer to an optional video or audio device, such as a high-definition television, or to any compatible digital or audio component. NOTE: To transmit video and/or audio signals through the HDMI port, you need an HDMI cable (purchased separately). One HDMI device can be connected to the HDMI port on the computer. The information displayed on the computer screen can be simultaneously displayed on the HDMI device. To connect a video or audio device to the HDMI port:

1. Connect one end of the HDMI cable to the HDMI port on the computer. 30 Chapter 5 Multimedia 2. 3. Connect the other end of the cable to the video device Press fn+f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:

PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press fn+f4, the display state changes. For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, adjust the screen resolution of the NOTE:

external device, as follows. Select Start > Control Panel > Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust screen resolution. Configuring audio for HDMI To configure HDMI audio, first connect an audio or video device, such as a high-definition TV, to the HDMI port on your computer. Then configure the default audio playback device as follows:

1. Right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Playback devices. On the Playback tab, click either Digital Output or Digital Output Device (HDMI). Click Set Default, and then click OK. 2. 3. To return audio to the computer speakers, follow these steps:

1. Right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Playback devices. On the Playback tab, click Speakers. Click Set Default, and then click OK. 2. 3. Intel Wireless Display (select models only) Intel Wireless Display allows you to share your computer content wirelessly on your TV. To experience wireless display, a wireless TV adapter (purchased separately) is required. DVDs that have output protection may not play on Intel Wireless Display. (However, DVDs that do not have output protect will play.) Blu-ray Video 31 discs, which have output protection, will not play on Intel Wireless Display. For details about using the wireless TV adapter, see the manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Be sure that wireless is enabled on your computer before using the wireless display. 32 Chapter 5 Multimedia 6 Power management NOTE: A computer may have a power button or a power switch. The term power button is used throughout this guide to mean both types of power controls. Shutting down the computer CAUTION: Unsaved information is lost when the computer shuts down. The shutdown command closes all open programs, including the operating system, and then turns off the display and computer. Shut down the computer under any of the following conditions:

When you need to replace the battery or access components inside the computer When you are connecting an external hardware device that does not connect to a Universal Serial Bus

(USB) port When the computer will be unused and disconnected from external power for an extended period Although you can turn off the computer with the power button, the recommended procedure is to use the Windows shutdown command:

NOTE:

shutdown is possible by briefly pressing the power button. If the computer is in the Sleep state or in Hibernation, you must first exit Sleep or Hibernation before Save your work and close all open programs. Select Start > Shut Down. 1. 2. If the computer is unresponsive and you are unable to use the preceding shutdown procedure, try the following emergency procedures in the sequence provided:

Press ctrl+alt+delete. Click the Power icon, and then click Shut Down. Disconnect the computer from external power. On models with a user-replaceable battery, remove the battery. If the computer has stopped responding and the previous shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button for 15 seconds to perform a hardware reset turning off the computer immediately. Setting power options Using power-saving states Sleep is enabled at the factory. When Sleep is initiated, the power lights blink and the screen clears. Your work is saved to memory. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of possible audio and video degradation, loss of audio or video playback functionality, or loss of information, do not initiate Sleep while reading from or writing to a disc or an external memory card. Shutting down the computer 33 NOTE: You cannot initiate any type of networking connection or perform any computer functions while the computer is in the Sleep state. Intel Rapid Start Technology (select models only) For select models, the Intel Rapid Start Technology (RST) feature is enabled by default. Rapid Start Technology allows your computer to resume quickly from inactivity. Rapid Start Technology manages your power-saving options as follows:

SleepRapid Start Technology allows you to select the Sleep state. To exit from Sleep, press any key, activate the TouchPad, or press the power button briefly. HibernationRapid Start Technology initiates Hibernation after a period of inactivity while in the Sleep state when running on battery power or on external power or when the battery reaches a critical level. After Hibernation is initiated, press the power button to resume your work. NOTE: Rapid Start Technology can be disabled in Setup Utility (BIOS). If you want to be able to initiate the Hibernation state, you must enable user-initiated Hibernation using Power Options. See Initiating and exiting Hibernation on page 34. Initiating and exiting Sleep With the computer on, you can initiate Sleep in any of the following ways:

Briefly press the power button. Close the display. Select Start, click the arrow next to the Shut down button, and then click Sleep. To exit Sleep Briefly press the power button. If the display is closed, open the display. Press a key on the keyboard. Tap or swipe the TouchPad When the computer exits Sleep, the power lights turn on and the computer returns to the screen where you stopped working. NOTE:

before the computer will return to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on wakeup, you must enter your Windows password Initiating and exiting Hibernation The system is set at the factory to initiate Hibernation after a period of inactivity when running on battery power or on external power, or when the battery reaches a critical battery level. Power settings and timeouts can be changed in Windows Control Panel. To initiate Hibernation Select Start, click the arrow next to the Shut down button, and then click Hibernate. To exit Hibernation:

Briefly press the power button. The power lights turn on and your work returns to the screen where you stopped working. 34 Chapter 6 Power management NOTE:

before your work will return to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on wakeup, you must enter your Windows password Using the power meter and power settings The power meter is located in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. The power meter allows you to quickly access power settings and view the remaining battery charge. To reveal the percentage of remaining battery charge and the current power plan, point over the power meter icon. To use Power Options, or to change the power plan, click the power meter icon and select an item from the list. Different power meter icons indicate whether the computer is running on battery or external power. The icon also reveals a message if the battery has reached a low or critical battery level. Setting password protection on wakeup To set the computer to prompt for a password when the computer exits Sleep or Hibernation, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. Select Start > Control Panel > System and Security > Power Options. In the left pane, click Require a password on wakeup. Click Change Settings that are currently unavailable. Click Require a password (recommended). NOTE:

If you need to create a user account password or change your current user account password, click Create or change your user account password, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you do not need to create or change a user account password, go to step 5. 5. Click Save changes. Using battery power WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased from HP. The computer runs on battery power whenever it is not plugged into external AC power. Computer battery life varies, depending on power management settings, running programs, display brightness, external devices connected to the computer, and other factors. Keeping the battery in the computer whenever the computer is plugged into AC power charges the battery and also protects your work in case of a power outage. If the computer contains a charged battery and is running on external AC power, the computer automatically switches to battery power if the AC adapter is disconnected on the computer or an AC power loss occurs. NOTE: When you disconnect AC power, the display brightness is automatically decreased to save battery life. Select computer models can switch between graphic modes to increase battery life. Factory-sealed battery To monitor the status of your battery, or if the battery is no longer holding a charge, run Battery Check in Help and Support. To access battery information, select Start > Help and Support > Troubleshoot > Power, Thermal, and Mechanical. Click the Power tab, and then click Battery Check. If Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. Setting power options 35 The battery(ies) in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Finding additional battery information Help and Support provides the following tools and information about the battery:

Battery Check tool to test battery performance Information on calibration, power management, and proper care and storage to maximize battery life Information on battery types, specifications, life cycles, and capacity To access battery information:

Select Start > Help and Support > Learn > Power Plans: Frequently Asked Questions. Using Battery Check Help and Support provides information on the status of the battery installed in the computer. To run Battery Check:

1. Connect the AC adapter to the computer. NOTE: The computer must be connected to external power for Battery Check to work properly. Select Start > Help and Support > Troubleshoot > Power, Thermal, and Mechanical. Click the Power tab, and then click Battery Check. 2. 3. Battery Check examines the battery and its cells to see if they are functioning properly, and then reports the results of the examination. Displaying the remaining battery charge Move the pointer over the power meter icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Maximizing battery discharge time Battery discharge time varies depending on features you use while on battery power. Maximum discharge time gradually decreases as the battery storage capacity naturally degrades. Tips for maximizing battery discharge time:

Lower the brightness on the display. Remove the battery on the computer when it is not being used or charged, if the computer contains a user-replaceable battery Store the user-replaceable battery in a cool, dry location. Select the Power saver setting in Power Options. Managing low battery levels The information in this section describes the alerts and system responses set at the factory. Some low-

battery alerts and system responses can be changed using Power Options. Preferences set using Power Options do not affect lights. 36 Chapter 6 Power management Identifying low battery levels When a battery that is the sole power source for the computer reaches a low or critical battery level, the following behavior occurs:

The battery light (select models only) indicates a low or critical battery level. or The power meter icon in the notification area shows a low or critical battery notification. NOTE:

settings on page 35. For additional information about the power meter, see Using the power meter and power If the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer remains briefly in the Sleep state, and then shuts down and loses any unsaved information. Resolving a low battery level Resolving a low battery level when external power is available Connect one of the following devices:

AC adapter Optional docking or expansion device Optional power adapter purchased as an accessory from HP Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available To resolve a low battery level when no power source is available, save your work and shut down the computer. Conserving battery power Select low power-use settings through Power Options in Windows Control Panel. Turn off wireless and LAN connections and exit modem applications when you are not using them. Disconnect unused external devices that are not plugged into an external power source. Stop, disable, or remove any external memory cards that you are not using. Decrease screen brightness. Before you leave your work, initiate Sleep, or shut down the computer. Using external AC power WARNING! Do not charge the computer battery while you are onboard aircraft. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or a compatible AC adapter purchased from HP. NOTE:

computer box. For information on connecting to AC power, see the Setup Instructions poster provided in the External AC power is supplied through an approved AC adapter or an optional docking or expansion device. Connect the computer to external AC power under any of the following conditions:

Setting power options 37 When charging or calibrating a battery When installing or modifying system software When writing information to a CD, a DVD, or a BD (select models only) When running Disk Defragmenter When performing a backup or recovery When you connect the computer to external AC power, the following events occur:

The battery begins to charge. If the computer is turned on, the power meter icon in the notification area changes appearance. When you disconnect external AC power, the following events occur:

The computer switches to battery power. The display brightness is automatically decreased to save battery life. Testing an AC adapter Test the AC adapter if the computer exhibits any of the following symptoms when it is connected to AC power:

The computer does not turn on. The display does not turn on. The power lights are off. To test the AC adapter:

NOTE: The following instructions apply to computers with user-replaceable batteries. Shut down the computer. Remove the battery on the computer. Connect the AC adapter to the computer, and then plug it into an AC outlet. Turn on the computer. If the power lights turn on, the AC adapter is working properly. If the power lights remain off, the AC adapter is not functioning and should be replaced. 1. 2. 3. 4. Contact support for information on obtaining a replacement AC power adapter. Refreshing your software content with Intel Smart Connect Technology (select models only) When the computer is in the Sleep state, Intel Smart Connect Technology periodically causes the computer to exit Sleep. If a network connection is available, Smart Connect updates open apps such as your email inboxes, social network sites, and news pages and then returns the computer to the Sleep state. Smart Connect also syncs content that you have created offline, such as emails. When the computer exits Sleep, you have immediate access to your updated information. To enable this feature or manually adjust the settings, select Start > All Programs > Intel > Intel Smart Connect Technology. 38 Chapter 6 Power management To reveal the Intel Smart Connect Technology icon, hover over the icons in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click the icon. Setting power options 39 7 External cards and devices Using memory card readers (select models only) Optional memory cards provide secure data storage and convenient data sharing. These cards are often used with digital mediaequipped cameras and PDAs as well as with other computers. To determine the memory card formats that are supported on your computer, see Getting to know your computer on page 4. Inserting a memory card CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the memory card connectors, use minimal force to insert a memory card. 1. 2. Hold the card label-side up, with the connectors facing the computer. Insert the card into the memory card reader, and then press in on the card until it is firmly seated. You will hear a sound when the device has been detected, and a menu of options may be displayed. Removing a memory card CAUTION: To reduce the risk of loss of data or an unresponsive system, use the following procedure to safely remove the memory card. 1. 2. Save your information and close all programs associated with the memory card. Click the remove hardware icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Then follow the on-screen instructions. 40 Chapter 7 External cards and devices 3. Press in on the card (1), and then remove it from the slot (2). NOTE:

If the card does not eject, pull the card out of the slot. Using a USB device Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a hardware interface that can be used to connect an optional external device, such as a USB keyboard, mouse, drive, printer, scanner, or hub. Some USB devices may require additional support software, which is usually included with the device. For more information about device-specific software, see the manufacturer's instructions. These instructions may be provided with the software, on disc, or on the manufacturers website. The computer has at least 1 USB port that supports USB 1.0, 1.1, 2.0, or 3.0 devices. Your computer may also have a USB charging port that provides power to an external device. An optional docking device or USB hub provides additional USB ports that can be used with the computer. Using a USB device 41 Connecting a USB device CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to a USB connector, use minimal force to connect the device. Connect the USB cable for the device to the USB port. NOTE: The following illustration may look slightly different than your computer. You will hear a sound when the device has been detected. NOTE: The first time you connect a USB device, a message in the notification area lets you know that the device is recognized by the computer. Removing a USB device CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to a USB connector, do not pull on the cable to remove the USB device. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of loss of information or an unresponsive system, use the following procedure to safely remove the USB device. 1. 2. 3. To remove a USB device, save your information and close all programs associated with the device. Click the remove hardware icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Remove the device. Using optional external devices NOTE:

see the manufacturer's instructions. For more information about required software and drivers, or to learn which computer port to use, To connect an external device to the computer:

CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the equipment when connecting a powered device, be sure that the device is turned off and the AC power cord is unplugged. 42 Chapter 7 External cards and devices Connect the device to the computer. If you are connecting a powered device, plug the device power cord into a grounded AC outlet. Turn on the device. 1. 2. 3. To disconnect an unpowered external device, turn off the device, and then disconnect it from the computer. To disconnect a powered external device, turn off the device, disconnect it from the computer, and then unplug the AC power cord. Using optional external drives Removable external drives expand your options for storing and accessing information. A USB drive can be added by connecting the drive to a USB port to the computer. NOTE: HP external USB optical drives should be connected to the powered USB port to the computer. USB drives include the following types:

1.44-megabyte diskette drive Hard drive module External optical drive (CD, DVD, and Blu-ray) MultiBay device Using optional external devices 43 8 Drives Handling drives CAUTION: Drives are fragile computer components that must be handled with care. Refer to the following cautions before handling drives. Do not drop a drive, place items on it, or expose it to liquids, or temperature or humidity extremes. Observe these precautions when handling drives:

Before removing or installing a drive, shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off, in the Sleep state, or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down. Before handling a drive, discharge static electricity by touching a grounded surface. Do not touch the connector pins on a removable drive or on the computer. Do not use excessive force when inserting a drive into a drive bay. If a drive must be mailed, place the drive in a bubble-pack mailer or other suitable protective packaging and label the package FRAGILE. Avoid exposing a drive to magnetic fields. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-

through devices and security wands. Airport conveyer belts and similar security devices that check carry-on baggage use X-rays instead of magnetism and do not damage drives. Remove media from a drive before removing the drive from the drive bay, or traveling with, shipping, or storing a drive. Do not type on the keyboard or move the computer while an optical drive is writing to a disc. The write process is sensitive to vibration. Before you move a computer that is connected to an external hard drive, initiate Sleep and allow the screen to clear, or properly disconnect the external hard drive. Using hard drives CAUTION: To prevent information loss or an unresponsive system:

Save your work and shut down the computer before adding or replacing a memory module or hard drive. If you are not sure whether the computer is off, turn the computer on by pressing the power button. Then shut down the computer through the operating system. Intel Smart Response Technology (select models only) Intel Smart Response Technology (SRT) is an Intel Rapid Storage Technology (RST) caching feature that significantly enhances computer system performance. SRT allows computers with an SSD mSATA module to be used as cache memory between the system memory and hard disk drive. This provides the advantage of having a hard disk drive (or a RAID volume) for maximum storage capacity while simultaneously delivering SSD enhanced system performance experience. If you add or upgrade a hard drive and intend to set a RAID volume, you must temporarily disable SRT, set the RAID volume, and then enable SRT. To temporarily disable SRT:

44 Chapter 8 Drives Select Start > All Programs > Intel > Intel Rapid Storage Technology. Click the Acceleration link, and then click the Disable Acceleration link. 1. 2. 3. Wait for the Acceleration Mode to complete. 4. Click the Reset to Available link. IMPORTANT: You must temporarily disable SRT when changing RAID modes. Make the change and then re-

enable SRT. Failure to temporarily disable this feature will prevent you from creating or changing RAID volumes. NOTE: HP does not support SRT with self-encrypting drives (SEDs). Improving hard drive performance Using Disk Defragmenter As you use your computer over time, the files on the hard drive become fragmented. A fragmented drive means data on your drive is not contiguous (sequential) and, because of this, the hard drive works harder to locate files, thus slowing down the computer. Disk Defragmenter consolidates (or physically reorganizes) the fragmented files and folders on the hard drive so that the system can run more efficiently. NOTE:

It is not necessary to run Disk Defragmenter on solid-state drives. After you start Disk Defragmenter, it works without supervision. However, depending on the size of your hard drive and the number of fragmented files, Disk Defragmenter may take more than an hour to complete. HP recommends defragmenting your hard drive at least once a month. You may set Disk Defragmenter to run on a monthly schedule, but you can defragment your computer manually at any time. To run Disk Defragmenter:

1. 2. 3. Connect the computer to AC power. Select Start > All Programs > Accessories > System Tools > Disk Defragmenter. Click Defragment disk. NOTE: Windows includes the User Account Control feature to improve the security of your computer. You may be prompted for your permission or password for tasks such as installing software, running utilities, or changing Windows settings. Refer to Help and Support. To access Help and Support, select Start > Help and Support. For additional information, access the Disk Defragmenter software Help. Using Disk Cleanup Disk Cleanup searches the hard drive for unnecessary files that you can safely delete to free up disk space and help the computer to run more efficiently. To run Disk Cleanup:

1. 2. Click Start > All Programs > Accessories > System Tools > Disk Cleanup. Follow the on-screen instructions. Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select models only) HP 3D DriveGuard protects a hard drive by parking the drive and halting data requests under either of the following conditions:

Using hard drives 45 You drop the computer. You move the computer with the display closed while the computer is running on battery power. A short time after the end of one of these events, HP 3D DriveGuard returns the hard drive to normal operation. NOTE: Because solid state drives (SSDs) lack moving parts, they do not require HP 3D DriveGuard protection. NOTE: A hard drive in a primary hard drive bay or a secondary hard drive bay is protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. A hard drive installed in an optional docking device or connected to a USB port is not protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. For more information, see the HP 3D DriveGuard software Help. Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status The hard drive light on the computer changes color to show that the drive in a primary hard drive bay and/or the drive in a secondary hard drive bay (select models only) is parked. To determine whether a drive is currently protected or whether it is parked, view the icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, or in the Mobility Center. 46 Chapter 8 Drives 9 Security Protecting the computer Standard security features provided by the Windows operating system and the non-Windows Computer Setup utility (BIOS) can protect your personal settings and data from a variety of risks. NOTE: Security solutions are designed to act as deterrents. These deterrents may not prevent a product from being mishandled or stolen. NOTE: Before you send your computer for service, back up and delete confidential files, and remove all password settings. NOTE: Some features listed in this chapter may not be available on your computer. NOTE: Your computer supports Computrace, which is an online security-based tracking and recovery service available in select regions. If the computer is stolen, Computrace can track the computer if the unauthorized user accesses the Internet. You must purchase the software and subscribe to the service in order to use Computrace. For information about ordering the Computrace software, go to http://hp-pt.absolute.com. Computer risk Unauthorized use of the computer Security feature HP Client Security, in combination with a password, smart card, contactless card, registered face scenes, or other authentication credential Unauthorized access to Computer Setup (f10) BIOS administrator password in Computer Setup*

Unauthorized access to the contents of a hard drive Unauthorized startup from an optional external optical drive

(select models only), optional external hard drive (select models only), or internal network adapter DriveLock password or Automatic DriveLock password in Computer Setup*

Boot options feature in Computer Setup*

Unauthorized access to a Windows user account Windows user password Unauthorized access to data HP Drive Encryption software Windows Defender Unauthorized access to Computer Setup settings and other system identification information BIOS administrator password in Computer Setup*

Unauthorized removal of the computer Security cable slot (used with an optional security cable)

*Computer Setup is a preinstalled, ROM-based utility that can be used even when the operating system is not working or will not load. You can use either a pointing device (TouchPad, pointing stick, or USB mouse) or the keyboard to navigate and make selections in Computer Setup. Using passwords A password is a group of characters that you choose to secure your computer information. Several types of passwords can be set, depending on how you want to control access to your information. Passwords can be set in Windows or in the non-Windows Computer Setup utility that is preinstalled on the computer. Protecting the computer 47 BIOS administrator and DriveLock passwords are set in Computer Setup and are managed by the system BIOS. Automatic DriveLock passwords are enabled in Computer Setup. Windows passwords are set only in the Windows operating system. If HP SpareKey has been set up previously, and if you forget the BIOS administrator password set in Computer Setup, you can use HP SpareKey to access the utility. If you forget both the DriveLock user password and the DriveLock master password set in Computer Setup, the hard drive that is protected by the passwords is permanently locked and can no longer be used. You can use the same password for a Computer Setup feature and for a Windows security feature. You can also use the same password for more than one Computer Setup feature. Use the following tips for creating and saving passwords:

When creating passwords, follow requirements set by the program. Do not use the same password for multiple applications or websites, and do not reuse your Windows password for any other application or website. Use HP Client Security's Password Manager to store your user names and passwords for all of your websites and applications. You can securely read them in the future if they cannot be remembered. Do not store passwords in a file on the computer. The following tables list commonly used Windows and BIOS administrator passwords and describe their functions. Setting passwords in Windows Password Administrator password*

Function Protects access to a Windows administrator-level account. NOTE: Setting the Windows Administrator password does not set the BIOS Administrator password. User password*

Protects access to a Windows user account.

*For information about setting a Windows administrator password or a Windows user password, access Help and Support by selecting Start > Help and Support. 48 Chapter 9 Security Setting passwords in Computer Setup Password Function BIOS administrator password*

Protects access to Computer Setup. DriveLock master password*

DriveLock user password*

NOTE:

If features have been enabled to prevent removing the BIOS administrator password, you may not be able to remove it until those features have been disabled. Protects access to the internal hard drive that is protected by DriveLock. It is also used to remove DriveLock protection. This password is set under DriveLock Passwords during the enable process. NOTE: A BIOS Administrator password must be set before you can set a DriveLock password. Protects access to the internal hard drive that is protected by DriveLock, and is set under DriveLock Passwords during the enable process. NOTE: A BIOS Administrator password must be set before you can set a DriveLock password.

*For details about each of these passwords, see the following topics. Managing a BIOS administrator password To set, change, or delete this password, follow these steps:

Setting a new BIOS administrator password 1. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Setup BIOS Administrator Password, and then press enter. 2. 3. 4. When prompted, type a password. 5. When prompted, type the new password again to confirm. 6. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Changing a BIOS administrator password 1. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Change Password, and then press enter. 2. 3. 4. When prompted, type your current password. Using passwords 49 5. When prompted, type your new password again to confirm. 6. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Deleting a BIOS administrator password 1. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Change Password, and then press enter. 2. 3. 4. When prompted, type your current password. 5. When prompted for the new password, leave the field empty, and then press enter. 6. 7. When prompted to type your new password again, leave the field empty, and then press enter. 8. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Read the warning. To continue, select YES. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Entering a BIOS administrator password At the BIOS administrator password prompt, type your password (using the same kind of keys you used to set the password), and then press enter. After 3 unsuccessful attempts to enter the BIOS administrator password, you must restart the computer and try again. Managing a Computer Setup DriveLock password CAUTION: To prevent the DriveLock-protected hard drive from becoming permanently unusable, record the DriveLock user password and the DriveLock master password in a safe place away from your computer. If you forget both DriveLock passwords, the hard drive will be permanently locked and can no longer be used. DriveLock protection prevents unauthorized access to the contents of a hard drive. DriveLock can be applied only to the internal hard drive(s) of the computer. After DriveLock protection is applied to a drive, a password must be entered to access the drive. The drive must be inserted into the computer or an advanced port replicator in order for it to be accessed by the DriveLock passwords. NOTE: A BIOS Administrator password must be set before you can access the DriveLock features. To apply DriveLock protection to an internal hard drive, a user password and a master password must be set in Computer Setup. Note the following considerations about using DriveLock protection:

50 Chapter 9 Security After DriveLock protection is applied to a hard drive, the hard drive can be accessed only by entering either the user password or the master password. The owner of the user password should be the day-to-day user of the protected hard drive. The owner of the master password may be either a system administrator or the day-to-day user. The user password and the master password can be identical. You can delete a user password or master password only by removing DriveLock protection from the drive. DriveLock protection can be removed from the drive only with the master password. Setting a DriveLock password To set a DriveLock password in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn on the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Hard Drive Tools > DriveLock, and then press enter. Click Set DriveLock Password (global). Enter the BIOS Administrator password, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select the hard drive you want to protect, and then press enter. Read the warning. To continue, select YES. 7. 8. When prompted, type a master password, and then press enter. 9. When prompted, type the master password again to confirm, and then press enter. 10. When prompted, type a user password, and then press enter. 11. When prompted, type the user password again to confirm, and then press enter. 12. To confirm DriveLock protection on the drive you have selected, type DriveLock in the confirmation field, and then press enter. NOTE: The DriveLock confirmation is case sensitive. 13. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Using passwords 51 Entering a DriveLock password Be sure that the hard drive is inserted into the computer (not into an optional docking device or external MultiBay). At the DriveLock Password prompt, type your user or master password (using the same kind of keys you used to set the password), and then press enter. After 2 incorrect attempts to enter the password, you must shut down the computer and try again. Changing a DriveLock password 2. 3. To change a DriveLock password in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. Turn on the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Hard Drive Tools > DriveLock, and then press enter. 4. Enter the BIOS Administrator password, and then press enter. 5. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys select Set DriveLock Password, and then press enter. 6. Use the arrow keys to select an internal hard drive, and then press enter. 7. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Change Password. 8. When prompted, type your current password, and then press enter. 9. When prompted, type a new password, and then press enter. 10. When prompted, type the new password again to confirm, and then press enter. 11. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Removing DriveLock protection To remove DriveLock protection in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. Turn on the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Hard Drive Tools > DriveLock, and then press enter. Enter the BIOS Administrator password, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Set DriveLock Password, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select an internal hard drive, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Disable protection. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 52 Chapter 9 Security 8. 9. Type your master password, and then press enter. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Using Computer Setup Automatic DriveLock In a multiple-user environment, you can set an Automatic DriveLock password. When the Automatic DriveLock password is enabled, a random user password and a DriveLock master password will be created for you. When any user passes the password credential, the same random user and DriveLock master password will be used to unlock the drive. NOTE: A BIOS Administrator password must be set before you can access the Automatic DriveLock features. Entering an Automatic DriveLock password To enable an Automatic DriveLock password in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Hard Drive Tools > Automatic DriveLock, and then press enter. Enter the BIOS Administrator password, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select an internal hard drive, and then press enter. Read the warning. To continue, select YES. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Removing Automatic DriveLock protection To remove DriveLock protection in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Hard Drive Tools > Automatic DriveLock, and then press enter. Enter the BIOS Administrator password, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select an internal hard drive, and then press enter. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 2. 3. 4. 5. Using passwords 53 6. 7. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Disable protection. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Using antivirus software When you use the computer to access e-mail, a network, or the Internet, you potentially expose it to computer viruses. Computer viruses can disable the operating system, programs, or utilities, or cause them to function abnormally. Antivirus software can detect most viruses, destroy them, and, in most cases, repair any damage they have caused. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses, antivirus software must be kept up to date. For more information about computer viruses, type viruses in the Search box in Help and Support. Using firewall software Firewalls are designed to prevent unauthorized access to a system or network. A firewall can be a software program you install on your computer and/or network, or it can be a solution made up of both hardware and software. There are two types of firewalls to consider:

Host-based firewallsSoftware that protects only the computer it is installed on. Network-based firewallsInstalled between your DSL or cable modem and your home network to protect all the computers on the network. When a firewall is installed on a system, all data sent to and from the system is monitored and compared with a set of user-defined security criteria. Any data that does not meet those criteria is blocked. Your computer or networking equipment may already have a firewall installed. If not, firewall software solutions are available. NOTE: Under some circumstances a firewall can block access to Internet games, interfere with printer or file sharing on a network, or block authorized e-mail attachments. To temporarily resolve the problem, disable the firewall, perform the task that you want to perform, and then reenable the firewall. To permanently resolve the problem, reconfigure the firewall. Installing critical security updates CAUTION: Microsoft sends out alerts regarding critical updates. To protect the computer from security breaches and computer viruses, install all critical updates from Microsoft as soon as you receive an alert. Updates to the operating system and other software may have become available after the computer left the factory. To be sure that all available updates are installed on the computer, observe these guidelines:

54 Chapter 9 Security 1. 2. 3. Run Windows Update as soon as possible after you set up your computer. Run Windows Update monthly thereafter. Obtain updates to Windows and other Microsoft programs, as they are released, from the Microsoft website and through the updates link in Help and Support. Using HP Client Security (select models only) HP Client Security software is preinstalled on select computer models. This software can be accessed through Windows Control Panel. It provides security features that help protect against unauthorized access to the computer, networks, and critical data. For more information, see the HP Client Security software Help. Installing an optional security cable NOTE: A security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. NOTE: The security cable slot on your computer may look slightly different from the illustration in this section. See Getting to know your computer on page 4 for the location of the security cable slot on your computer. 1. 2. 3. Loop the security cable around a secured object. Insert the key (1) into the cable lock (2). Insert the cable lock into the security cable slot on the computer (3), and then lock the cable lock with the key. Using HP Client Security (select models only) 55 10 Maintenance Cleaning your computer Use the following products to safely clean your computer:

Dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride 0.3 percent maximum concentration (for example, disposable wipes, which come in a variety of brands). Alcohol-free glass-cleaning fluid Water with mild soap solution Dry microfiber cleaning cloth or a chamois (static-free cloth without oil) Static-free cloth wipes CAUTION: Avoid strong cleaning solvents that can permanently damage your computer. If you are not sure that a cleaning product is safe for your computer, check the product contents to make sure that ingredients such as alcohol, acetone, ammonium chloride, methylene chloride, and hydrocarbons are not included in the product. Fibrous materials, such as paper towels, can scratch the computer. Over time, dirt particles and cleaning agents can get trapped in the scratches. Cleaning procedures Follow the procedures in this section to safely clean your computer. WARNING! To prevent electric shock or damage to components, do not attempt to clean your computer while it is turned on. Turn off the computer. Disconnect AC power. Disconnect all powered external devices. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not spray cleaning agents or liquids directly on any computer surface. Liquids dripped on the surface can permanently damage internal components. Cleaning the display (All-in-Ones or Notebooks) Gently wipe the display using a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with an alcohol-free glass cleaner. Be sure that the display is dry before closing the display. Cleaning the sides or cover To clean the sides or cover, use a soft microfiber cloth or chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously or use an acceptable disposable wipe. NOTE: When cleaning the cover of the computer, use a circular motion to aid in removing dirt and debris. 56 Chapter 10 Maintenance Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not allow liquids to drip between the keys. To clean the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse, use a soft microfiber cloth or a chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously or use an acceptable disposable wipe. To prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles from the keyboard, use a can of compressed air with a straw extension. Updating programs and drivers HP recommends that you update your programs and drivers on a regular basis to the latest versions. Updates can resolve issues and bring new features and options to your computer. Technology is always changing, and updating programs and drivers allows your computer to run the latest technology available. For example, older graphics components might not work well with the most recent gaming software. Without the latest driver, you would not be getting the most out of your equipment. Go to http://www.hp.com/support to download the latest versions of HP programs and drivers. In addition, register to receive automatic update notifications when they become available. Using SoftPaq Download Manager HP SoftPaq Download Manager (SDM) is a tool that provides quick access to SoftPaq information for HP business computers without requiring the SoftPaq number. Using this tool, you can easily search for SoftPaqs, and then download and unpack them. SoftPaq Download Manager works by reading and downloading, from the HP FTP site, a published database file containing computer model and SoftPaq information. SoftPaq Download Manager allows you to specify one or more computer models to determine which SoftPaqs are available for download. SoftPaq Download Manager checks the HP FTP site for updates to the database and software. If updates are found, they are downloaded and applied automatically. SoftPaq Download Manager is available on the HP website. To use SoftPaq Download Manager to download SoftPaqs, you must first download and install the program. Go to http://www.hp.com/go/sdm, and follow the instructions to download and install SoftPaq Download Manager. To download SoftPaqs:

Select Start > All Programs > HP > HP SoftPaq Download Manager. NOTE:

If prompted by User Account Control, click Yes. Updating programs and drivers 57 11 Backup and recovery Your computer includes HP and Windows tools to help you safeguard your information and retrieve it if you ever need to. These tools will help you return your computer to a proper working state, all with simple steps. This section provides information about the following processes:

Creating recovery media and backups Restoring and recovering your system Creating recovery media and backups 2. Recovery after a system failure is only as good as your most recent backup. 1. After you successfully set up the computer, create HP Recovery media. This step creates a Windows 7 operating system DVD and a Driver Recovery DVD. The Windows DVD can be used to reinstall the original operating system in cases where the hard drive is corrupted or has been replaced. The Driver Recovery DVD installs specific drivers and applications. See Creating recovery media with HP Recovery Disc Creator on page 58. Use Windows Backup and Recovery tools to perform the following:

Back up individual files and folders Back up your entire hard drive (select models only) Create system repair discs (select models only) with the installed optical drive (select models only) or an optional external optical drive Create system restore points NOTE: This guide describes an overview of backing up, restoring, and recovering options. For more details about the tools provided, see Help and Support. To access Help and Support, select Start > Help and Support. NOTE: HP recommends that you print the recovery procedures and save them for later use, in case of system instability. In case of system failure, you can use the backup files to restore the contents of your computer. See Backing up your information on page 59. Guidelines When creating recovery media or backing up to discs, use any of the following types of discs (purchased separately): DVD+R, DVD+R DL, DVD-R, DVD-R DL, or DVDRW. The discs you use will depend on the type of optical drive you are using. Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you start the recovery media creation process or the backup process. Creating recovery media with HP Recovery Disc Creator HP Recovery Disc Creator is a software program that offers an alternative way to create recovery media. After you successfully set up the computer, you can create recovery media using HP Recovery Disc Creator. This recovery media allows you to reinstall your original operating system as well as select drivers and 58 Chapter 11 Backup and recovery applications if the hard drive becomes corrupted. HP Recovery Disc Creator can create two kinds of recovery DVDs:

Windows 7 operating system DVDInstalls the operating system without additional drivers or applications. Driver Recovery DVDInstalls specific drivers and applications only, in the same way that the HP Software Setup utility installs drivers and applications. Creating recovery media NOTE: The Windows 7 operating system DVD can be created only once. Thereafter, the option to create that media will not be available after you create a Windows DVD. Select Start > All Programs > Productivity and Tools > HP Recovery Disc Creator. Select Windows disk. From the drop-down menu, select the drive for burning the recovery media. Click the Create button to start the burning process. To create the Windows DVD:

1. 2. 3. 4. After the Windows 7 operating system DVD has been created, create the Driver Recovery DVD:

1. 2. 3. 4. Select Start > All Programs > Productivity and Tools > HP Recovery Disc Creator. Select Driver disk. From the drop-down menu, select the drive for burning the recovery media. Click the Create button to start the burning process. Backing up your information You should create system repair media and your initial backup immediately after initial system setup. As you add new software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regular basis to maintain a reasonably current backup. You should also create Windows system repair media (select models only) which can be used to start up (boot) the computer and repair the operating system in case of system instability or failure. Your initial and subsequent backups allow you to restore your data and settings if a failure occurs. You can back up your information to an optional external hard drive, a network drive, or discs. Note the following when backing up:

Store personal files in the Documents library, and back it up regularly. Back up templates that are stored in their associated directories. Save customized settings that appear in a window, toolbar, or menu bar by taking a screen shot of your settings. The screen shot can be a time-saver if you have to reset your preferences. When backing up to discs, number each disc after removing it from the drive. For detailed instructions on various backup and restore options, perform a search for these topics in NOTE:

Help and Support. To access Help and Support, select Start > Help and Support. NOTE: Windows includes the User Account Control feature to improve the security of your computer. You may be prompted for your permission or password for tasks such as installing software, running utilities, or changing Windows settings. Refer to Help and Support. To access Help and Support, select Start > Help and Support. Creating recovery media and backups 59 To create a backup using Windows Backup and Restore:

NOTE: The backup process may take over an hour, depending on file size and the speed of the computer. 1. 2. Select Start > All Programs > Maintenance > Backup and Restore. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up your backup, create a system image (select models only), or create system repair media (select models only). Performing a system recovery In case of system failure or instability, the computer provides the following tools to recover your files:

Windows recovery tools: You can use Windows Backup and Restore to recover information you have previously backed up. You can also use Windows Startup Repair to fix problems that might prevent Windows from starting correctly. f11 recovery tools (select models only): You can use the f11 recovery tools to recover your original hard drive image. The image includes the Windows operating system and software programs installed at the factory. If you are unable to boot (start up) your computer and you cannot use the system repair media you NOTE:

previously created (select models only), you must purchase Windows 7 operating system media to reboot the computer and repair the operating system. For additional information, see Using Windows 7 operating system media on page 61. Using the Windows recovery tools Using the Windows recovery tools, you can:

Recover individual files Restore the computer to a previous system restore point Recover information using recovery tools For detailed instructions on various recovery and restore options, perform a search for these topics NOTE:

in Help and Support. To access Help and Support, select Start > Help and Support. NOTE: Windows includes the User Account Control feature to improve the security of your computer. You may be prompted for your permission or password for tasks such as installing software, running utilities, or changing Windows settings. Refer to Help and Support. To access Help and Support, select Start > Help and Support. To recover information you previously backed up:

1. 2. Select Start > All Programs > Maintenance > Backup and Restore. Follow the on-screen instructions to recover your system settings, your computer (select models only), or your files. To recover your information using Startup Repair, follow these steps:

CAUTION: Some Startup Repair options will completely erase and reformat the hard drive. All files you have created and any software installed on the computer are permanently removed. When reformatting is complete, the recovery process restores the operating system, as well as the drivers, software, and utilities from the backup used for recovery. 60 Chapter 11 Backup and recovery 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. If possible, back up all personal files. If possible, check for the presence of the Windows partition. To check for the Windows partition, select Start > Computer. NOTE:

If the Windows partition is not listed, you must recover your operating system and programs using the Windows 7 operating system DVD and the Driver Recovery media. For additional information, see Using Windows 7 operating system media on page 61. If the Windows partition is listed, restart the computer, and then press f8 before the Windows operating system loads. Select Startup Repair. Follow the on-screen instructions. For additional information on recovering information using the Windows tools, select Start > Help NOTE:

and Support. Using f11 recovery tools (select models only) CAUTION: Using f11 completely erases hard drive contents and reformats the hard drive. All files that you have created and any software that you have installed on the computer are permanently removed. The f11 recovery tool reinstalls the operating system and HP programs and drivers that were installed at the factory. Software not installed at the factory must be reinstalled. To recover the original hard drive image using f11:

1. 2. If possible, back up all personal files. If possible, check for the presence of the HP Recovery partition: click Start, right-click Computer, click Manage, and then click Disk Management. If the HP Recovery partition is not listed, you must recover your operating system and NOTE:

programs using the Windows 7 operating system media and the Driver Recovery media. For additional information, see Using Windows 7 operating system media on page 61. 3. 4. 5. If the HP Recovery partition is listed, restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f11 while the Press <F11> for recovery message is displayed on the screen. Follow the on-screen instructions. Using Windows 7 operating system media If you cannot use the recovery media you previously created using the HP Recovery Disc Creator (select models only), you must purchase a Windows 7 operating system DVD to reboot the computer and repair the operating system. To order a Windows 7 operating system DVD, go to the HP website. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/support. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/

wwcontact_us.html. You can also order the DVD by calling support. For contact information, see the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the computer. CAUTION: Using a Windows 7 operating system DVD completely erases hard drive contents and reformats the hard drive. All files that you have created and any software that you have installed on the computer are permanently removed. When reformatting is complete, the recovery process helps you restore the operating system, as well as drivers, software, and utilities. Performing a system recovery 61 To initiate recovery using a Windows 7 operating system DVD:

NOTE: This process takes several minutes. 1. 2. If possible, back up all personal files. Restart the computer, and then insert the Windows 7 operating system DVD into the optical drive before the Windows operating system loads. Follow the on-screen instructions. Click Next. Select Repair your computer. Follow the on-screen instructions. 3. When prompted, press any keyboard key. 4. 5. 6. 7. After the repair is completed:

1. 2. Eject the Windows 7 operating system DVD and then insert the Driver Recovery DVD. Install the Hardware Enabling Drivers first, and then install Recommended Applications. 62 Chapter 11 Backup and recovery 12 Computer Setup (BIOS), MultiBoot, and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) Using Computer Setup Computer Setup, or Basic Input/Output System (BIOS), controls communication between all the input and output devices on the system (such as disk drives, display, keyboard, mouse, and printer). Computer Setup includes settings for the types of devices installed, the startup sequence of the computer, and the amount of system and extended memory. NOTE: Use extreme care when making changes in Computer Setup. Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. Starting Computer Setup NOTE: An external keyboard or mouse connected to a USB port can be used with Computer Setup only if USB legacy support is enabled. To start Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. 2. Navigating and selecting in Computer Setup To navigate and select in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. NOTE: You can use either a pointing device (TouchPad, pointing stick, or USB mouse) or the keyboard to navigate and make selections in Computer Setup. 2. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. To select a menu or a menu item, use the tab key and the keyboard arrow keys and then press enter, or use a pointing device to click the item. To scroll up and down, click the up arrow or the down arrow in the upper-right corner of the screen, or use the up arrow key or the down arrow key on the keyboard. To close open dialog boxes and return to the main Computer Setup screen, press esc, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To exit Computer Setup menus, choose one of the following methods:

To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:

Click the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Using Computer Setup 63 Use the arrow keys to select Main > Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup menus:

Click the Save icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Restoring factory settings in Computer Setup NOTE: Restoring defaults will not change the hard drive mode. 2. 3. 4. 5. To return all settings in Computer Setup to the values that were set at the factory, follow these steps:

1. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Main > Restore Defaults. Follow the on-screen instructions. To save your changes and exit, click the Save icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. NOTE: Your password settings and security settings are not changed when you restore the factory settings. 64 Chapter 12 Computer Setup (BIOS), MultiBoot, and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) Updating the BIOS Updated versions of the BIOS may be available on the HP website. Most BIOS updates on the HP website are packaged in compressed files called SoftPaqs. Some download packages contain a file named Readme.txt, which contains information regarding installing and troubleshooting the file. Determining the BIOS version To determine whether available BIOS updates contain later BIOS versions than those currently installed on the computer, you need to know the version of the system BIOS currently installed. BIOS version information (also known as ROM date and System BIOS) can be revealed by pressing fn+esc (if you are already in Windows) or by using Computer Setup. 1. 2. 3. Start Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Main > System Information. To exit Computer Setup without saving your changes, click the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Downloading a BIOS update CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the computer or an unsuccessful installation, download and install a BIOS update only when the computer is connected to reliable external power using the AC adapter. Do not download or install a BIOS update while the computer is running on battery power, docked in an optional docking device, or connected to an optional power source. During the download and installation, follow these instructions:

Do not disconnect power on the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. Do not shut down the computer or initiate Sleep. Do not insert, remove, connect, or disconnect any device, cable, or cord. 1. 2. 3. Access Help and Support by selecting Start > Help and Support. Select Updates and tune-ups, and then select Check for HP updates now. At the download area, follow these steps:

a. b. Identify the most recent BIOS update and compare it to the BIOS version currently installed on your computer. Make a note of the date, name, or other identifier. You may need this information to locate the update later, after it has been downloaded to your hard drive. Follow the on-screen instructions to download your selection to the hard drive. If the update is more recent than your BIOS, make a note of the path to the location on your hard drive where the BIOS update is downloaded. You will need to access this path when you are ready to install the update. NOTE:

any software updates, especially system BIOS updates. If you connect your computer to a network, consult the network administrator before installing BIOS installation procedures vary. Follow any instructions that are revealed on the screen after the download is complete. If no instructions are revealed, follow these steps:

Using Computer Setup 65 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Select Start > Computer. Click your hard drive designation. The hard drive designation is typically Local Disk (C:). Using the hard drive path you recorded earlier, open the folder on your hard drive that contains the update. Double-click the file that has an .exe extension (for example, filename.exe). The BIOS installation begins. Complete the installation by following the on-screen instructions. NOTE: After a message on the screen reports a successful installation, you can delete the downloaded file from your hard drive. Using MultiBoot About the boot device order As the computer starts, the system attempts to boot from enabled devices. The MultiBoot utility, which is enabled at the factory, controls the order in which the system selects a boot device. Boot devices can include optical drives, diskette drives, a network interface card (NIC), hard drives, and USB devices. Boot devices contain bootable media or files that the computer needs to start and operate properly. NOTE: Some boot devices must be enabled in Computer Setup before they can be included in the boot order. You can change the order in which the computer searches for a boot device by changing the boot order in Computer Setup. You can also press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen, and then press f9. Pressing f9 displays a menu that shows the current boot devices and allows you to select a boot device. Or, you can use MultiBoot Express to set the computer to prompt you for a boot location each time the computer turns on or restarts. Choosing MultiBoot preferences You can use MultiBoot in the following ways:

To set a new boot order that the computer uses each time it is turned on, by changing the boot order in Computer Setup. To dynamically choose the boot device, by pressing esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen, and then pressing f9 to enter the Boot Device Options menu. To use MultiBoot Express to set variable boot orders. This feature prompts you for a boot device each time the computer is turned on or restarted. Setting a new boot order in Computer Setup To start Computer Setup and set a boot device order that the computer uses each time it is turned on or restarted, follow these steps:

1. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select the Legacy Boot Order list, and then press enter. 2. 3. 66 Chapter 12 Computer Setup (BIOS), MultiBoot, and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) 4. 5. To move the device up in the boot order, use a pointing device to click the up arrow, or press the + key. or To move the device down in the boot order, use a pointing device to click the down arrow, or press the -

key. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Dynamically choosing a boot device using the f9 prompt To dynamically choose a boot device for the current startup sequence, follow these steps:

1. Open the Select Boot Device menu by turning on or restarting the computer, and then pressing esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f9. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select a boot device, then press enter. 2. 3. Setting a MultiBoot Express prompt To start Computer Setup and set the computer to display the MultiBoot startup location menu each time the computer is started or restarted, follow these steps:

1. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Boot Options, and then press enter. In the MultiBoot Express Popup Delay (Sec) field, enter the length of time in seconds that you want the computer to display the startup location menu before it defaults to the current MultiBoot setting.

(When 0 is selected, the Express Boot startup location menu is not displayed.) To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. 2. 3. 4. 5. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Entering MultiBoot Express preferences When the Express Boot menu is displayed during startup, you have the following choices:

Using MultiBoot 67 To specify a boot device from the Express Boot menu, select your preference within the allotted time, and then press enter. To prevent the computer from defaulting to the current MultiBoot setting, press any key before the allotted time expires. The computer will not start until you select a boot device and press enter. To allow the computer to start according to the current MultiBoot settings, wait for the allotted time to expire. Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) (select models only) HP PC Hardware Diagnostics is a Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) that allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine if the computer hardware is functioning properly. The tool runs outside of the operating system to isolate hardware failures from issues that may be caused by the operating system or other software components. To start HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI:

1. Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f2. After pressing f2, the BIOS searches three places for the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) tools in the following order:

a. Connected USB drive NOTE: To download the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) tool to a USB drive, see Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device on page 68. Hard drive BIOS b. c. Use the keyboard arrow keys to select the type of diagnostic test you want to run, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. NOTE:

If you need to stop a diagnostic test while it is running, press esc. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device NOTE: The HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) download instructions are provided in English only. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Go to http://www.hp.com. Point to Support, located at the top of the page, and then click Download Drivers. In the text box, enter the product name, and then click Go. or Click Find Now to let HP automatically detect your product. Select your computer model, and then select your operating system. In the Diagnostic section, click HP UEFI Support Environment. or Click Download, and then select Run. 68 Chapter 12 Computer Setup (BIOS), MultiBoot, and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) 13 Support Contacting support If the information provided in this user guide or Help and Support does not address your questions, you can contact support. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/wwcontact_us.html. Here you can:

Chat online with an HP technician. NOTE: When support chat is not available in a particular language, it is available in English. E-mail support. Find support telephone numbers. Locate an HP service center. Contacting support 69 Labels The labels affixed to the computer provide information you may need when you troubleshoot system problems or travel internationally with the computer. IMPORTANT: All labels described in this section will be located in one of 3 places depending on your computer model: affixed to the bottom of the computer, located in the battery bay, or under the service door. Service labelProvides important information to identify your computer. When contacting support, you will probably be asked for the serial number, and possibly for the product number or the model number. Locate these numbers before you contact support. Component

(1)

(2)

(3) Serial number Product number Warranty period Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity label (select models only prior to Windows 8)Contains the Windows Product Key. You may need the Product Key to update or troubleshoot the operating system. HP platforms preinstalled with Windows 8 or Windows 8.1 do not have the physical label, but have a Digital Product Key electronically installed. NOTE: This Digital Product Key is automatically recognized and activated by Microsoft Operating Systems on a reinstall of the Windows 8 or Windows 8.1 operating system with HP-approved recovery methods. Regulatory label(s)Provide(s) regulatory information about the computer. Wireless certification label(s)Provide(s) information about optional wireless devices and the approval markings of some of the countries or regions in which the devices have been approved for use. 70 Chapter 13 Support 14 Specifications Input power Operating environment Input power The power information in this section may be helpful if you plan to travel internationally with the computer. The computer operates on DC power, which can be supplied by an AC or a DC power source. The AC power source must be rated at 100240 V, 5060 Hz. Although the computer can be powered from a standalone DC power source, it should be powered only with an AC adapter or a DC power source supplied and approved by HP for use with this computer. The computer can operate on DC power within the following specifications. Input Power Operating voltage and current Rating 19.5 V dc @ 2.31 A 45 W 19.5 V dc @ 3.33 A 65 W NOTE: This product is designed for IT power systems in Norway with phase-to-phase voltage not exceeding 240 V rms. NOTE: The computer operating voltage and current can be found on the system regulatory label. Operating environment Factor Temperature Operating (writing to optical disc) Nonoperating Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Metric U.S. 5C to 35C

-20C to 60C 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

41F to 95F

-4F to 140F 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

Operating Nonoperating

-15 m to 3,048 m

-15 m to 12,192 m

-50 ft to 10,000 ft

-50 ft to 40,000 ft Input power 71 A Traveling with or shipping your computer If you have to travel with or ship your computer, here are some tips to keep in mind to keep your equipment safe. Prepare the computer for traveling or shipping:

Back up your information to an external drive. Remove all discs and all external media cards, such as memory cards, from the computer. Turn off and then disconnect all external devices. Shut down the computer. Take along a backup of your information. Keep the backup separate on the computer. When traveling by air, carry the computer as hand luggage; do not check it in with the rest of your bags. CAUTION: Avoid exposing a drive to magnetic fields. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-through devices and security wands. Airport conveyer belts and similar security devices that check carry-on baggage use X-rays instead of magnetism and do not damage drives. If you plan to use the computer during a flight, listen for the in-flight announcement that tells you when you are allowed to use your computer. In-flight computer use is at the discretion of the airline. If you are shipping the computer or a drive, use suitable protective packaging and label the package FRAGILE. If the computer has a wireless device installed, the use of these devices may be restricted in some environments. Such restrictions may apply aboard aircraft, in hospitals, near explosives, and in hazardous locations. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of a particular device, ask for authorization to use your computer before you turn it on. If you are traveling internationally, follow these suggestions:

Check the computer-related customs regulations for each country or region on your itinerary. Check the power cord and adapter requirements for each location in which you plan to use the computer. Voltage, frequency, and plug configurations vary. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 72 Appendix A Traveling with or shipping your computer B Troubleshooting Troubleshooting resources Access website links and additional information about the computer through Help and Support. To access Help and Support, select Start > Help and Support. NOTE: Some checkup and repair tools require an Internet connection. HP also provides additional tools that do not require an Internet connection. Contact HP support. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/wwcontact_us.html. Choose from the following types of support:

Chat online with an HP technician. NOTE: When chat is not available in a particular language, it is available in English. Find HP support worldwide telephone numbers. Locate an HP service center. Resolving issues The following sections describe several common issues and solutions. The computer is unable to start up If the computer does not turn on when you press the power button, the following suggestions may help you determine why the computer does not start up:

If the computer is plugged into an AC outlet, plug another electrical device into the outlet to be sure that the outlet is providing adequate power. NOTE: Use only the AC adapter provided with the computer or one approved by HP for this computer. If the computer is plugged into an external power source other than an AC outlet, plug the computer into an AC outlet using the AC adapter. Be sure that the power cord and AC adapter connections are secure. The computer screen is blank If the screen is blank but you have not turned off the computer, one or more of these settings may be the cause:

The computer may be in the Sleep state. To exit Sleep, briefly press the power button. Sleep is an energy-saving feature that turns off the display. Sleep can be initiated by the system while the computer is on but is not in use, or when the computer has reached a low battery level. To change these and other power settings, right-click the Battery icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Preferences. The computer may not be set to display the image on the computer screen. To transfer the image to the computer screen, press fn+f4. On most models, when an optional external display, such as a monitor, is Troubleshooting resources 73 connected to the computer, the image can be displayed on the computer screen or the external display, or on both devices simultaneously. When you press fn+f4 repeatedly, the image alternates among the computer display, one or more external displays, and simultaneous display on all devices. Software is functioning abnormally If the software is unresponsive or responds abnormally, restart the computer. Click Start, click the arrow next to Shut down, and then select Restart. If you cannot restart the computer using this procedure, see the next section, The computer is on but not responding on page 74. The computer is on but not responding If the computer is turned on but is not responding to software or keyboard commands, try the following emergency shutdown procedures, in the sequence provided, until shutdown occurs:

CAUTION: Emergency shutdown procedures result in the loss of unsaved information. Press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds. Disconnect the computer from external power and remove the battery. The computer is unusually warm It is normal for the computer to feel warm to the touch while it is in use. But if the computer feels unusually warm, it may be overheating because a vent is blocked. If you suspect that the computer is overheating, allow the computer to cool to room temperature. Be sure to keep all vents free from obstructions while you are using the computer. WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). NOTE: The fan in the computer starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during operation. An external device is not working Follow these suggestions if an external device does not function as expected:

Turn on the device according to the manufacturer's instructions. Be sure that all device connections are secure. Be sure that the device is receiving electrical power. Be sure that the device, especially if it is older, is compatible with the operating system. Be sure that the correct drivers are installed and updated. The wireless network connection is not working If a wireless network connection is not working as expected, follow these suggestions:

74 Appendix B Troubleshooting To enable or disable a wireless or wired network device, right-click the Network Connection icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. To enable devices, select the check box from the menu option. To disable the device, clear the check box. Be sure that the wireless device is turned on. Be sure that the computer wireless antennas are free from obstructions. Be sure that the cable or DSL modem and its power cord are properly connected and that the lights are on. Be sure that the wireless router or access point is properly connected to its power adapter and to the cable or DSL modem, and that the lights are on. Disconnect and then reconnect all cables, and turn the power off and then back on. A disc does not play Save your work and close all open programs before playing a CD or a DVD. Log off the Internet before playing a CD or a DVD. Be sure that you insert the disc properly. Be sure that the disc is clean. If necessary, clean the disc with filtered water and a lint-free cloth. Wipe from the center of the disc to the outer edge. Check the disc for scratches. If you find scratches, treat the disc with an optical disc repair kit available at many electronics stores. Disable Sleep mode before playing the disc. Do not initiate Sleep while playing a disc. Otherwise, you may see a warning message asking if you want to continue. If this message is displayed, click No. After you click No, the computer may behave in either of the following ways:

Playback may resume. or The playback window in the multimedia program may close. To return to playing the disc, click the Play button in your multimedia program to restart the disc. In rare cases, you may need to exit the program and then restart it. A movie is not visible on an external display 1. 2. If both the computer display and an external display are turned on, press fn+f4 one or more times to switch between the 2 displays. Configure the monitor settings to make the external display primary:

a. From the Windows desktop, right-click on a blank area of the computer desktop, and select Screen resolution. Specify a primary display and a secondary display. b. NOTE: When using both displays, the DVD image will not appear on any display designated as the secondary display. Resolving issues 75 The process of burning a disc does not begin, or it stops before completion Be sure that all other programs are closed. Turn off Sleep mode. Be sure that you are using the right kind of disc for your drive. Be sure that the disc is inserted properly. Select a slower write speed and try again. If you are copying a disc, save the information on the source disc to your hard drive before trying to burn the contents to a new disc, and then burn from your hard drive. 76 Appendix B Troubleshooting C Electrostatic discharge Electrostatic discharge is the release of static electricity when two objects come into contactfor example, the shock you receive when you walk across the carpet and touch a metal door knob. A discharge of static electricity from fingers or other electrostatic conductors may damage electronic components. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, observe these precautions:

If removal or installation instructions direct you to unplug the computer, unplug it after being properly grounded and before removing a cover. Keep components in their electrostatic-safe containers until you are ready to install them. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Handle electronic components as little as possible. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before handling components, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface of the component. If you remove a component, place it in an electrostatic-safe container. If you need more information about static electricity or assistance with component removal or installation, contact HP support. 77 Index Symbols/Numerics 2-finger pinch zoom TouchPad gesture 22 A AC adapter, testing 38 AC adapter/battery light 4 administrator password 48 antivirus software 54 audio functions, checking 28 audio-in (microphone) jack, identifying 5 audio-out (headphone) jack, identifying 5 Automatic DriveLock password entering 53 removing 53 B Backup and Restore 60 backup tools 58 backups creating 59 recovering 60 battery conserving power 37 discharging 36 displaying remaining charge 36 low battery levels 36 Battery Check 36 battery information, finding 36 battery power 35 BIOS determining version 65 downloading an update 65 updating 65 Bluetooth device 13, 18 Bluetooth label 70 buttons left TouchPad 8 media 27 power 10, 33 right TouchPad 8 volume 27 Windows button 11, 25 78 Index C cables USB 42 caps lock light, identifying 9 caring for your computer 56 checking audio functions 28 cleaning your computer 56 components bottom 12 display 6 front 12 left side 5 right side 4 top 7 Computer Setup BIOS administrator password 49 DriveLock password 50 navigating and selecting 63 restoring factory settings 64 computer, traveling 72 configuring audio for HDMI 31 connecting to a WLAN 16 connector, power 4 conservation, power 37 corporate WLAN connection 16 critical battery level 33 critical updates, software 54 D Disk Cleanup software 45 Disk Defragmenter software 45 display image, switching 23 drive media 33 DriveLock password changing 52 description 50 entering 52 removing 52 setting 51 Driver Recovery DVD, creating 58 using for restore 61 drives external 43 handling 44 hard 43 optical 43 using 44 E electrostatic discharge 77 embedded numeric keypad, identifying 11, 24 esc key, identifying 11 external AC power, using 37 external devices 42 external drive 43 external monitor port 5, 30 F f11 recovery 61 firewall software 54 fn key, identifying 11, 23 function keys, identifying 11 H hard drive external 43 HP 3D DriveGuard 45 hard drive light 46 hard drive light, identifying 12 hard drive recovery 61 HDMI port, connecting 30 HDMI port, identifying 5 HDMI, configuring audio 31 headphone (audio-out) jack 5 headphones and microphones, connecting 28 Help and Support hot key 23 Hibernation exiting 34 initiating 34 high-definition devices, connecting 30, 31 hot keys adjusting volume 23, 24 decrease screen brightness 24 decreasing speaker sound 24 description 23 Help and Support 23 increase screen brightness 24 increasing speaker sound 24 keyboard backlight 24 muting speaker sound 23 Sleep 23 switching screen image 23 Touchpad 23 using 23 wireless 24 hot keys, media 27 HP 3D DriveGuard 45 HP Client Security 55 HP Mobile Broadband, disabled 17 HP Recovery Disc Creator, using 58 HP Recovery partition checking for presence 61 using for recovery 61 hubs 41 I input power 71 Intel Wireless Display 31 internal display switch 6 Internet connection setup 15 issues, resolving 73 J jacks audio-in (microphone) 5 audio-out (headphone) 5 network 4 RJ-45 (network) 4 K keyboard backlight 24 keyboard hot keys, identifying 23 keypad embedded numeric 11 identifying 24 keypad, external num lock 26 using 26 keys esc 11 fn 11 function 11 media 27 volume 27 L labels Bluetooth 70 Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity 70 regulatory 70 serial number 70 wireless certification 70 WLAN 70 legacy support, USB 63 lights AC adapter/battery 4 caps lock 9 hard drive 12 power 9 RJ-45 (network) status 4 TouchPad 9 wireless 7, 9 lights, hard drive 46 low battery level 36 M maintenance Disk Cleanup 45 Disk Defragmenter 45 media activity controls 27 media hot keys 27 memory card inserting 40 removing 40 supported formats 40 memory card reader, identifying 4 microphone (audio-in) jack, identifying 5 Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity label 70 mouse, external setting preferences 20 mute key, identifying 23 N network jack, identifying 4 num lock, external keypad 26 O operating environment 71 optical drive 43 optional external devices, using 42 P passwords administrator 48 BIOS administrator 49 DriveLock 50 user 48 pointing devices, setting preferences 20 ports external monitor 5, 30 HDMI 5, 30 Intel Wireless Display 31 VGA 30 power battery 35 conserving 37 options 33 power button 33 power button, identifying 10 power connector, identifying 4 power lights 9 power switch 33 power-saving states 33 product name and number, computer 70 public WLAN connection 16 R readable media 33 recovery media, creating 58 recovery media, using for restore 61 recovery partition 61 recovery tools 58 recovery tools, Windows 60 recovery, system 60 regulatory information regulatory label 70 wireless certification labels 70 restoring the hard drive 61 RJ-45 (network) jack, identifying 4 RJ-45 (network) lights, identifying 4 S screen brightness keys 24 screen image, switching 23 scrolling TouchPad gesture 22 security cable slot, identifying 5 security, wireless 16 Index 79 security 16 using 14 WLAN antennas, identifying 6 WLAN device 14, 70 WLAN label 70 writable media 33 WWAN antennas, identifying 6 WWAN device 13, 16 USB 3.0 port 4, 5 USB cable, connecting 42 USB devices connecting 42 description 41 removing 42 USB hubs 41 USB legacy support 63 USB ports, identifying 4, 5 user password 48 using external AC power 37 power-saving states 33 V vents, identifying 5, 12 VGA port, connecting 30 video 29 volume adjusting 27 buttons 27 keys 27 volume keys, identifying 23, 24 W webcam 6, 28 webcam, identifying 6 Windows 7 operating system DVD creating 58 using for restore 61 Windows 7 operating system media creating 58 using for restore 61 Windows button, identifying 11, 25 Windows Startup Repair, using 60 wireless antennas, identifying 6 wireless button 13 wireless certification label 70 wireless controls button 13 operating system 13 wireless key, identifying 24 wireless light 7, 9, 13 wireless network (WLAN) connecting 16 corporate WLAN connection 16 equipment needed 15 functional range 16 public WLAN connection 16 serial number 70 serial number, computer 70 setting password protection on wakeup 35 setting power options 33 setup of WLAN 15 setup utility navigating and selecting 63 restoring factory settings 64 shutdown 33 SIM inserting 17 Sleep exiting 34 initiating 34 slots security cable 5 SoftPaqs, downloading 57 software antivirus 54 critical updates 54 Disk Cleanup 45 Disk Defragmenter 45 firewall 54 speakers, identifying 10 Startup Repair, using 60 switch, power 33 T testing an AC adapter 38 TouchPad buttons 8 using 20 TouchPad gestures 2-finger pinch zoom 22 scrolling 22 using 20 TouchPad light, identifying 9 TouchPad zone identifying 8 traveling with the computer 70, 72 troubleshooting disc burning 76 disc play 75 troubleshooting, external display 75 turning off the computer 33 U unresponsive system 33 80 Index

User Guide Product notice Software terms This user guide describes features that are common to most models. Some features may not be available on your computer. Not all features are available in all editions of Windows. This computer may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware, drivers and/or software to take full advantage of Windows functionality. Go to http://www.microsoft.com for details. To access the latest user guide, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and select your country. Select Drivers & Downloads, and then follow the on-screen instructions. By installing, copying, downloading, or otherwise using any software product preinstalled on this computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of the HP End User License Agreement (EULA). If you do not accept these license terms, your sole remedy is to return the entire unused product (hardware and software) within 14 days for a full refund subject to the refund policy of your seller. For any further information or to request a full refund of the price of the computer, please contact your seller. Copyright 2015 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel and Centrino are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Java is a U.S. trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Second Edition: January 2015 Document Part Number: 807292001 Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). ENWW iii iv Safety warning notice ENWW Processor configuration setting (select models only) IMPORTANT: Select computer models are configured with an Intel Pentium N35xx series or a Celeron N28xx/N29xx series processor and a Windows operating system. If your computer is configured as described, do not change the processor configuration setting in msconfig.exe from 4 or 2 processors to 1 processor. If you do so, your computer will not restart. You will have to perform a factory reset to restore the original settings. ENWW v vi Processor configuration setting (select models only) ENWW Table of contents 1 Welcome ....................................................................................................................................................... 1 Finding information ............................................................................................................................................... 2 2 Getting to know your computer ...................................................................................................................... 5 Right ....................................................................................................................................................................... 5 Left ......................................................................................................................................................................... 6 Display ................................................................................................................................................................... 7 Top ......................................................................................................................................................................... 8 Top cover ............................................................................................................................................. 8 TouchPad ............................................................................................................................................. 9 Lights ................................................................................................................................................. 10 Buttons and speakers ....................................................................................................................... 11 Keys ................................................................................................................................................... 12 Bottom ................................................................................................................................................................. 13 Front ..................................................................................................................................................................... 14 3 Connecting to a network .............................................................................................................................. 15 Connecting to a wireless network ....................................................................................................................... 15 Using the wireless controls ............................................................................................................... 15 Using the wireless button ............................................................................................... 15 Using operating system controls ................................................................................... 16 Using a WLAN ..................................................................................................................................... 16 Using an Internet service provider ................................................................................. 16 Setting up a WLAN .......................................................................................................... 17 Configuring a wireless router ......................................................................................... 17 Protecting your WLAN ..................................................................................................... 17 Connecting to a WLAN ..................................................................................................... 18 Using HP Mobile Broadband (select models only) ............................................................................ 18 Inserting and removing a SIM ......................................................................................... 19 Using Bluetooth wireless devices ..................................................................................................... 20 Connecting to a wired network ........................................................................................................................... 20 ENWW vii Connecting to a local area network (LAN) ........................................................................................ 21 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices .............................................................. 23 Using pointing devices ......................................................................................................................................... 24 Setting pointing device preferences ................................................................................................. 24 Using the TouchPad and gestures .................................................................................................... 24 Turning the TouchPad off and on ................................................................................... 25 Tapping ........................................................................................................................... 25 Scrolling .......................................................................................................................... 26 2-finger pinch zoom ....................................................................................................... 26 Edge swipes (select models only) .................................................................................. 27 Right-edge swipe .......................................................................................... 27 Left-edge swipe ............................................................................................ 27 Top-edge swipe ............................................................................................ 28 Using the keyboard .............................................................................................................................................. 29 Using Windows shortcut keys ........................................................................................................... 29 Identifying the hot keys .................................................................................................................... 29 Using keypads ................................................................................................................................... 30 Using the embedded numeric keypad ............................................................................ 31 Turning the embedded numeric keypad on and off .................................... 32 Switching key functions on the embedded numeric keypad ....................... 32 Using an optional external numeric keypad .................................................................. 32 5 Multimedia ................................................................................................................................................. 33 Using the media activity controls ........................................................................................................................ 33 Audio .................................................................................................................................................................... 33 Connecting speakers ......................................................................................................................... 33 Adjusting the volume ........................................................................................................................ 33 Connecting headphones .................................................................................................................... 34 Connecting headphones and microphones ...................................................................................... 34 Checking audio functions on the computer ...................................................................................... 34 Webcam (select models only) ............................................................................................................................. 35 Video .................................................................................................................................................................... 35 VGA .................................................................................................................................................... 35 HDMI (select models only) ................................................................................................................ 36 Configuring audio for HDMI ............................................................................................................... 37 Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select models only) ........ 38 6 Power management ..................................................................................................................................... 39 Shutting down the computer .............................................................................................................................. 39 viii ENWW Setting power options ......................................................................................................................................... 40 Using power-saving states ............................................................................................................... 40 Intel Rapid Start Technology (select models only) ........................................................ 40 Initiating and exiting Sleep ............................................................................................. 40 Enabling and exiting user-initiated Hibernation ............................................................ 41 Using the power meter and power settings ................................................................... 41 Setting password protection on wakeup ....................................................................... 41 Using battery power .......................................................................................................................... 42 Factory-sealed battery ................................................................................................... 42 Finding additional battery information .......................................................................... 42 Using Battery Check ........................................................................................................ 43 Displaying the remaining battery charge ....................................................................... 43 Maximizing battery discharge time ................................................................................ 43 Managing low battery levels .......................................................................................... 43 Identifying low battery levels ...................................................................... 43 Resolving a low battery level ....................................................................... 44 Conserving battery power .............................................................................................. 44 Using external AC power ................................................................................................................... 44 Testing an AC adapter ..................................................................................................... 45 7 External cards and devices ........................................................................................................................... 47 Using memory card readers (select models only) .............................................................................................. 47 Inserting a memory card ................................................................................................................... 47 Removing a memory card ................................................................................................................. 47 Using a USB device ............................................................................................................................................... 48 Connecting a USB device ................................................................................................................... 49 Removing a USB device ..................................................................................................................... 49 Using optional external devices .......................................................................................................................... 49 Using optional external drives .......................................................................................................... 50 8 Drives ......................................................................................................................................................... 51 Handling drives .................................................................................................................................................... 51 Using hard drives ................................................................................................................................................. 51 Intel Smart Response Technology (select models only) .................................................................. 52 Improving hard drive performance ................................................................................................... 52 Using Disk Defragmenter ............................................................................................... 52 Using Disk Cleanup ......................................................................................................... 53 Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select models only) .................................................................................. 53 Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status .............................................................................. 53 ENWW ix 9 Security ...................................................................................................................................................... 55 Protecting the computer ..................................................................................................................................... 55 Using passwords .................................................................................................................................................. 56 Setting passwords in Windows ......................................................................................................... 56 Setting passwords in Computer Setup ............................................................................................. 57 Managing a BIOS administrator password ....................................................................................... 57 Entering a BIOS administrator password ....................................................................... 58 Managing a Computer Setup DriveLock password ........................................................................... 58 Setting a DriveLock password ........................................................................................ 59 Entering a DriveLock password ...................................................................................... 60 Changing a DriveLock password ..................................................................................... 60 Removing DriveLock protection ..................................................................................... 60 Using Computer Setup Automatic DriveLock ................................................................................... 61 Entering an Automatic DriveLock password .................................................................. 61 Removing Automatic DriveLock protection ................................................................... 61 Using antivirus software ..................................................................................................................................... 62 Using firewall software ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Installing critical security updates ...................................................................................................................... 63 Using HP Client Security ...................................................................................................................................... 63 Installing an optional security cable ................................................................................................................... 63 10 Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................. 65 Cleaning your computer ...................................................................................................................................... 65 Cleaning procedures ......................................................................................................................... 65 Cleaning the display (All-in-Ones or Notebooks) ........................................................... 65 Cleaning the sides or cover ............................................................................................. 66 Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse ................................................................ 66 Updating programs and drivers .......................................................................................................................... 66 Using SoftPaq Download Manager ...................................................................................................................... 66 11 Backup and recovery .................................................................................................................................. 67 Backing up your information ............................................................................................................................... 67 Performing a system recovery ............................................................................................................................ 67 Using the Windows recovery tools ................................................................................................... 68 Using f11 recovery tools ................................................................................................................... 68 Using Windows operating system media (purchased separately) ................................................... 69 Using Windows Refresh or Windows Reset ...................................................................................... 70 Using HP Software Setup .................................................................................................................. 70 x ENWW 12 Computer Setup (BIOS), MultiBoot, and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) .................................................... 71 Using Computer Setup ......................................................................................................................................... 71 Starting Computer Setup .................................................................................................................. 71 Navigating and selecting in Computer Setup ................................................................................... 71 Restoring factory settings in Computer Setup ................................................................................. 72 Updating the BIOS ............................................................................................................................. 73 Determining the BIOS version ........................................................................................ 73 Downloading a BIOS update ........................................................................................... 73 Using MultiBoot ................................................................................................................................................... 75 About the boot device order ............................................................................................................. 75 Choosing MultiBoot preferences ...................................................................................................... 75 Setting a new boot order in Computer Setup ................................................................. 75 Dynamically choosing a boot device using the f9 prompt ............................................. 76 Setting a MultiBoot Express prompt .............................................................................. 76 Entering MultiBoot Express preferences ....................................................................... 76 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) .......................................................................................................... 77 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device .................................................. 77 13 Support ..................................................................................................................................................... 79 Contacting support .............................................................................................................................................. 79 Labels ................................................................................................................................................................... 80 14 Specifications ........................................................................................................................................... 81 Input power .......................................................................................................................................................... 82 Operating environment ....................................................................................................................................... 83 Appendix A Traveling with the computer .......................................................................................................... 85 Appendix B Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................................... 87 Troubleshooting resources ................................................................................................................................. 87 Resolving issues .................................................................................................................................................. 87 The computer is unable to start up .................................................................................................. 87 The computer screen is blank ........................................................................................................... 87 Software is functioning abnormally ................................................................................................. 88 The computer is on but not responding ........................................................................................... 88 The computer is unusually warm ..................................................................................................... 88 An external device is not working ..................................................................................................... 88 The wireless network connection is not working ............................................................................. 89 A disc does not play ........................................................................................................................... 89 A movie is not visible on an external display .................................................................................... 90 ENWW xi The process of burning a disc does not begin, or it stops before completion ................................. 90 Appendix C Electrostatic discharge .................................................................................................................. 91 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 93 xii ENWW 1 Welcome After you set up and register the computer, it is important to take the following steps:

Take a minute to browse the printed Windows Basics guide to explore the new Windows features. TIP: To quickly return to the computer Start screen from an open app or the Windows desktop, press the Windows key previous screen. on your keyboard. Pressing the Windows key again will return you to the Connect to the InternetSet up your wired or wireless network so that you can connect to the Internet. For more information, see Connecting to a network on page 15. Update your antivirus softwareProtect your computer from damage caused by viruses. The software is preinstalled on the computer. For more information, see Using antivirus software on page 62. Get to know your computerLearn about your computer features. See Getting to know your computer on page 5 and Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices on page 23 for additional information. Find installed softwareAccess a list of the software preinstalled on the computer:

From the Start screen, type a, click Apps, and then select from the displayed options. For details about using the software included with the computer, see the software manufacturer's instructions, which may be provided with the software or on the manufacturer's website. Back up your hard drive by creating recovery discs or a recovery flash drive. See Backup and recovery on page 67. ENWW 1 Finding information You have already used Setup Instructions to turn on the computer and locate this guide. To locate resources that provide product details, how-to information, and more, use this table. Resources Setup Instructions poster Windows Basics guide HP Support Assistant To access HP Support Assistant, from the Start screen, select the HP Support Assistant app. To access the latest user guide, go to http://www.hp.com/

support, and select your country. Select Drivers &

Downloads, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Worldwide support To get support in your language, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/

wwcontact_us.html. HP website To access the latest user guide, go to http://www.hp.com/

support, and select your country. Select Drivers &

Downloads, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Safety & Comfort Guide To access this guide:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Go to http://www.hp.com/ergo. Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices To access this guide:

1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. 2. Select My computer, and then select User guides. For information about How to set up the computer Help to identify computer components Overview of using Windows Operating system information Software, driver, and BIOS updates Troubleshooting tools How to access support Online chat with an HP technician Email support Support telephone numbers HP service center locations Support information Ordering parts and finding additional help Accessories available for the device Proper workstation setup, posture, health, and work habits Electrical and mechanical safety information Regulatory and safety information Battery disposal information 2 Chapter 1 Welcome ENWW Resources Limited Warranty*

For information about Warranty information To access this guide, from the Start screen, select the HP Support Assistant app, select My computer, and then select Warranty and services. or Go to http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments.

*You can find the expressly provided HP Limited Warranty applicable to your product located with the user guides on your computer and/or on the CD/DVD provided in the box. In some countries/regions, HP may provide a printed HP Limited Warranty in the box. For some countries/regions where the warranty is not provided in printed format, you may request a printed copy from http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments or write to:

North America: Hewlett-Packard, MS POD, 11311 Chinden Blvd., Boise, ID 83714, USA Europe, Middle East, Africa: Hewlett-Packard, POD, Via G. Di Vittorio, 9, 20063, Cernusco s/Naviglio (MI), Italy Asia Pacific: Hewlett-Packard, POD, P.O. Box 200, Alexandra Post Office, Singapore 911507 When you request a printed copy of your warranty, please include your product number, warranty period (found on your service label), name, and postal address. IMPORTANT: Do NOT return your HP product to the addresses above. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/wwcontact_us.html. ENWW Finding information 3 4 Chapter 1 Welcome ENWW 2 Getting to know your computer Right Component Description

(1)

(2)

(3) USB 3.0 ports Memory card reader Each USB 3.0 port connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. For details about different types of USB ports, see Using a USB device on page 48. Reads optional memory cards that store, manage, share, or access information. RJ-45 (network) jack/lights Connects a network cable.

(4) AC adapter/Battery light Green (left): The network is connected. Amber (right): Activity is occurring on the network. White: The computer is connected to external power and the battery is charged from 90 to 99 percent. Amber: The computer is connected to external power and the battery is charged from 0 to 90 percent. Blinking amber: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidly. Off: The battery is fully charged.

(5) Power connector Connects an AC adapter. ENWW Right 5 Left Component Description

(1) Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer.

(2) Vent Enables airflow to cool internal components. NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen.

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6) NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. HDMI port USB 3.0 port Audio-out (headphone)/Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high-

definition television, any compatible digital or audio component, or a high-speed HDMI device. Each USB 3.0 port connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. For details about different types of USB ports, see Using a USB device on page 48. Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. Also connects an optional headset microphone. This jack does not support optional microphone-only devices. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. To access this guide, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. NOTE: When a device is connected to the jack, the computer speakers are disabled. NOTE: Be sure that the device cable has a 4-conductor connector that supports both audio-out (headphone) and audio-

in (microphone). 6 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer ENWW Display Component Description

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6) WLAN antennas (2)*

WWAN antennas (2)*

Webcam light Webcam Internal microphone Internal display switch Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless local area networks (WLAN). Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with wireless wide area networks (WWAN). On: The webcam is in use. Records video and captures photographs. Some models allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. For information on using the webcam, access HP Support Assistant. To access HP Support Assistant, from the Start screen, select the HP Support Assistant app. Record sound. Turns off the display or initiates Sleep if the display is closed while the power is on. NOTE: The display switch is not visible from the outside of the computer.

*The antennas are not visible from the outside of the computer. For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. For wireless regulatory notices, see the section of the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. To access this guide, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. ENWW Display 7 Top Top cover Component

(1) Wireless light Description On: An integrated wireless device, such as a wireless local area network (WLAN) device and/or a Bluetooth device, is on. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. 8 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer ENWW TouchPad Component

(1)

(2)

(3) TouchPad zone Moves the pointer and selects or activates items on the screen. Description NOTE: The TouchPad also supports edge-swipe gestures. For more information, see Edge swipes (select models only) on page 27. Left TouchPad button Right TouchPad button Functions like the left button on an external mouse. Functions like the right button on an external mouse. ENWW Top 9 Lights Component

(1) Power light

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5) Caps lock light TouchPad light Mute light Wireless light Description On: The computer is on. Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state, a power-

saving state. The computer shuts off power to the display and other unneeded components. Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. Hibernation is a power-saving state that uses the least amount of power. For select models, the Intel Rapid Start Technology NOTE:

feature is enabled at the factory. Rapid Start Technology allows your computer to resume quickly from inactivity. For more information, see Using power-saving states on page 40. On: Caps lock is on, which switches the keys to all capital letters. On: The TouchPad is off. Off: The TouchPad is on. Amber: Computer sound is off. Off: Computer sound is on. On: An integrated wireless device, such as a wireless local area network (WLAN) device and/or a Bluetooth device, is on. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. 10 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer ENWW Buttons and speakers Component

(1) Power button Description When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. CAUTION: Pressing and holding down the power button will result in the loss of unsaved information. If the computer has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. If the computer has stopped responding and the previous shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button for 15 seconds to perform a hardware reset turning off the computer immediately. For select models, the Intel Rapid Start Technology NOTE:

feature is enabled at the factory. Rapid Start Technology allows your computer to resume quickly from inactivity. For more information, see Using power-saving states on page 40. To learn more about your power settings, see your power options. From the Start screen, type power, select Power and sleep settings, and then select Power and sleep from the list of applications.

(2) Speakers (2) Produce sound. ENWW Top 11 Keys Component Description

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5) esc key fn key Windows key Function keys Embedded numeric keypad Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. Executes frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with a function key, the num lk key, the esc key, or the b key. Returns you to the Start screen from an open app or the Windows desktop. NOTE: Pressing the Windows key again will return you to the previous screen. Execute frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with the fn key. When the keypad is turned on, it can be used like an external numeric keypad. Each key on the keypad performs the function indicated by the icon in the upper-right corner of the key. 12 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer ENWW Bottom Component

(1) Vent Enable airflow to cool internal components. Description NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. ENWW Bottom 13 Front Component

(1) Hard drive light Description Blinking white: The hard drive is being accessed. Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily parked the hard drive. For more information about HP 3D DriveGuard, NOTE:

see Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select models only) on page 53. 14 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer ENWW 3 Connecting to a network Your computer can travel with you wherever you go. But even at home, you can explore the globe and access information from millions of websites using your computer and a wired or wireless network connection. This chapter will help you get connected to that world. Connecting to a wireless network Wireless technology transfers data across radio waves instead of wires. Your computer may be equipped with one or more of the following wireless devices:

Wireless local area network (WLAN) deviceConnects the computer to wireless local area networks

(commonly referred to as Wi-Fi networks, wireless LANs, or WLANs) in corporate offices, your home, and public places such as airports, restaurants, coffee shops, hotels, and universities. In a WLAN, the mobile wireless device in your computer communicates with a wireless router or a wireless access point. HP Mobile Broadband Module (select models only)A wireless wide area network (WWAN) device that gives you wireless connectivity over a much larger area. Mobile network operators install base stations

(similar to cell phone towers) throughout large geographic areas, effectively providing coverage across entire states, regions, or even countries. Bluetooth deviceCreates a personal area network (PAN) to connect to other Bluetooth-enabled devices such as computers, phones, printers, headsets, speakers, and cameras. In a PAN, each device communicates directly with other devices, and devices must be relatively close togethertypically within 10 meters (approximately 33 feet) of each other. For more information about wireless technology, see the information and website links provided in HP Support Assistant. To access HP Support Assistant, from the Start screen, select the HP Support Assistant app. Using the wireless controls You can control the wireless devices in your computer using these features:

Wireless button, wireless switch, or wireless key (referred to in this chapter as the wireless button) Operating system controls Using the wireless button The computer has a wireless button, one or more wireless devices, and one or two wireless lights, depending on the model. All of the wireless devices on your computer are enabled at the factory, so the wireless light is on (white) when you turn on the computer. ENWW Connecting to a wireless network 15 The wireless light indicates the overall power state of your wireless devices, not the status of individual devices. If the wireless light is white, at least one wireless device is on. If the wireless light is off, all wireless devices are off. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. Because the wireless devices are enabled at the factory, you can use the wireless button to turn on or turn off the wireless devices simultaneously. Using operating system controls The Network and Sharing Center allows you to set up a connection or network, connect to a network, and diagnose and repair network problems. To use operating system controls:

1. 2. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Network and Internet, and then select Network and Sharing Center. For more information, access HP Support Assistant. To access HP Support Assistant, from the Start screen, select the HP Support Assistant app. Using a WLAN With a WLAN device, you can access a wireless local area network (WLAN), which is composed of other computers and accessories that are linked by a wireless router or a wireless access point. NOTE: The terms wireless router and wireless access point are often used interchangeably. A large-scale WLAN, such as a corporate or public WLAN, typically uses wireless access points that can accommodate a large number of computers and accessories and can separate critical network functions. A home or small office WLAN typically uses a wireless router, which allows several wireless and wired computers to share an Internet connection, a printer, and files without requiring additional pieces of hardware or software. To use the WLAN device in your computer, you must connect to a WLAN infrastructure (provided through a service provider or a public or corporate network). Using an Internet service provider When you are setting up Internet access in your home, you must establish an account with an Internet service provider (ISP). To purchase Internet service and a modem, contact a local ISP. The ISP will help set up the modem, install a network cable to connect your wireless computer to the modem, and test the Internet service. NOTE: Your ISP will give you a user ID and a password to use for Internet access. Record this information and store it in a safe place. 16 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network ENWW Setting up a WLAN To set up a WLAN and connect to the Internet, you need the following equipment:

A broadband modem (either DSL or cable) (1) and high-speed Internet service purchased from an Internet service provider A wireless router (2) (purchased separately) A wireless computer (3) NOTE: Some modems have a built-in wireless router. Check with your ISP to determine what type of modem you have. The illustration below shows an example of a wireless network installation that is connected to the Internet. As your network grows, additional wireless and wired computers can be connected to the network to access the Internet. For help in setting up your WLAN, see the information provided by your router manufacturer or your ISP. Configuring a wireless router For help in configuring a wireless router, see the information provided by your router manufacturer or your ISP. It is recommended that you initially connect your new wireless computer to the router by using the NOTE:

network cable provided with the router. When the computer successfully connects to the Internet, disconnect the cable, and access the Internet through your wireless network. Protecting your WLAN When you set up a WLAN or access an existing WLAN, always enable security features to protect your network from unauthorized access. WLANs in public areas (hotspots) like coffee shops and airports may not provide any security. If you are concerned about the security of your computer in a hotspot, limit your network activities to e-mail that is not confidential and basic Internet surfing. Wireless radio signals travel outside the network, so other WLAN devices can pick up unprotected signals. Take the following precautions to protect your WLAN:

Use a firewall. A firewall checks both data and requests for data that are sent to your network, and discards any suspicious items. Firewalls are available in both software and hardware. Some networks use a combination of both types. Use wireless encryption. ENWW Connecting to a wireless network 17 Wireless encryption uses security settings to encrypt and decrypt data that is transmitted over the network. For more information, access HP Support Assistant. To access HP Support Assistant, from the Start screen, select the HP Support Assistant app. Connecting to a WLAN To connect to the WLAN, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Be sure that the WLAN device is on. If the device is on, the wireless light is on. If the wireless light is off, press the wireless button. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. From the Start screen, point to the far-right upper or lower corner of the screen to display the charms. Select Settings, and then click the network status icon. Select your WLAN from the list. Click Connect. If the WLAN is a security-enabled WLAN, you are prompted to enter a security code. Type the code, and then click Sign in. NOTE:

If no WLANs are listed, you may be out of range of a wireless router or access point. NOTE:

If you do not see the WLAN you want to connect to, from the Windows desktop, right-click the network status icon, and then select Open Network and Sharing Center. Click Set up a new connection or network. A list of options is displayed, allowing you to manually search for and connect to a network or to create a new network connection. 6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the connection. After the connection is made, place the mouse pointer over the network status icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, to verify the name and status of the connection. NOTE: The functional range (how far your wireless signals travel) depends on WLAN implementation, router manufacturer, and interference from other electronic devices or structural barriers such as walls and floors. Using HP Mobile Broadband (select models only) HP Mobile Broadband enables your computer to use WWANs to access the Internet from more places and over larger areas than it can by using WLANs. Using HP Mobile Broadband requires a network service provider

(called a mobile network operator), which in most cases is a cellular phone network operator. Coverage for HP Mobile Broadband is similar to cellular phone voice coverage. When used with mobile network operator service, HP Mobile Broadband gives you the freedom to stay connected to the Internet, send e-mail, or connect to your corporate network whether you are on the road or outside the range of Wi-Fi hotspots. HP supports the following technologies:

18 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network ENWW HSPA (High Speed Packet Access), which provides access to networks based on the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) telecommunications standard. EV-DO (Evolution Data Optimized), which provides access to networks based on the code division multiple access (CDMA) telecommunications standard. LTE (Long Term Evolution), which provides access to networks supporting LTE technology. You may need the HP Mobile Broadband Module serial number to activate mobile broadband service. The serial number is printed on a label inside the battery bay of your computer. Some mobile network operators require the use of a SIM. A SIM contains basic information about you, such as a personal identification number (PIN), as well as network information. Some computers include a SIM that is preinstalled in the battery bay. If the SIM is not preinstalled, it may be provided in the HP Mobile Broadband information provided with your computer or the mobile network operator may provide it separately from the computer. For information about inserting and removing the SIM, see Inserting and removing a SIM on page 19 in this chapter. For information about HP Mobile Broadband and how to activate service with a preferred mobile network operator, see the HP Mobile Broadband information included with your computer. Inserting and removing a SIM CAUTION: To prevent damage to the connectors, use minimal force when inserting a SIM. To insert a SIM, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn off the computer by using the Shut down command. Close the display. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. Unplug the power cord from the AC outlet. Turn the computer upside down on a flat surface. ENWW Connecting to a wireless network 19 6. Insert the SIM into the SIM slot, and gently push the SIM into the slot until it is firmly seated. NOTE: The SIM in your computer may look slightly different from the illustration in this section. 7. 8. 9. Reconnect external power. Reconnect external devices. Turn on the computer. To remove a SIM, gently pull on the SIM and remove it from the slot. Using Bluetooth wireless devices A Bluetooth device provides short-range wireless communications that replace the physical cable connections that traditionally link electronic devices such as the following:

Computers (desktop, notebook, PDA) Phones (cellular, cordless, smart phone) Imaging devices (printer, camera) Audio devices (headset, speakers) Mouse Bluetooth devices provide peer-to-peer capability that allows you to set up a personal area network (PAN) of Bluetooth devices. For information about configuring and using Bluetooth devices, see the Bluetooth software Help. Connecting to a wired network There are 2 kinds of wired connections: local area network (LAN) and modem connection. A LAN connection uses a network cable and is much faster than a modem, which uses a telephone cable. Both cables are sold separately. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not plug a modem cable or telephone cable into an RJ-45 (network) jack. 20 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network ENWW Connecting to a local area network (LAN) Use a LAN connection if you want to connect the computer directly to a router in your home (instead of working wirelessly), or if you want to connect to an existing network at your office. Connecting to a LAN requires an 8-pin, RJ-45 network cable. To connect the network cable, follow these steps:

1. 2. Plug the network cable into the network jack (1) on the computer. Plug the other end of the network cable into a network wall jack (2) or router. If the network cable contains noise suppression circuitry (3), which prevents interference from NOTE:

TV and radio reception, orient the circuitry end of the cable toward the computer. ENWW Connecting to a wired network 21 22 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network ENWW 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices Your computer allows navigation using touch gestures (select models only) in addition to the keyboard and mouse. Touch gestures can be used on your computer TouchPad or on a touch screen (select models only). Review the Windows Basics guide included with your computer. The guide provides information on common tasks using the TouchPad, touch screen, or the keyboard. Select computer models have special action keys or hot key functions on the keyboard to perform routine tasks. ENWW 23 Using pointing devices NOTE:

(purchased separately) by connecting it to one of the USB ports on the computer. In addition to the pointing devices included with your computer, you can use an external USB mouse Setting pointing device preferences Use Mouse Properties in Windows to customize settings for pointing devices, such as button configuration, click speed, and pointer options. You can also view demonstrations of TouchPad gestures. To access Mouse Properties:

From the Start screen, type mouse, click Settings, and then select Mouse. Using the TouchPad and gestures The TouchPad allows you to navigate the computer screen and control the pointer by using simple finger movements. TIP: Use the left and right buttons on the TouchPad as you would use the corresponding buttons on an external mouse. NOTE: TouchPad gestures are not supported in all apps. 24 Chapter 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices ENWW Turning the TouchPad off and on To turn the TouchPad off and on, press the f2 and fn keys at the same time. Tapping To make an on-screen selection, use the Tap function on the TouchPad. Tap one finger on the TouchPad zone to make a selection. Double-tap an item to open it. ENWW Using pointing devices 25 Scrolling Scrolling is useful for moving up, down, or sideways on a page or image. Place two fingers slightly apart on the TouchPad zone and then drag them up, down, left, or right. 2-finger pinch zoom 2-finger pinch zoom allows you to zoom out or in on images or text. Zoom in by placing two fingers together on the TouchPad zone and then moving your fingers apart. Zoom out by placing two fingers apart on the TouchPad zone and then moving your fingers together. 26 Chapter 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices ENWW Edge swipes (select models only) Edge swipes allow you to access toolbars on your computer for tasks such as changing settings and finding or using apps. Right-edge swipe The right-edge swipe reveals the charms, which let you search, share, start apps, access devices, or change settings. Swipe your finger gently from the right edge to reveal the charms. Left-edge swipe The left-edge swipe accesses your recently opened apps so that you can switch between them quickly. Swipe your finger gently from the left edge of the TouchPad to switch between recently opened apps. Swipe from the left edge of the TouchPad to switch between apps. ENWW Using pointing devices 27 Top-edge swipe The top-edge swipe displays app command options that allow you to customize apps. IMPORTANT: When an app is open, the top-edge gesture varies depending on the app. Gently swipe your finger from the top edge to reveal the app command options. 28 Chapter 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices ENWW Using the keyboard The keyboard and mouse allow you to type select items, scroll and to perform the same functions as using touch gestures. The keyboard also allows you to use action keys and hot keys to perform specific functions. TIP: The Windows key app or the Windows desktop. Pressing the Windows key again will return you to the previous screen. on the keyboard allows you to quickly return to the Start screen from an open NOTE: Depending on the country or region, your keyboard may have different keys and keyboard functions than those discussed in this section. Using Windows shortcut keys Windows provides shortcuts so that you can perform actions quickly. Press the Windows key in combination with a specific key to perform a designated action. alone or For commonly used shortcuts, see the Windows Basics guide. Identifying the hot keys A hot key is a combination of the fn key (2) and either the esc key (1) or one of the function keys (4). To use a hot key:

Briefly press the fn key, and then briefly press the second key of the hot key combination. Hot key combination Description fn+esc Displays system information. fn+f1 Opens Help and Support. Help and Support provides tutorials, answers to questions, and product updates. ENWW Using the keyboard 29 Hot key combination Description fn+f2 Activates or deactivates the Touchpad. fn+f3 Initiates Sleep, which saves your information in system memory. The display and other system components turn off and power is conserved. To exit Sleep, briefly press the power button. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of information loss, save your work before initiating Sleep. fn+f4 Switches the screen image among display devices connected to the system. For example, if a monitor is connected to the computer, repeatedly pressing fn+f4 alternates the screen image from computer display to monitor display to simultaneous display on both the computer and the monitor. Most external monitors receive video information on the computer using the external VGA video standard. The fn+f4 hot key can also alternate images among other devices that are receiving video information on the computer. fn+f5 Mutes or restores speaker sound. fn+ f6 Decreases speaker volume. fn+f7 Increases speaker volume. fn+f8 Mutes the microphone. fn+f9 Decreases the screen brightness level. fn+f10 Increases the screen brightness level. fn+f11 Turns the keyboard backlight on and off. NOTE: The keyboard backlight is turned on at the factory. To extend battery life, turn off the keyboard backlight. fn+f12 Turns the wireless feature on or off. NOTE: This key does not establish a wireless connection. To establish a wireless connection, a wireless network must be set up. Using keypads The computer includes an embedded numeric keypad, and it also supports an optional external numeric keypad, or an optional external keyboard that includes a numeric keypad. 30 Chapter 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices ENWW Using the embedded numeric keypad Component

(1) fn key

(2) Embedded numeric keypad

(3) Windows key Description Turns the embedded numeric keypad on and off when pressed in combination with the num lk key. NOTE: The embedded numeric keypad will not function while an external keyboard or numeric keypad is connected to the computer. When the keypad is turned on, it can be used like an external numeric keypad. Each key on the keypad performs the function indicated by the icon in the upper-right corner of the key. Returns you to the Start screen from an open app or the Windows desktop. NOTE: Pressing the Windows key again will return you to the previous screen. ENWW Using the keyboard 31 Turning the embedded numeric keypad on and off Press fn+num lk to turn on the embedded numeric keypad. Press fn+num lk again to turn off the keypad. NOTE: The embedded numeric keypad is turned off while an external keyboard or numeric keypad is connected to the computer. Switching key functions on the embedded numeric keypad You can temporarily alternate the functions of keys on the embedded numeric keypad between their standard keyboard functions and their keypad functions:

To use the navigational function of a keypad key while the keypad is off, press and hold the fn key while pressing the keypad key. To use the standard function of a keypad key while the keypad is on:

Press and hold the fn key to type in lowercase. Press and hold fn+shift to type in uppercase. Using an optional external numeric keypad Keys on most external numeric keypads function differently according to whether num lock is on or off. (Num lock is turned off at the factory.) For example:

When num lock is on, most keypad keys type numbers. When num lock is off, most keypad keys function like the arrow, page up, or page down keys. When num lock on an external keypad is turned on, the num lock light on the computer is turned on. When num lock on an external keypad is turned off, the num lock light on the computer is turned off. To turn num lock on or off on an external keypad as you work:

Press the num lk key on the external keypad, not on the computer. 32 Chapter 4 Navigating using the keyboard, touch gestures and pointing devices ENWW 5 Multimedia Your computer may include the following:

Integrated speaker(s) Integrated microphone(s) Integrated webcam Preinstalled multimedia software Multimedia buttons or keys Using the media activity controls Depending on your computer model, you may have the following media activity controls that allow you to play, pause, fast forward, or rewind a media file:

Media buttons Media hot keys (specific keys pressed in combination with the fn key) Media keys Audio On your HP computer, you can play music CDs, download and listen to music, stream audio content from the web (including radio), record audio, or mix audio and video to create multimedia. To enhance your listening enjoyment, attach external audio devices such as speakers or headphones. Connecting speakers You can attach wired speakers to your computer by connecting them to a USB port (or the audio-out jack) on your computer or on a docking station. To connect wireless speakers to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. To connect high-definition speakers to the computer, see Configuring audio for HDMI on page 37. Before connecting audio devices, be sure to adjust the volume. Adjusting the volume Depending on your computer model, you can adjust the volume using the following:

ENWW Using the media activity controls 33 Volume buttons Volume hot keys (specific keys pressed in combination with the fn key) Volume keys WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this guide, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. NOTE: Volume can also be controlled through the operating system and some programs. NOTE: See Getting to know your computer on page 5 for information on what type of volume controls your computer has. Connecting headphones You can connect wired headphones to the headphone jack on your computer. To connect wireless headphones to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. Connecting headphones and microphones You can connect wired headphones or headsets to the audio-out (headphone)/audio-in (microphone) jack on your computer. Many headsets with integrated microphones are commercially available. To connect wireless headphones or headsets to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this guide, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Checking audio functions on the computer NOTE:

free of background noise. For best results when recording, speak directly into the microphone and record sound in a setting To check the audio functions on your computer, follow these steps:

1. 2. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Hardware and Sound, and then select Sound. 3. When the Sound window opens, select the Sounds tab. Under Program Events, select any sound event, such as a beep or alarm and then click Test. You should hear sound through the speakers or through connected headphones. 34 Chapter 5 Multimedia ENWW To check the recording functions on your computer, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. From the Start screen, type sound, and then select Sound Recorder. Click Start Recording and speak into the microphone. Save the file to your desktop. Open a multimedia program and play the recording. To confirm or change the audio settings on your computer:

1. 2. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Hardware and Sound, and then select Sound. Webcam (select models only) Some computers include an integrated webcam. With the preinstalled software, you can use the webcam to take a photo or record a video. You can preview and save the photo or video recording. The webcam software enables you to experiment with the following features:

Capturing and sharing video Streaming video with instant message software Taking still photos Video Your HP computer is a powerful video device that enables you to watch streaming video from your favorite websites and download video and movies to watch on your computer without needing to connect to a network. To enhance your viewing enjoyment, use one of the video ports on the computer to connect an external monitor, projector, or TV. Your computer may have an high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI) port, which allows you to connect a high-definition monitor or TV. Your computer has the following external video ports:

VGA HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) IMPORTANT: Be sure that the external device is connected to the correct port on the computer, using the correct cable. Check the device manufacturer's instructions if you have questions. NOTE: See Getting to know your computer on page 5 for information about your computer's video ports. The external monitor port, or VGA port, is an analog display interface that connects an external VGA display device such as an external VGA monitor or a VGA projector to the computer. 1. Connect the VGA cable from the monitor or projector to the VGA port on the computer as shown. Webcam (select models only) 35 VGA ENWW 2. Press fn+f4 to alternate the screen image between 4 display states:

PC Screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press fn+f4, the display state changes. For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, adjust the screen resolution of NOTE:

the external device, as follows. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust screen resolution. HDMI (select models only) The HDMI port connects the computer to an optional video or audio device, such as a high-definition television, or to any compatible digital or audio component. NOTE: To transmit video and/or audio signals through the HDMI port, you need an HDMI cable (purchased separately). One HDMI device can be connected to the HDMI port on the computer. The information displayed on the computer screen can be simultaneously displayed on the HDMI device. To connect a video or audio device to the HDMI port:

1. Connect one end of the HDMI cable to the HDMI port on the computer. 36 Chapter 5 Multimedia ENWW 2. 3. Connect the other end of the cable to the video device. Press fn+f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:

PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across both the computer and external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press fn+f4, the display state changes. NOTE:

For best results, especially if you choose the Extend option, adjust the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel from the list of applications. Select Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust screen resolution. Configuring audio for HDMI To configure HDMI audio, first connect an audio or video device, such as a high-definition TV, to the HDMI port on your computer. Then configure the default audio playback device as follows:

1. 2. 3. From the Windows desktop, right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Playback devices. On the Playback tab, click either Digital Output or Digital Output Device (HDMI). Click Set Default, and then click OK. To return audio to the computer speakers, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. From the Windows desktop, right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Playback devices. On the Playback tab, click Speakers. Click Set Default, and then click OK. ENWW Video 37 Discovering and connecting to Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select models only) To discover and connect to Miracast-compatible wireless displays without leaving your current apps, follow the steps below. To open Miracast:

Swipe from the right edge of the Start screen, tap Devices, tap Project, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the Start screen to display the charms, click Devices, click Project, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 38 Chapter 5 Multimedia ENWW 6 Power management NOTE: A computer may have a power button or a power switch. The term power button is used throughout this guide to mean both types of power controls. Shutting down the computer CAUTION: Unsaved information is lost when the computer shuts down. The shutdown command closes all open programs, including the operating system, and then turns off the display and computer. Shut down the computer under any of the following conditions:

When you need to replace the battery or access components inside the computer When you are connecting an external hardware device that does not connect to a Universal Serial Bus

(USB) port When the computer will be unused and disconnected from external power for an extended period Although you can turn off the computer with the power button, the recommended procedure is to use the Windows shutdown command:

NOTE:

shutdown is possible by briefly pressing the power button. If the computer is in the Sleep state or in Hibernation, you must first exit Sleep or Hibernation before 1. 2. 3. Save your work and close all open programs. From the Start screen, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the screen. Click Settings, click the Power icon, and then click Shut down. or Right-click the Start button in the lower-left corner of the screen, select Shut down, and then select Shut down. If the computer is unresponsive and you are unable to use the preceding shutdown procedure, try the following emergency procedures in the sequence provided:

Press ctrl+alt+delete. Click the Power icon, and then click Shut Down. Press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds. ENWW Shutting down the computer 39 If the computer has stopped responding and the previous shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button for 15 seconds to perform a hardware reset turning off the computer immediately. Disconnect the computer from external power. On models with a user-replaceable battery, remove the battery. Setting power options Using power-saving states Sleep is enabled at the factory. When Sleep is initiated, the power lights blink and the screen clears. Your work is saved to memory. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of possible audio and video degradation, loss of audio or video playback functionality, or loss of information, do not initiate Sleep while reading from or writing to a disc or an external memory card. NOTE: You cannot initiate any type of networking connection or perform any computer functions while the computer is in the Sleep state. Intel Rapid Start Technology (select models only) For select models, the Intel Rapid Start Technology (RST) feature is enabled by default. Rapid Start Technology allows your computer to resume quickly from inactivity. Rapid Start Technology manages your power-saving options as follows:

SleepRapid Start Technology allows you to select the Sleep state. To exit from Sleep, press any key, activate the TouchPad, or press the power button briefly. HibernationRapid Start Technology initiates Hibernation after a period of inactivity while in the Sleep state when running on battery power or on external power or when the battery reaches a critical level. After Hibernation is initiated, press the power button to resume your work. NOTE: Rapid Start Technology can be disabled in Setup Utility (BIOS). If you want to be able to initiate the Hibernation state, you must enable user-initiated Hibernation using Power Options. See Enabling and exiting user-initiated Hibernation on page 41. Initiating and exiting Sleep With the computer on, you can initiate Sleep in any of the following ways:

Briefly press the power button. From the Start screen, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the screen. When the charms list opens, click Settings, click the Power icon, and then click Sleep. To exit Sleep, briefly press the power button. When the computer exits Sleep, the power lights turn on and the computer returns to the screen where you stopped working. 40 Chapter 6 Power management ENWW NOTE:

before the computer will return to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on wakeup, you must enter your Windows password Enabling and exiting user-initiated Hibernation You can enable user-initiated Hibernation and change other power settings and timeouts using Power Options:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. From the Start screen, type power options, and then select Power Options. In the left pane, click Choose what the power button does. Click Change Settings that are currently unavailable. In the When I press the power button area, select Hibernate. Click Save changes. To exit Hibernation, briefly press the power button. The power lights turn on and your work returns to the screen where you stopped working. NOTE:

before your work will return to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on wakeup, you must enter your Windows password Using the power meter and power settings The power meter is located on the Windows desktop. The power meter allows you to quickly access power settings and view the remaining battery charge. To reveal the percentage of remaining battery charge and the current power plan, on the Windows desktop, point over the power meter icon. To use Power Options, or to change the power plan, click the power meter icon and select an item from the list. From the Start screen, you can also type power options, and then select Power Options. Different power meter icons indicate whether the computer is running on battery or external power. The icon also reveals a message if the battery has reached a low or critical battery level. Setting password protection on wakeup To set the computer to prompt for a password when the computer exits Sleep or Hibernation, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. From the Start screen, type power options, and then select Power Options. In the left pane, click Require a password on wakeup. Click Change Settings that are currently unavailable. Click Require a password (recommended). NOTE:

If you need to create a user account password or change your current user account password, click Create or change your user account password, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you do not need to create or change a user account password, go to step 5. 5. Click Save changes. ENWW Setting power options 41 Using battery power WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased from HP. The computer runs on battery power whenever it is not plugged into external AC power. Computer battery life varies, depending on power management settings, running programs, display brightness, external devices connected to the computer, and other factors. Keeping the battery in the computer whenever the computer is plugged into AC power charges the battery and also protects your work in case of a power outage. If the computer contains a charged battery and is running on external AC power, the computer automatically switches to battery power if the AC adapter is disconnected on the computer or an AC power loss occurs. NOTE: When you disconnect AC power, the display brightness is automatically decreased to save battery life. Select computer models can switch between graphic modes to increase battery life. Factory-sealed battery To monitor the status of your battery, or if the battery is no longer holding a charge, run Battery Check in Help and Support. To access battery information, from the Start screen, type support, select the HP Support Assistant app, and then select Battery and performance. If Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. The battery(ies) in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Finding additional battery information HP Support Assistant provides the tools and information about the battery. To access battery information, select the HP Support Assistant app on the Start screen, and then select Battery and performance. Battery Check tool to test battery performance Information on calibration, power management, and proper care and storage to maximize battery life Information on battery types, specifications, life cycles, and capacity To access battery information:

To access battery information, select the HP Support Assistant app on the Start screen, and then select Battery and performance. 42 Chapter 6 Power management ENWW Using Battery Check HP Support Assistant provides information on the status of the battery installed in the computer. To run Battery Check:

1. Connect the AC adapter to the computer. NOTE: The computer must be connected to external power for Battery Check to work properly. 2. To access battery information, select the HP Support Assistant app on the Start screen, and then select Battery and performance. Battery Check examines the battery and its cells to see if they are functioning properly, and then reports the results of the examination. Displaying the remaining battery charge Move the pointer over the power meter icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Maximizing battery discharge time Battery discharge time varies depending on features you use while on battery power. Maximum discharge time gradually decreases as the battery storage capacity naturally degrades. Tips for maximizing battery discharge time:

Lower the brightness on the display. Remove the battery on the computer when it is not being used or charged, if the computer contains a user-replaceable battery. Store the user-replaceable battery in a cool, dry location. Select the Power saver setting in Power Options. Managing low battery levels The information in this section describes the alerts and system responses set at the factory. Some low-

battery alerts and system responses can be changed using Power Options. Preferences set using Power Options do not affect lights. From the Start screen, type power, select Settings, and then select Power Options. Identifying low battery levels When a battery that is the sole power source for the computer reaches a low or critical battery level, the following behavior occurs:

The battery light (select models only) indicates a low or critical battery level. or The power meter icon in the notification area shows a low or critical battery notification. NOTE:

settings on page 41. For additional information about the power meter, see Using the power meter and power ENWW Setting power options 43 If the computer is on or in the Sleep state, the computer remains briefly in the Sleep state, and then shuts down and loses any unsaved information. Resolving a low battery level Resolving a low battery level when external power is available Connect one of the following devices:

AC adapter Optional docking or expansion device Optional power adapter purchased as an accessory from HP Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available To resolve a low battery level when no power source is available, save your work and shut down the computer. Conserving battery power From the Start screen, type power, select Settings, and then select Power Options. Select low power-use settings through Power Options. Turn off wireless and LAN connections and exit modem applications when you are not using them. Disconnect unused external devices that are not plugged into an external power source. Stop, disable, or remove any external memory cards that you are not using. Decrease screen brightness. Before you leave your work, initiate Sleep, or shut down the computer. Using external AC power WARNING! Do not charge the computer battery while you are onboard aircraft. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or a compatible AC adapter purchased from HP. NOTE:

computer box. For information on connecting to AC power, see the Setup Instructions poster provided in the External AC power is supplied through an approved AC adapter or an optional docking or expansion device. Connect the computer to external AC power under any of the following conditions:

When charging or calibrating a battery When installing or modifying system software When writing information to a CD, a DVD, or a BD (select models only) When running Disk Defragmenter When performing a backup or recovery 44 Chapter 6 Power management ENWW When you connect the computer to external AC power, the following events occur:

The battery begins to charge. If the computer is turned on, the power meter icon in the notification area changes appearance. When you disconnect external AC power, the following events occur:

The computer switches to battery power. The display brightness is automatically decreased to save battery life. Testing an AC adapter Test the AC adapter if the computer exhibits any of the following symptoms when it is connected to AC power:

The computer does not turn on. The display does not turn on. The power lights are off. To test the AC adapter:

NOTE: The following instructions apply to computers with user-replaceable batteries. 1. 2. 3. 4. Shut down the computer. Remove the battery on the computer. Connect the AC adapter to the computer, and then plug it into an AC outlet. Turn on the computer. If the power lights turn on, the AC adapter is working properly. If the power lights remain off, the AC adapter is not functioning and should be replaced. Contact support for information on obtaining a replacement AC power adapter. ENWW Setting power options 45 46 Chapter 6 Power management ENWW 7 External cards and devices Using memory card readers (select models only) Optional memory cards provide secure data storage and convenient data sharing. These cards are often used with digital mediaequipped cameras and PDAs as well as with other computers. To determine the memory card formats that are supported on your computer, see Getting to know your computer on page 5. Inserting a memory card CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the memory card connectors, use minimal force to insert a memory card. 1. 2. Hold the card label-side up, with the connectors facing the computer. Insert the card into the memory card reader, and then press in on the card until it is firmly seated. You will hear a sound when the device has been detected, and a menu of options may be displayed. Removing a memory card CAUTION: To reduce the risk of loss of data or an unresponsive system, use the following procedure to safely remove the memory card. 1. 2. Save your information and close all programs associated with the memory card. Click the remove hardware icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Then follow the on-screen instructions. ENWW Using memory card readers (select models only) 47 3. Press in on the card (1), and then remove it from the slot (2). NOTE:

If the card does not eject, pull the card out of the slot. Using a USB device Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a hardware interface that can be used to connect an optional external device, such as a USB keyboard, mouse, drive, printer, scanner, or hub. Some USB devices may require additional support software, which is usually included with the device. For more information about device-specific software, see the manufacturer's instructions. These instructions may be provided with the software, on disc, or on the manufacturers website. The computer has at least 1 USB port that supports USB 1.0, 1.1, 2.0, or 3.0 devices. Your computer may also have a USB charging port that provides power to an external device. An optional docking device or USB hub provides additional USB ports that can be used with the computer. 48 Chapter 7 External cards and devices ENWW Connecting a USB device CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to a USB connector, use minimal force to connect the device. Connect the USB cable for the device to the USB port. NOTE: The following illustration may look slightly different than your computer. You will hear a sound when the device has been detected. NOTE: The first time you connect a USB device, a message in the notification area lets you know that the device is recognized by the computer. Removing a USB device CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to a USB connector, do not pull on the cable to remove the USB device. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of loss of information or an unresponsive system, use the following procedure to safely remove the USB device. 1. 2. 3. To remove a USB device, save your information and close all programs associated with the device. Click the remove hardware icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Remove the device. Using optional external devices NOTE:

see the manufacturer's instructions. For more information about required software and drivers, or to learn which computer port to use, To connect an external device to the computer:

CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the equipment when connecting a powered device, be sure that the device is turned off and the AC power cord is unplugged. ENWW Using optional external devices 49 1. 2. 3. Connect the device to the computer. If you are connecting a powered device, plug the device power cord into a grounded AC outlet. Turn on the device. To disconnect an unpowered external device, turn off the device, and then disconnect it from the computer. To disconnect a powered external device, turn off the device, disconnect it from the computer, and then unplug the AC power cord. Using optional external drives Removable external drives expand your options for storing and accessing information. A USB drive can be added by connecting the drive to a USB port to the computer. NOTE: HP external USB optical drives should be connected to the powered USB port to the computer. USB drives include the following types:

1.44-megabyte diskette drive Hard drive module External optical drive (CD, DVD, and Blu-ray) MultiBay device 50 Chapter 7 External cards and devices ENWW 8 Drives Handling drives CAUTION: Drives are fragile computer components that must be handled with care. Refer to the following cautions before handling drives. Additional cautions are included with the procedures to which they apply. Observe these precautions:

Before you move a computer that is connected to an external hard drive, initiate Sleep and allow the screen to clear, or properly disconnect the external hard drive. Before handling a drive, discharge static electricity by touching a grounded surface. Do not touch the connector pins on a removable drive or on the computer. Handle a drive carefully; do not drop a drive or place items on it. Before removing or inserting a drive, shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off, in the Sleep state, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. Do not use excessive force when inserting a drive into a drive bay. Do not type on the keyboard or move the computer while an optical drive is writing to a disc. The write process is sensitive to vibration. Avoid exposing a drive to temperature or humidity extremes. Avoid exposing a drive to liquids. Do not spray the drive with cleaning products. Remove media from a drive before removing the drive from the drive bay, or traveling with, shipping, or storing a drive. If a drive must be mailed, place the drive in a bubble-pack mailer or other suitable protective packaging and label the package FRAGILE. Avoid exposing a drive to magnetic fields. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-

through devices and security wands. Airport conveyer belts and similar security devices that check carry-on baggage use X-rays instead of magnetism and do not damage drives. Using hard drives CAUTION: To prevent information loss or an unresponsive system:

Save your work and shut down the computer before adding or replacing a memory module or hard drive. ENWW Handling drives 51 If you are not sure whether the computer is off, turn the computer on by pressing the power button. Then shut down the computer through the operating system. Intel Smart Response Technology (select models only) Intel Smart Response Technology (SRT) is an Intel Rapid Storage Technology (RST) caching feature that significantly enhances computer system performance. SRT allows computers with an SSD mSATA module to be used as cache memory between the system memory and hard disk drive. This provides the advantage of having a hard disk drive (or a RAID volume) for maximum storage capacity while simultaneously delivering SSD enhanced system performance experience. If you add or upgrade a hard drive and intend to set a RAID volume, you must temporarily disable SRT, set the RAID volume, and then enable SRT. To temporarily disable SRT:

1. 2. From the Start screen, type Intel, and then select Intel Rapid Storage Technology. Click the Acceleration link, and then click the Disable Acceleration link. 3. Wait for the Acceleration Mode to complete. 4. Click the Reset to Available link. IMPORTANT: You must temporarily disable SRT when changing RAID modes. Make the change and then re-

enable SRT. Failure to temporarily disable this feature will prevent you from creating or changing RAID volumes. NOTE: HP does not support SRT with self-encrypting drives (SEDs). Improving hard drive performance Using Disk Defragmenter As you use the computer, files on the hard drive become fragmented. Disk Defragmenter consolidates the fragmented files and folders on the hard drive so that the system can run more efficiently. NOTE:

It is not necessary to run Disk Defragmenter on solid-state drives. After you start Disk Defragmenter, it works without supervision. Depending on the size of your hard drive and the number of fragmented files, Disk Defragmenter may take more than an hour to complete. You may want to set it to run during the night or at another time when you do not need access to your computer. HP recommends defragmenting your hard drive at least once a month. You may set Disk Defragmenter to run on a monthly schedule, but you can defragment your computer manually at any time. To run Disk Defragmenter:

1. 2. 3. Connect the computer to AC power. From the Start screen, type disk. Click Optimize. NOTE: Windows includes the User Account Control feature to improve the security of your computer. You may be prompted for your permission or password for tasks such as installing software, running utilities, or changing Windows settings. Refer to HP Support Assistant. To access HP Support Assistant, from the Start screen, select the HP Support Assistant app. 52 Chapter 8 Drives ENWW For additional information, access the Disk Defragmenter software Help. Using Disk Cleanup Disk Cleanup searches the hard drive for unnecessary files that you can safely delete to free up disk space and help the computer to run more efficiently. To run Disk Cleanup:

1. 2. From the Start screen, type disk, and then select Uninstall apps to free up disk space. Follow the on-screen instructions. Using HP 3D DriveGuard (select models only) HP 3D DriveGuard protects a hard drive by parking the drive and halting data requests under either of the following conditions:

You drop the computer. You move the computer with the display closed while the computer is running on battery power. A short time after the end of one of these events, HP 3D DriveGuard returns the hard drive to normal operation. NOTE: Because solid-state drives (SSDs) lack moving parts, HP 3D DriveGuard is unnecessary. NOTE: A hard drive in a primary hard drive bay or in a secondary hard drive bay is protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. A hard drive installed in an optional docking devices or connected to a USB port is not protected by HP 3D DriveGuard. For more information, see the HP 3D DriveGuard software Help. Identifying HP 3D DriveGuard status The hard drive light on the computer changes color to show that a drive in the primary hard drive bay and/or the drive in a secondary hard drive bay (select models only) is parked. To determine whether a drive is currently protected or whether it is parked, view the icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, or in the Mobility Center. ENWW Using hard drives 53 54 Chapter 8 Drives ENWW 9 Security Protecting the computer Standard security features provided by the Windows operating system and the non-Windows Computer Setup utility (BIOS) can protect your personal settings and data from a variety of risks. NOTE: Security solutions are designed to act as deterrents. These deterrents may not prevent a product from being mishandled or stolen. NOTE: Before you send your computer for service, back up and delete confidential files, and remove all password settings. NOTE: Some features listed in this chapter may not be available on your computer. NOTE: Your computer supports Computrace, which is an online security-based tracking and recovery service available in select regions. If the computer is stolen, Computrace can track the computer if the unauthorized user accesses the Internet. You must purchase the software and subscribe to the service in order to use Computrace. For information about ordering the Computrace software, go to http://hp-pt.absolute.com. Computer risk Unauthorized use of the computer Security feature HP Client Security, in combination with a password, smart card, contactless card, or other authentication credential Unauthorized access to Computer Setup (f10) BIOS administrator password in Computer Setup*

Unauthorized access to the contents of a hard drive Unauthorized startup from an optional external optical drive

(select models only), optional external hard drive (select models only), or internal network adapter DriveLock password or Automatic DriveLock password in Computer Setup*

Boot options feature in Computer Setup*

Unauthorized access to a Windows user account Windows user password Unauthorized access to data HP Drive Encryption software Windows Defender Unauthorized access to Computer Setup settings and other system identification information BIOS administrator password in Computer Setup*

Unauthorized removal of the computer Security cable slot (used with an optional security cable)

*Computer Setup is a preinstalled, ROM-based utility that can be used even when the operating system is not working or will not load. You can use either a pointing device (TouchPad, pointing stick, or USB mouse) or the keyboard to navigate and make selections in Computer Setup. ENWW Protecting the computer 55 Using passwords A password is a group of characters that you choose to secure your computer information. Several types of passwords can be set, depending on how you want to control access to your information. Passwords can be set in Windows or in the non-Windows Computer Setup utility that is preinstalled on the computer. BIOS administrator and DriveLock passwords are set in Computer Setup and are managed by the system BIOS. Automatic DriveLock passwords are enabled in Computer Setup. Windows passwords are set only in the Windows operating system. If HP SpareKey has been set up previously, and if you forget the BIOS administrator password set in Computer Setup, you can use HP SpareKey to access the utility. If you forget both the DriveLock user password and the DriveLock master password set in Computer Setup, the hard drive that is protected by the passwords is permanently locked and can no longer be used. You can use the same password for a Computer Setup feature and for a Windows security feature. You can also use the same password for more than one Computer Setup feature. Use the following tips for creating and saving passwords:

When creating passwords, follow requirements set by the program. Do not use the same password for multiple applications or websites, and do not reuse your Windows password for any other application or website. Use HP Client Security's Password Manager to store your user names and passwords for all of your websites and applications. You can securely read them in the future if they cannot be remembered. Do not store passwords in a file on the computer. The following tables list commonly used Windows and BIOS administrator passwords and describe their functions. Setting passwords in Windows Password Administrator password*

Function Protects access to a Windows administrator-level account. NOTE: Setting the Windows Administrator password does not set the BIOS Administrator password. User password*

Protects access to a Windows user account.

*For information about setting a Windows administrator password or a Windows user password from the Start screen, access HP Support Assistant. To access HP Support Assistant, from the Start screen, select the HP Support Assistant app. 56 Chapter 9 Security ENWW Setting passwords in Computer Setup Password Function BIOS administrator password*

Protects access to Computer Setup. DriveLock master password*

DriveLock user password*

NOTE:

If features have been enabled to prevent removing the BIOS administrator password, you may not be able to remove it until those features have been disabled. Protects access to the internal hard drive that is protected by DriveLock. It is also used to remove DriveLock protection. This password is set under DriveLock Passwords during the enable process. NOTE: A BIOS Administrator password must be set before you can set a DriveLock password. Protects access to the internal hard drive that is protected by DriveLock, and is set under DriveLock Passwords during the enable process. NOTE: A BIOS Administrator password must be set before you can set a DriveLock password.

*For details about each of these passwords, see the following topics. Managing a BIOS administrator password To set, change, or delete this password, follow these steps:

Setting a new BIOS administrator password 1. 2. 3. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Setup BIOS Administrator Password, and then press enter. 4. When prompted, type a password. 5. When prompted, type the new password again to confirm. 6. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Changing a BIOS administrator password 1. 2. ENWW Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Using passwords 57 3. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Change Password, and then press enter. 4. When prompted, type your current password. 5. When prompted, type your new password again to confirm. 6. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Deleting a BIOS administrator password 1. 2. 3. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Change Password, and then press enter. 4. When prompted, type your current password. 5. When prompted for the new password, leave the field empty, and then press enter. 6. Read the warning. To continue, select YES. 7. When prompted to type your new password again, leave the field empty, and then press enter. 8. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Entering a BIOS administrator password At the BIOS administrator password prompt, type your password (using the same kind of keys you used to set the password), and then press enter. After 3 unsuccessful attempts to enter the BIOS administrator password, you must restart the computer and try again. Managing a Computer Setup DriveLock password CAUTION: To prevent the DriveLock-protected hard drive from becoming permanently unusable, record the DriveLock user password and the DriveLock master password in a safe place away from your computer. If you forget both DriveLock passwords, the hard drive will be permanently locked and can no longer be used. DriveLock protection prevents unauthorized access to the contents of a hard drive. DriveLock can be applied only to the internal hard drive(s) of the computer. After DriveLock protection is applied to a drive, a password must be entered to access the drive. The drive must be inserted into the computer or an advanced port replicator in order for it to be accessed by the DriveLock passwords. NOTE: A BIOS Administrator password must be set before you can access the DriveLock features. 58 Chapter 9 Security ENWW To apply DriveLock protection to an internal hard drive, a user password and a master password must be set in Computer Setup. Note the following considerations about using DriveLock protection:

After DriveLock protection is applied to a hard drive, the hard drive can be accessed only by entering either the user password or the master password. The owner of the user password should be the day-to-day user of the protected hard drive. The owner of the master password may be either a system administrator or the day-to-day user. The user password and the master password can be identical. You can delete a user password or master password only by removing DriveLock protection from the drive. DriveLock protection can be removed from the drive only with the master password. Setting a DriveLock password To set a DriveLock password in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn on the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Hard Drive Tools > DriveLock, and then press enter. Click Set DriveLock Password (global). Enter the BIOS Administrator password, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select the hard drive you want to protect, and then press enter. Read the warning. To continue, select YES. 8. When prompted, type a master password, and then press enter. 9. When prompted, type the master password again to confirm, and then press enter. 10. When prompted, type a user password, and then press enter. 11. When prompted, type the user password again to confirm, and then press enter. 12. To confirm DriveLock protection on the drive you have selected, type DriveLock in the confirmation field, and then press enter. NOTE: The DriveLock confirmation is case sensitive. 13. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. ENWW Using passwords 59 Entering a DriveLock password Be sure that the hard drive is inserted into the computer (not into an optional docking device or external MultiBay). At the DriveLock Password prompt, type your user or master password (using the same kind of keys you used to set the password), and then press enter. After 2 incorrect attempts to enter the password, you must shut down the computer and try again. Changing a DriveLock password To change a DriveLock password in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn on the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Hard Drive Tools > DriveLock, and then press enter. Enter the BIOS Administrator password, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys select Set DriveLock Password, and then press enter. Use the arrow keys to select an internal hard drive, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Change Password. 8. When prompted, type your current password, and then press enter. 9. When prompted, type a new password, and then press enter. 10. When prompted, type the new password again to confirm, and then press enter. 11. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Removing DriveLock protection To remove DriveLock protection in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn on the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Hard Drive Tools > DriveLock, and then press enter. Enter the BIOS Administrator password, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Set DriveLock Password, and then press enter. 60 Chapter 9 Security ENWW 6. 7. 8. 9. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select an internal hard drive, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Disable protection. Type your master password, and then press enter. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Using Computer Setup Automatic DriveLock In a multiple-user environment, you can set an Automatic DriveLock password. When the Automatic DriveLock password is enabled, a random user password and a DriveLock master password will be created for you. When any user passes the password credential, the same random user and DriveLock master password will be used to unlock the drive. NOTE: A BIOS Administrator password must be set before you can access the Automatic DriveLock features. Entering an Automatic DriveLock password To enable an Automatic DriveLock password in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Hard Drive Tools > Automatic DriveLock, and then press enter. Enter the BIOS Administrator password, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select an internal hard drive, and then press enter. Read the warning. To continue, select YES. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Removing Automatic DriveLock protection To remove DriveLock protection in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. 2. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. ENWW Using passwords 61 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Security > Hard Drive Tools > Automatic DriveLock, and then press enter. Enter the BIOS Administrator password, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select an internal hard drive, and then press enter. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Disable protection. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Using antivirus software When you use the computer to access e-mail, a network, or the Internet, you potentially expose it to computer viruses. Computer viruses can disable the operating system, programs, or utilities, or cause them to function abnormally. Antivirus software can detect most viruses, destroy them, and, in most cases, repair any damage they have caused. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses, antivirus software must be kept up to date. Windows Defender is preinstalled on your computer. It is strongly recommended that you continue to use an antivirus program in order to fully protect your computer. For more information about computer viruses, access HP Support Assistant. To access HP Support Assistant, from the Start screen, select the HP Support Assistant app. Using firewall software Firewalls are designed to prevent unauthorized access to a system or network. A firewall can be a software program you install on your computer and/or network, or it can be a solution made up of both hardware and software. There are two types of firewalls to consider:

Host-based firewallsSoftware that protects only the computer it is installed on. Network-based firewallsInstalled between your DSL or cable modem and your home network to protect all the computers on the network. When a firewall is installed on a system, all data sent to and from the system is monitored and compared with a set of user-defined security criteria. Any data that does not meet those criteria is blocked. Your computer or networking equipment may already have a firewall installed. If not, firewall software solutions are available. NOTE: Under some circumstances a firewall can block access to Internet games, interfere with printer or file sharing on a network, or block authorized e-mail attachments. To temporarily resolve the problem, disable the firewall, perform the task that you want to perform, and then reenable the firewall. To permanently resolve the problem, reconfigure the firewall. 62 Chapter 9 Security ENWW Installing critical security updates CAUTION: Microsoft sends out alerts regarding critical updates. To protect the computer from security breaches and computer viruses, install all critical updates from Microsoft as soon as you receive an alert. You can choose whether updates are installed automatically. To change the settings, from the Start screen, type c, and then select Control Panel. Select System and Security, select Windows Update, select Change settings, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using HP Client Security HP Client Security software is preinstalled on computer models. This software can be accessed through the HP Client Security tile on the Start screen, the HP Client Security icon in the notification area at the far right of the taskbar, or Windows Control Panel. It provides security features that help protect against unauthorized access to the computer, networks, and critical data. For more information, see the HP Client Security software Help. Installing an optional security cable NOTE: A security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. NOTE: The security cable slot on your computer may look slightly different from the illustration in this section. See Getting to know your computer on page 5 for the location of the security cable slot on your computer. 1. 2. 3. Loop the security cable around a secured object. Insert the key (1) into the cable lock (2). Insert the cable lock into the security cable slot on the computer (3), and then lock the cable lock with the key. ENWW Installing critical security updates 63 64 Chapter 9 Security ENWW 10 Maintenance Cleaning your computer Use the following products to safely clean your computer:

Dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride 0.3 percent maximum concentration (for example, disposable wipes, which come in a variety of brands). Alcohol-free glass-cleaning fluid Water with mild soap solution Dry microfiber cleaning cloth or a chamois (static-free cloth without oil) Static-free cloth wipes CAUTION: Avoid strong cleaning solvents that can permanently damage your computer. If you are not sure that a cleaning product is safe for your computer, check the product contents to make sure that ingredients such as alcohol, acetone, ammonium chloride, methylene chloride, and hydrocarbons are not included in the product. Fibrous materials, such as paper towels, can scratch the computer. Over time, dirt particles and cleaning agents can get trapped in the scratches. Cleaning procedures Follow the procedures in this section to safely clean your computer. WARNING! To prevent electric shock or damage to components, do not attempt to clean your computer while it is turned on. Turn off the computer. Disconnect AC power. Disconnect all powered external devices. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not spray cleaning agents or liquids directly on any computer surface. Liquids dripped on the surface can permanently damage internal components. Cleaning the display (All-in-Ones or Notebooks) Gently wipe the display using a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with an alcohol-free glass cleaner. Be sure that the display is dry before closing the display. ENWW Cleaning your computer 65 Cleaning the sides or cover To clean the sides or cover, use a soft microfiber cloth or chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously or use an acceptable disposable wipe. NOTE: When cleaning the cover of the computer, use a circular motion to aid in removing dirt and debris. Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not allow liquids to drip between the keys. To clean the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse, use a soft microfiber cloth or a chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously or use an acceptable disposable wipe. To prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles from the keyboard, use a can of compressed air with a straw extension. Updating programs and drivers HP recommends that you update your programs and drivers on a regular basis with the latest versions. Go to http://www.hp.com/support to download the latest versions. You can also register to receive automatic update notifications when they become available. Using SoftPaq Download Manager HP SoftPaq Download Manager (SDM) is a tool that provides quick access to SoftPaq information for HP business computers without requiring the SoftPaq number. Using this tool, you can easily search for SoftPaqs, and then download and unpack them. SoftPaq Download Manager works by reading and downloading, from the HP FTP site, a published database file containing computer model and SoftPaq information. SoftPaq Download Manager allows you to specify one or more computer models to determine which SoftPaqs are available for download. SoftPaq Download Manager checks the HP FTP site for updates to the database and software. If updates are found, they are downloaded and applied automatically. SoftPaq Download Manager is available on the HP website. To use SoftPaq Download Manager to download SoftPaqs, you must first download and install the program. Go to http://www.hp.com/go/sdm, and follow the instructions to download and install SoftPaq Download Manager. To download SoftPaqs:

From the Start screen, type s. In the search box, type softpaq, and then select HP SoftPaq Download Manager. Follow the instructions to download SoftPaqs. NOTE:

If prompted by User Account Control, click Yes. 66 Chapter 10 Maintenance ENWW 11 Backup and recovery To protect your information, use Windows backup and restore utilities to back up individual files and folders, back up your entire hard drive, create system repair media (select models only) by using the installed optical drive (select models only) or an optional external optical drive, or create system restore points. In case of system failure, you can use the backup files to restore the contents of your computer. From the Start screen, type restore, click Settings, and then select from the list of displayed options. NOTE:

Windows Help and Support. For detailed instructions on various backup and restore options, perform a search for these topics in In case of system instability, HP recommends that you print the recovery procedures and save them for later use. NOTE: Windows includes the User Account Control feature to improve the security of your computer. You may be prompted for your permission or password for tasks such as installing software, running utilities, or changing Windows settings. For more information, see Windows Help and Support. Backing up your information Recovery after a system failure is as good as your most recent backup. You should create system repair media and your initial backup immediately after initial system setup. As you add new software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regular basis to maintain a reasonably current backup. For more information on the Windows backup features, see Windows Help and Support. Performing a system recovery In case of system failure or instability, the computer provides the following tools to recover your files:

Windows recovery tools: You can use Windows Backup and Restore to recover information you have previously backed up. You can also use Windows Automatic Repair to fix problems that might prevent Windows from starting correctly. f11 recovery tools: You can use the f11 recovery tools to recover your original hard drive image. The image includes the Windows operating system and software programs installed at the factory. NOTE:

If you are unable to boot (start up) your computer and you cannot use the system repair media you previously created (select models only), you must purchase Windows operating system media to reboot the computer and repair the operating system. For additional information, see Using Windows operating system media (purchased separately) on page 69. ENWW Backing up your information 67 Using the Windows recovery tools To recover information you previously backed up, see Windows Help and Support for steps on restoring files and folders. To recover your information using Automatic Repair, follow these steps:

CAUTION: Some Startup Repair options will completely erase and reformat the hard drive. All files you have created and any software installed on the computer are permanently removed. When reformatting is complete, the recovery process restores the operating system, as well as the drivers, software, and utilities from the backup used for recovery. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. If possible, back up all personal files. If possible, check for the presence of the Recovery Image partition and the Windows partition. From the Start screen, type file, and then click File Explorer. or From the Start screen, type pc, and then select This PC. If the Windows partition and the Recovery Image partition are not listed, you must recover your NOTE:

operating system and programs using the Windows operating system DVD and the Driver Recovery media (both purchased separately). For additional information, see Using Windows operating system media (purchased separately) on page 69. If the Windows partition and the Recovery Image partition are listed, restart the computer by pressing and holding the shift key while clicking Restart. Select Troubleshoot, then select Advanced Options, and then select Startup Repair. Follow the on-screen instructions. NOTE:

these topics in Windows Help and Support. For additional information on recovering information using the Windows tools, perform a search for Using f11 recovery tools CAUTION: Using f11 completely erases hard drive contents and reformats the hard drive. All files that you have created and any software that you have installed on the computer are permanently removed. The f11 recovery tool reinstalls the operating system and HP programs and drivers that were installed at the factory. Software not installed at the factory must be reinstalled. To recover the original hard drive image using f11:

1. 2. If possible, back up all personal files. If possible, check for the presence of the Recovery Image partition: From the Start screen, type pc, and then select This PC. If the Recovery Image partition is not listed, you must recover your operating system and NOTE:

programs using the Windows operating system media and the Driver Recovery media (both purchased separately). For additional information, see Using Windows operating system media (purchased separately) on page 69. 68 Chapter 11 Backup and recovery ENWW 3. 4. 5. If the Recovery Image partition is listed, restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f11 while the Press <F11> for recovery message is displayed on the screen. Follow the on-screen instructions. Using Windows operating system media (purchased separately) To order a Windows operating system DVD, contact support. See the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the computer. You can also find contact information from the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. CAUTION: Using a Windows operating system media completely erases hard drive contents and reformats the hard drive. All files that you have created and any software that you have installed on the computer are permanently removed. When reformatting is complete, the recovery process helps you restore the operating system, as well as drivers, software, and utilities. To initiate a full install of the operating system using a Windows operating system DVD:

NOTE: This process takes several minutes. 1. 2. If possible, back up all personal files. Insert the Windows operating system DVD into the optical drive, and then restart the computer. 3. When prompted, press any keyboard key. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. After the installation is completed:

1. 2. Eject the Windows operating system media and then insert the Driver Recovery media. Install the Hardware Enabling Drivers first, and then install Recommended Applications. ENWW Performing a system recovery 69 Using Windows Refresh or Windows Reset When your computer is not working properly and you need to regain system stability, the Windows Refresh option allows you to start fresh and keep what is important to you. The Windows Reset option allows you to perform detailed reformatting of your computer, or remove personal information before you give away or recycle your computer. For more information on these features, see Windows Help and Support. Using HP Software Setup HP Software Setup can be used to reinstall drivers or select software that has been corrupted or deleted from the system. 1. 2. 3. From the Start screen, type HP Software Setup. Open HP Software Setup. Follow the on-screen directions to reinstall drivers or select software. 70 Chapter 11 Backup and recovery ENWW 12 Computer Setup (BIOS), MultiBoot, and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) Using Computer Setup Computer Setup, or Basic Input/Output System (BIOS), controls communication between all the input and output devices on the system (such as disk drives, display, keyboard, mouse, and printer). Computer Setup includes settings for the types of devices installed, the startup sequence of the computer, and the amount of system and extended memory. NOTE: Use extreme care when making changes in Computer Setup. Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. Starting Computer Setup NOTE: An external keyboard or mouse connected to a USB port can be used with Computer Setup only if USB legacy support is enabled. To start Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. 2. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Navigating and selecting in Computer Setup To navigate and select in Computer Setup, follow these steps:

1. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. NOTE: You can use either a pointing device (TouchPad, pointing stick, or USB mouse) or the keyboard to navigate and make selections in Computer Setup. 2. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. ENWW Using Computer Setup 71 To select a menu or a menu item, use the tab key and the keyboard arrow keys and then press enter, or use a pointing device to click the item. To scroll up and down, click the up arrow or the down arrow in the upper-right corner of the screen, or use the up arrow key or the down arrow key on the keyboard. To close open dialog boxes and return to the main Computer Setup screen, press esc, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To exit Computer Setup menus, choose one of the following methods:

To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:

Click the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup menus:

Click the Save icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Restoring factory settings in Computer Setup NOTE: Restoring defaults will not change the hard drive mode. To return all settings in Computer Setup to the values that were set at the factory, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Main > Restore Defaults. Follow the on-screen instructions. To save your changes and exit, click the Save icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. NOTE: Your password settings and security settings are not changed when you restore the factory settings. 72 Chapter 12 Computer Setup (BIOS), MultiBoot, and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) ENWW Updating the BIOS Updated versions of the BIOS may be available on the HP website. Most BIOS updates on the HP website are packaged in compressed files called SoftPaqs. Some download packages contain a file named Readme.txt, which contains information regarding installing and troubleshooting the file. Determining the BIOS version To determine whether available BIOS updates contain later BIOS versions than those currently installed on the computer, you need to know the version of the system BIOS currently installed. BIOS version information (also known as ROM date and System BIOS) can be revealed by pressing fn+esc (if you are already in Windows) or by using Computer Setup. 1. 2. 3. Start Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Main > System Information. To exit Computer Setup without saving your changes, click the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Downloading a BIOS update CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the computer or an unsuccessful installation, download and install a BIOS update only when the computer is connected to reliable external power using the AC adapter. Do not download or install a BIOS update while the computer is running on battery power, docked in an optional docking device, or connected to an optional power source. During the download and installation, follow these instructions:

Do not disconnect power on the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. Do not shut down the computer or initiate Sleep. Do not insert, remove, connect, or disconnect any device, cable, or cord. 1. 2. 3. 4. From the Start screen, type hp support assistant, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Click Updates and tune-ups, and then click Check for HP updates now. Follow the on-screen instructions. At the download area, follow these steps:

a. b. Identify the most recent BIOS update and compare it to the BIOS version currently installed on your computer. Make a note of the date, name, or other identifier. You may need this information to locate the update later, after it has been downloaded to your hard drive. Follow the on-screen instructions to download your selection to the hard drive. If the update is more recent than your BIOS, make a note of the path to the location on your hard drive where the BIOS update is downloaded. You will need to access this path when you are ready to install the update. ENWW Using Computer Setup 73 NOTE:

any software updates, especially system BIOS updates. If you connect your computer to a network, consult the network administrator before installing BIOS installation procedures vary. Follow any instructions that are revealed on the screen after the download is complete. If no instructions are revealed, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. From the Start screen, type file, and then select File Explorer. Click your hard drive designation. The hard drive designation is typically Local Disk (C:). Using the hard drive path you recorded earlier, open the folder on your hard drive that contains the update. Double-click the file that has an .exe extension (for example, filename.exe). The BIOS installation begins. Complete the installation by following the on-screen instructions. NOTE: After a message on the screen reports a successful installation, you can delete the downloaded file from your hard drive. 74 Chapter 12 Computer Setup (BIOS), MultiBoot, and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) ENWW Using MultiBoot About the boot device order As the computer starts, the system attempts to boot from enabled devices. The MultiBoot utility, which is enabled at the factory, controls the order in which the system selects a boot device. Boot devices can include optical drives, diskette drives, a network interface card (NIC), hard drives, and USB devices. Boot devices contain bootable media or files that the computer needs to start and operate properly. NOTE: Some boot devices must be enabled in Computer Setup before they can be included in the boot order. You can change the order in which the computer searches for a boot device by changing the boot order in Computer Setup. You can also press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen, and then press f9. Pressing f9 displays a menu that shows the current boot devices and allows you to select a boot device. Or, you can use MultiBoot Express to set the computer to prompt you for a boot location each time the computer turns on or restarts. Choosing MultiBoot preferences You can use MultiBoot in the following ways:

To set a new boot order that the computer uses each time it is turned on, by changing the boot order in Computer Setup. To dynamically choose the boot device, by pressing esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen, and then pressing f9 to enter the Boot Device Options menu. To use MultiBoot Express to set variable boot orders. This feature prompts you for a boot device each time the computer is turned on or restarted. Setting a new boot order in Computer Setup To start Computer Setup and set a boot device order that the computer uses each time it is turned on or restarted, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the following options:

Advanced > Boot Options > UEFI Boot Order > UEFI Hybrid Advanced > Boot Options > UEFI Boot Order > UEFI Native Boot mode Advanced > Boot Options > Legacy Boot Order > Legacy Boot Mode Press enter. 4. To move the device up in the boot order, use a pointing device to click the up arrow, or press the + key. or ENWW Using MultiBoot 75 To move the device down in the boot order, use a pointing device to click the down arrow, or press the -

key. 5. To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Dynamically choosing a boot device using the f9 prompt To dynamically choose a boot device for the current startup sequence, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. Open the Select Boot Device menu by turning on or restarting the computer, and then pressing esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f9. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select a boot device, then press enter. Setting a MultiBoot Express prompt To start Computer Setup and set the computer to display the MultiBoot startup location menu each time the computer is started or restarted, follow these steps:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced > Boot Options > MultiBoot Express Boot Popup Delay (Sec), and then press enter. In the MultiBoot Express Popup Delay (Sec) field, enter the length of time in seconds that you want the computer to display the startup location menu before it defaults to the current MultiBoot setting.

(When 0 is selected, the Express Boot startup location menu is not displayed.) To save your changes and exit Computer Setup, click the Save icon in the lower-left corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main > Save Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Your changes go into effect when the computer restarts. Entering MultiBoot Express preferences When the Express Boot menu is displayed during startup, you have the following choices:

76 Chapter 12 Computer Setup (BIOS), MultiBoot, and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) ENWW To specify a boot device from the Express Boot menu, select your preference within the allotted time, and then press enter. To prevent the computer from defaulting to the current MultiBoot setting, press any key before the allotted time expires. The computer will not start until you select a boot device and press enter. To allow the computer to start according to the current MultiBoot settings, wait for the allotted time to expire. Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) HP PC Hardware Diagnostics is a Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) that allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine whether the computer hardware is functioning properly. The tool runs outside the operating system so that it can isolate hardware failures from issues that are caused by the operating system or other software components. To start HP PC Hardware Diagnostics UEFI:

1. Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f2. The BIOS searches three places for the diagnostic tools, in the following order:

a. Connected USB drive NOTE: To download the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) tool to a USB drive, see Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device on page 77. b. c. Hard drive BIOS 2. When the diagnostic tool opens, use the keyboard arrow keys to select the type of diagnostic test you want to run, and then follow the on-screen instructions. NOTE:

If you need to stop a diagnostic test, press esc. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device NOTE:

Instructions for downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) are provided in English only. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Go to http://www.hp.com. Point to Support, located at the top of the page, and then click Download Drivers. In the text box, enter the product name, and then click Go. or Click Find Now to let HP automatically detect your product. Select your computer model, and then select your operating system. In the Diagnostic section, click HP UEFI Support Environment. or Click Download, and then select Run. ENWW Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) 77 78 Chapter 12 Computer Setup (BIOS), MultiBoot, and HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) ENWW 13 Support Contacting support If the information provided in this user guide or HP Support Assistant does not address your questions, you can contact support. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/wwcontact_us.html. Here you can:

Chat online with an HP technician. NOTE: When support chat is not available in a particular language, it is available in English. E-mail support. Find support telephone numbers. Locate an HP service center. ENWW Contacting support 79 Labels The labels affixed to the computer provide information you may need when you troubleshoot system problems or travel internationally with the computer:

IMPORTANT: All labels described in this section will be located in one of 3 places depending on your computer model: affixed to the bottom of the computer, located in the battery bay, or under the service door. Service labelProvides important information to identify your computer. When contacting support, you will probably be asked for the serial number, and possibly for the product number or the model number. Locate these numbers before you contact support. Component

(1)

(2)

(3) Serial number Product number Warranty period Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity label (select models only prior to Windows 8)Contains the Windows Product Key. You may need the Product Key to update or troubleshoot the operating system. HP platforms preinstalled with Windows 8 or Windows 8.1 do not have the physical label, but have a Digital Product Key electronically installed. NOTE: This Digital Product Key is automatically recognized and activated by Microsoft Operating Systems on a reinstall of the Windows 8 or Windows 8.1 operating system with HP-approved recovery methods. Regulatory label(s)Provide(s) regulatory information about the computer. Wireless certification label(s)Provide(s) information about optional wireless devices and the approval markings of some of the countries or regions in which the devices have been approved for use. 80 Chapter 13 Support ENWW 14 Specifications Input power Operating environment ENWW 81 Input power The power information in this section may be helpful if you plan to travel internationally with the computer. The computer operates on DC power, which can be supplied by an AC or a DC power source. The AC power source must be rated at 100240 V, 5060 Hz. Although the computer can be powered from a standalone DC power source, it should be powered only with an AC adapter or a DC power source supplied and approved by HP for use with this computer. The computer can operate on DC power within the following specifications. Input Power Operating voltage and current Rating 19.5 V dc @ 2.31 A 45 W 19.5 V dc @ 3.33 A 65 W NOTE: This product is designed for IT power systems in Norway with phase-to-phase voltage not exceeding 240 V rms. NOTE: The computer operating voltage and current can be found on the system regulatory label. 82 Chapter 14 Specifications ENWW Operating environment Factor Temperature Operating (writing to optical disc) Nonoperating Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Metric U.S. 5C to 35C

-20C to 60C 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

41F to 95F

-4F to 140F 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

Operating Nonoperating

-15 m to 3,048 m

-15 m to 12,192 m

-50 ft to 10,000 ft

-50 ft to 40,000 ft ENWW Operating environment 83 84 Chapter 14 Specifications ENWW A Traveling with the computer For best results, follow these traveling and shipping tips:

Prepare the computer for traveling or shipping:

Back up your information. Remove all discs and all external media cards, such as memory cards. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, remove the media from a drive before removing the drive from a drive bay and before shipping, storing, or traveling with a drive. Turn off and then disconnect all external devices. Shut down the computer. Take along a backup of your information. Keep the backup separate on the computer. When traveling by air, carry the computer as hand luggage; do not check it in with the rest of your bags. CAUTION: Avoid exposing a drive to magnetic fields. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-through devices and security wands. Airport conveyer belts and similar security devices that check carry-on baggage use X-rays instead of magnetism and do not damage drives. In-flight computer use is at the discretion of the airline. If you plan to use the computer during a flight, check with the airline in advance. If the computer will be unused and disconnected from external power for more than 2 weeks, remove the battery and store it separately. If you are shipping the computer or a drive, use suitable protective packaging and label the package FRAGILE. If the computer has a wireless device or an HP Mobile Broadband Module installed, such as an 802.11b/g device, a Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) device, or a General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) device, the use of these devices may be restricted in some environments. Such restrictions may apply aboard aircraft, in hospitals, near explosives, and in hazardous locations. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of a particular device, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. If you are traveling internationally, follow these suggestions:

Check the computer-related customs regulations for each country or region on your itinerary. Check the power cord and adapter requirements for each location in which you plan to use the computer. Voltage, frequency, and plug configurations vary. ENWW 85 WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 86 Appendix A Traveling with the computer ENWW B Troubleshooting Troubleshooting resources Access website links and additional information about the computer through HP Support Assistant. To access HP Support Assistant, from the Start screen, select the HP Support Assistant app. NOTE: Some checkup and repair tools require an Internet connection. HP also provides additional tools that do not require an Internet connection. Contact HP support. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/wwcontact_us.html. Choose from the following types of support:

Chat online with an HP technician. NOTE: When chat is not available in a particular language, it is available in English. Find HP support worldwide telephone numbers. Locate an HP service center. Resolving issues The following sections describe several common issues and solutions. The computer is unable to start up If the computer does not turn on when you press the power button, the following suggestions may help you determine why the computer does not start up:

If the computer is plugged into an AC outlet, plug another electrical device into the outlet to be sure that the outlet is providing adequate power. NOTE: Use only the AC adapter provided with the computer or one approved by HP for this computer. If the computer is plugged into an external power source other than an AC outlet, plug the computer into an AC outlet using the AC adapter. Be sure that the power cord and AC adapter connections are secure. The computer screen is blank If the screen is blank but you have not turned off the computer, one or more of these settings may be the cause:

ENWW Troubleshooting resources 87 The computer may be in the Sleep state. To exit Sleep, briefly press the power button. Sleep is an energy-saving feature that turns off the display. Sleep can be initiated by the system while the computer is on but is not in use, or when the computer has reached a low battery level. To change these and other power settings, right-click the Battery icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Preferences. The computer may not be set to display the image on the computer screen. To transfer the image to the computer screen, press fn+f4. On most models, when an optional external display, such as a monitor, is connected to the computer, the image can be displayed on the computer screen or the external display, or on both devices simultaneously. When you press fn+f4 repeatedly, the image alternates among the computer display, one or more external displays, and simultaneous display on all devices. Software is functioning abnormally If the software is unresponsive or responds abnormally, restart the computer by pointing to the right side of the screen. When the charms display, click Settings. Click the Power icon, and then click Shut down. If you cannot restart the computer using this procedure, see the next section, The computer is on but not responding on page 88. The computer is on but not responding If the computer is turned on but is not responding to software or keyboard commands, try the following emergency shutdown procedures, in the sequence provided, until shutdown occurs:

CAUTION: Emergency shutdown procedures result in the loss of unsaved information. Press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds. Disconnect the computer from external power and remove the battery. The computer is unusually warm It is normal for the computer to feel warm to the touch while it is in use. But if the computer feels unusually warm, it may be overheating because a vent is blocked. If you suspect that the computer is overheating, allow the computer to cool to room temperature. Be sure to keep all vents free from obstructions while you are using the computer. WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). NOTE: The fan in the computer starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during operation. An external device is not working Follow these suggestions if an external device does not function as expected:

Turn on the device according to the manufacturer's instructions. Be sure that all device connections are secure. 88 Appendix B Troubleshooting ENWW Be sure that the device is receiving electrical power. Be sure that the device, especially if it is older, is compatible with the operating system. Be sure that the correct drivers are installed and updated. The wireless network connection is not working If a wireless network connection is not working as expected, follow these suggestions:

To enable or disable a wireless or wired network device, right-click the Network Connection icon on the Windows desktop in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. To enable devices, select the check box from the menu option. To disable the device, clear the check box. Be sure that the wireless device is turned on. Be sure that the computer wireless antennas are free from obstructions. Be sure that the cable or DSL modem and its power cord are properly connected and that the lights are on. Be sure that the wireless router or access point is properly connected to its power adapter and to the cable or DSL modem, and that the lights are on. Disconnect and then reconnect all cables, and turn the power off and then back on. A disc does not play Save your work and close all open programs before playing a CD or a DVD. Log off the Internet before playing a CD or a DVD. Be sure that you insert the disc properly. Be sure that the disc is clean. If necessary, clean the disc with filtered water and a lint-free cloth. Wipe from the center of the disc to the outer edge. Check the disc for scratches. If you find scratches, treat the disc with an optical disc repair kit available at many electronics stores. Disable Sleep mode before playing the disc. Do not initiate Sleep while playing a disc. Otherwise, you may see a warning message asking if you want to continue. If this message is displayed, click No. After you click No, the computer may behave in either of the following ways:

Playback may resume. or The playback window in the multimedia program may close. To return to playing the disc, click the Play button in your multimedia program to restart the disc. In rare cases, you may need to exit the program and then restart it. ENWW Resolving issues 89 A movie is not visible on an external display 1. 2. If both the computer display and an external display are turned on, press fn+f4 one or more times to switch between the 2 displays. Configure the monitor settings to make the external display primary:

a. b. From the Windows desktop, right-click on a blank area of the computer desktop, and select Screen resolution. Specify a primary display and a secondary display. NOTE: When using both displays, the DVD image will not appear on any display designated as the secondary display. The process of burning a disc does not begin, or it stops before completion Be sure that all other programs are closed. Turn off Sleep mode. Be sure that you are using the right kind of disc for your drive. Be sure that the disc is inserted properly. Select a slower write speed and try again. If you are copying a disc, save the information on the source disc to your hard drive before trying to burn the contents to a new disc, and then burn from your hard drive. 90 Appendix B Troubleshooting ENWW C Electrostatic discharge Electrostatic discharge is the release of static electricity when two objects come into contactfor example, the shock you receive when you walk across the carpet and touch a metal door knob. A discharge of static electricity from fingers or other electrostatic conductors may damage electronic components. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, observe these precautions:

If removal or installation instructions direct you to unplug the computer, unplug it after being properly grounded and before removing a cover. Keep components in their electrostatic-safe containers until you are ready to install them. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Handle electronic components as little as possible. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before handling components, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface of the component. If you remove a component, place it in an electrostatic-safe container. If you need more information about static electricity or assistance with component removal or installation, contact HP support. ENWW 91 92 Appendix C Electrostatic discharge ENWW Index Symbols/Numerics 2-finger pinch zoom TouchPad gesture 26 A AC adapter, testing 45 AC adapter/battery light 5 administrator password 56 airport security devices 51 antivirus software 62 audio functions, checking 34 audio-in (microphone) jack, identifying 6 audio-out (headphone) jack, identifying 6 Automatic DriveLock password entering 61 removing 61 B battery conserving power 44 discharging 43 displaying remaining charge 43 low battery levels 43 battery bay 80 Battery Check 43 battery information, finding 42 battery power 42 BIOS determining version 73 downloading an update 73 updating 73 Bluetooth device 15, 20 Bluetooth label 80 buttons left TouchPad 9 media 33 power 11, 39 right TouchPad 9 volume 33 C cables USB 49 caps lock light, identifying 10 caring for your computer 65 checking audio functions 34 cleaning your computer 65 components bottom 13 display 7 front 14 left side 6 right side 5 top 8 Computer Setup BIOS administrator password 57 DriveLock password 58 navigating and selecting 71 restoring factory settings 72 computer, traveling 85 configuring audio for HDMI 37 connecting to a WLAN 18 connector, power 5 conservation, power 44 corporate WLAN connection 18 critical battery level 40 critical updates, software 63 D Disk Cleanup software 53 Disk Defragmenter software 52 display image, switching 30 drive media 40 DriveLock password changing 60 description 58 entering 60 removing 60 setting 59 drives external 50 handling 51 hard 50 optical 50 using 51 E electrostatic discharge 91 embedded numeric keypad, identifying 12, 31 esc key, identifying 12 external AC power, using 44 external devices 49 external drive 50 external monitor port 6, 35 F f11 recovery 68 Face Recognition 35 firewall software 62 fn key, identifying 12, 29 function keys, identifying 12 H hard drive external 50 HP 3D DriveGuard 53 hard drive light 14, 53 hard drive recovery 68 HDMI port, connecting 36 HDMI port, identifying 6 HDMI, configuring audio 37 headphone (audio-out) jack 6 ENWW Index 93 headphones and microphones, keypad Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity connecting 34 Help and Support hot key 29 Hibernation exiting 41 initiating 41 embedded numeric 12 identifying 31 keypad, external num lock 32 using 32 high-definition devices, connecting keys 36, 38 hot keys adjusting volume 30 decrease screen brightness 30 decreasing speaker sound 30 description 29 Help and Support 29 increase screen brightness 30 increasing speaker sound 30 keyboard backlight 30 muting speaker sound 30 Sleep 30 switching screen image 30 Touchpad 30 using 29 wireless 30 hot keys, media 33 HP 3D DriveGuard 53 HP Client Security 63 HP Mobile Broadband, disabled 19 HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) downloading 77 using 77 hubs 48 I input power 82 integrated webcam light, identifying 7 internal display switch 7 internal microphones, identifying 7 Internet connection setup 17 issues, resolving 87 J jacks audio-in (microphone) 6 audio-out (headphone) 6 network 5 RJ-45 (network) 5 K keyboard backlight 30 keyboard hot keys, identifying 29 esc 12 fn 12 function 12 media 33 volume 33 Windows key 12, 31 L labels Bluetooth 80 Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity 80 regulatory 80 serial number 80 wireless certification 80 WLAN 80 legacy support, USB 71 lights AC adapter/battery 5 caps lock 10 hard drive 14 power 10 RJ-45 (network) 5 TouchPad 10 webcam 7 wireless 8, 10 lights, hard drive 53 low battery level 43 M maintenance Disk Cleanup 53 Disk Defragmenter 52 media activity controls 33 media hot keys 33 memory card 40 inserting 47 removing 47 supported formats 47 memory card reader, identifying 5 microphone (audio-in) jack, identifying 6 label 80 Miracast 38 mouse, external setting preferences 24 mute key, identifying 30 N network jack, identifying 5 num lock, external keypad 32 O operating environment 83 optical drive 50 optional external devices, using 49 P passwords administrator 56 BIOS administrator 57 DriveLock 58 user 56 pointing devices, setting preferences 24 ports external monitor 6, 35 HDMI 6, 36 Miracast 38 VGA 35 power battery 42 conserving 44 options 40 power button 39 power button, identifying 11 power connector, identifying 5 power lights 10 power switch 39 power-saving states 40 product name and number, computer 80 public WLAN connection 18 R readable media 40 recovery 70 recovery partition 68 refresh 70 regulatory information regulatory label 80 wireless certification labels 80 94 Index ENWW wireless network (WLAN) connecting 18 corporate WLAN connection 18 equipment needed 17 functional range 18 public WLAN connection 18 security 17 using 16 WLAN antennas, identifying 7 WLAN device 16, 80 WLAN label 80 writable media 40 WWAN antennas, identifying 7 WWAN device 15, 18 reset 70 restoring the hard drive 68 RJ-45 (network) jack, identifying 5 RJ-45 (network) lights, identifying 5 S screen brightness keys 30 screen image, switching 30 scrolling TouchPad gesture 26 security cable slot, identifying 6 security, wireless 17 serial number 80 serial number, computer 80 setting password protection on wakeup 41 setting power options 40 setup of WLAN 17 setup utility navigating and selecting 71 restoring factory settings 72 shutdown 39 SIM inserting 19 Sleep exiting 40 initiating 40 slots security cable 6 SoftPaqs, downloading 66 software antivirus 62 critical updates 63 Disk Cleanup 53 Disk Defragmenter 52 firewall 62 speakers, identifying 11 switch, power 39 T testing an AC adapter 45 TouchPad buttons 9 using 24 TouchPad gestures 2-finger pinch zoom 26 scrolling 26 TouchPad light, identifying 10 TouchPad zone identifying 9 traveling with the computer 80, 85 troubleshooting disc burning 90 disc play 89 troubleshooting, external display 90 turning off the computer 39 U unresponsive system 39 USB 3.0 port 5, 6 USB cable, connecting 49 USB devices connecting 49 description 48 removing 49 USB hubs 48 USB legacy support 71 USB ports, identifying 5, 6 user password 56 using external AC power 44 power-saving states 40 V vents, identifying 6, 13 VGA port, connecting 35 video 35 volume adjusting 33 buttons 33 keys 33 volume keys, identifying 30 W webcam 7, 35 webcam light, identifying 7 webcam, identifying 7 Windows Refresh 70 Reset 70 Windows key, identifying 12, 31 Windows operating system DVD 69 wireless antennas, identifying 7 wireless button 15 wireless certification label 80 wireless controls button 15 operating system 15 wireless key, identifying 30 wireless light 8, 10, 15 ENWW Index 95 96 Index ENWW

Inspiron 15-7568 Quick Start

| Dmarrage rapide | Quick Start | Mulai Cepat

| | Incio rpido

| Brzi poetak Inicio rpido | |

Regulatory Model/Type

/ | Type/Modle rglementaire | Vorschriftenmodell/-Typ | Tipe/Model Resmi

/ | / | Tipo ou modelo de normalizao

/ | Regulatorni model/tip | Modelo/tipo regulatorio

/

/

|

Informacin para NOM, o Norma Oficial Mexicana La informacin que se proporciona a continuacin se mostrar en los dispositivos que se describen en este documento, en conformidad con los requisitos de la Norma Oficial Mexicana

(NOM):

Importador:

Dell Mexico S.A. de C.V. AV PASEO DE LA REFORMA NO 2620 PISO 11 COL. LOMAS ALTAS MEXICO DF CP 11950 Pas de origen: Hecho en China P55F / P55F002 Read the safety information that shipped with your computer. For additional safety best practices information, see the Regulatory Compliance Homepage at www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance. Regulatory Compliance Homepage () www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance Lisez les consignes de scurit livres avec votre ordinateur. Pour des informations supplmentaires sur les pratiques d'excellence, reportez-vous la page d'accueil de la conformit aux rglementations sur www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance. Weitere Informationen bieten die im Lieferumfang des Computers enthaltenen Sicherheitshinweise. Um zustzliche Informationen zur bestmglichen Einhaltung der Sicherheitsrichtlinien zu erhalten, sehen Sie die dazugehrige Homepage unter www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance. Lihat informasi keselamatan yang disertakan dengan komputer Anda. Untuk informasi praktik keselamatan tambahan, kunjungi Laman Pemenuhan Peraturan di www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance. www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance

. , www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance (Regulatory Compliance)

. Leia as informaes de segurana fornecidas com o seu computador. Para obter mais informaes sobre as boas prticas de segurana, consulte o site de conformidade normativa em www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance.

, .

- www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance. Proitajte bezbednosne informacije koje ste dobili uz raunar. Za dodatne informacije o najboljoj bezbednosnoj praksi pogledajte poetnu stranicu za usklaenost sa odredbama na adresi www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance. Lea la informacin de seguridad enviada con el equipo. Para obtener informacin adicional sobre las mejores prcticas de seguridad, consulte la Pgina principal de conformidad reglamentaria en www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance. www.dell.com/regulatory_com

. pliance

.

,

. www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance Regulatory Compliances Do not remove the computer cover unless you need to install internal accessories for your computer. For instructions on removing and replacing parts, see the Owners Manual at dell.com/support. dell.com/support Ne retirez pas le capot de l'ordinateur sauf si vous avez besoin d'installer des accessoires internes de l'ordinateur. Pour obtenir les instructions sur le retrait et le remplacement de pices, reportez-vous au Manuel du propritaire sur dell.com/support. Entfernen Sie die Computerabdeckung nur dann, wenn Sie das interne Zubehr fr den Computer installieren mssen. Weitere Informationen zum Entfernen und Austauschen von Komponenten finden Sie im Benutzerhandbuch unter dell.com/support. Jangan lepaskan penutup komputer kecuali Anda harus memasang aksesori internal pada komputer Anda. Untuk instruksi mengenai proses melepaskan dan memasang kembali komponen, lihat Panduan Penggunaan untuk Pemilik di dell.com/support. dell.com/support

. dell.com/supports . No remova a tampa do computador a menos que voc precise instalar acessrios internos. Para obter instrues sobre como remover e trocar peas, consulte o manual do proprietrio em dell.com/support.

, , .

, - dell.com/support. Nemojte skidati poklopac raunara osim ako treba da instalirate unutranji pribor za va raunar. Za uputstva o uklanjanju i zameni delova, vidite Uputstvo za upotrebu na dell.com/support. No extraiga la cubierta del equipo, a menos que deba instalar accesorios internos para su equipo. Para obtener instrucciones sobre la extraccin y colocacin de partes, consulte el Manual del propietario en dell.com/support.

)

(

dell.com/support Owners Manual

. dell.com/support

.

,

, Retain the filler brackets or cards that ship with your computer. Installing filler brackets or filler cards over empty card-slot openings is necessary to maintain FCC certification of the computer. The filler brackets and filler cards keep dust and dirt out of your computer and maintain the airflow that cools your computer. FCC Conservez les cartes de remplissage ou plaques de recouvrement livres avec votre ordinateur. L'installation des cartes de remplissage ou plaques de recouvrement sur les ouvertures vides de logement de carte est ncessaire pour maintenir la certification FCC de l'ordinateur. Les plaques de recouvrement et les cartes de remplissage permettent de protger votre ordinateur contre la poussire et la salet et de maintenir la circulation d'air servant refroidir votre ordinateur. Bewahren Sie die Abdeckbleche oder -Karten, die sich im Lieferumfang Ihres Computers befinden. Die Abdeckbleche oder -Karten mssen ber die leeren Steckplatzffnungen installiert werden, um die FCC-Zertifizierung des Computers zu erhalten. Die Abdeckbleche oder -Karten halten auch Staub und Schmutz vom Computer fern und helfen, die Khlung und den Luftstrom innerhalb des Computers aufrechtzuerhalten. Tahan braket pengisi atau kartu yang dikirimkan bersama komputer Anda. Braket pengisi atau kartu pengisi harus dipasang di celah slot kartu yang kosong untuk memenuhi sertifikasi FCC komputer. Braket pengisi dan kartu pengisi menjaga agar komputer Anda tidak terkena debu dan kotor serta mempertahankan aliran udara yang berfungsi untuk mendinginkan komputer. FCC

. FCC . Guarde as placas ou os dispositivos de preenchimento fornecidos com o seu computador. A instalao de placas ou dispositivos de preenchimento nas aberturas de slots de placas vazios necessria para manter a certificao da FCC (Federal Communications Commission (Comisso Federal de Comunicaes]) do seu computador. Os dispositivos de preenchimento mantm poeira e sujeira fora do computador e mantm o fluxo de ar que resfria o computador.

- -, . - -

(FCC). - -

, . Sauvajte umetke ili kartice koje ste dobili uz raunar. Stavljanje umetaka ili kartica u prazne otvore za kartice je neophodno za ouvanje FCC sertifikata raunara. Umeci i kartice spreavaju da praina i prljavtina prodre u raunar i odravaju protok vazduha kojim se raunar hladi. Conserve los cubrerranuras o las tarjetas que se envan con el equipo. Deben instalarse los cubrerranuras o las tarjetas de relleno en las aberturas vacas destinadas a tarjetas para conservar la certificacin FCC del equipo. Los cubrerranuras y las tarjetas de relleno evitan la entrada de polvo y suciedad en el equipo y mantienen el flujo de aire para refrigerar el equipo. FCC

) Power Adapter

| Bloc d'alimentation | Netzteil | Adaptor Daya | | | Adaptador de alimentao

| Adapter | Adaptador de alimentacin | |

Input voltage

| Tension d'entre | Eingangsspannung | Tegangan input |

| Tenso de entrada | | Ulazni napon Voltaje de entrada | |

Input current (maximum)

() | Courant d'entre (maximal) | Eingangsstrom (maximal) | Arus input (maksimal)

| () | Corrente de entrada (mxima)

() | Ulazna struja (maksimalno) | Corriente de entrada (mxima)

(

Input frequency

| Frquence d'entre | Eingangsfrequenz | Frekuensi input |

| Freqncia de entrada | | Ulazna frekvencija Frecuencia de entrada | |

Output current

| Courant de sortie | Ausgangsstrom | Arus output |

| Corrente de sada | | Izlazna struja Corriente de salida | |

Output voltage

| Tension de sortie | Ausgangsspannung | Tegangan output |

| Tenso de sada | | Izlazni napon Voltaje de salida | |

)

(

|

100-240 VAC 1.3 A 50 Hz - 60 Hz 2.31 A 19.5 VDC Connect the power adapter or the power cable to your computer and to the display, if required. Branchez l'adaptateur secteur ou le cble d'alimentation votre ordinateur et l'cran, au besoin. Verbinden Sie den Netzadapter oder das Netzkabel mit dem Computer und Bildschirm, falls erforderlich. Hubungkan adaptor daya atau kabel daya pada komputer Anda serta pada display, jika diperlukan. Conecte o adaptador de alimentao ou o cabo de alimentao ao seu computador e tela, se necessrio.

( ). Prikljuite adapter ili kabl za napajanje na raunar i na monitor, ako je to potrebno. Conecte el adaptador de alimentacin o el cable de alimentacin al equipo y a la pantalla, si es necesario. Connect the network cable (optional).

() Branchez le cble rseau (facultatif). Schlieen Sie das Netzwerkkabel (optional) an. Sambungkan kabel jaringan (opsional).

(). Conecte o cabo de rede (opcional).

( ). Poveite mreni kabl (opcionalno). Conecte el cable de red (opcional).

,

. (

)

.(

) Power on the computer (and the display, if connected).

() Mettez l'ordinateur sous tension (et l'cran, s'il est branch). Schalten Sie den Computer (und den Bildschirm, falls angeschlossen) ein. Hidupkan komputer (serta display, jika tersambung).

( , ) . Ligue o computador (e a tela, se estiver conectada).

( , ). Ukljuite raunar (i monitor, ako je prikljuen). Encienda el equipo (y la pantalla, si est conectada). (

)

.(

)

, Je nach Ihrer Computerkonfiguration knnen ggf. manche Ports oder Anschlsse nicht vorhanden sein. Depending on your computer configuration, some ports or connectors may not be available. En fonction de la configuration de votre ordinateur, certains ports ou connecteurs peuvent ne pas tre disponibles. Tergantung pada konfigurasi komputer Anda, beberapa port mungkin tidak tersedia. Dependendo da configurao do seu computador, algumas portas ou alguns conectores podem no estar disponveis.

, . U zavisnosti od konfiguracije raunara, neki ulazi ili prikljuci nee biti dostupni. Segn la configuracin del equipo, algunos de los puertos y conectores pueden no estar disponibles.

,

. Icons

| Icnes | Symbole | Ikon | | | cones | | Ikone | Iconos | |

Power adapter

| Bloc d'alimentation | Netzteil | Adaptor daya |

| Adaptador de alimentao | | Adapter Adaptador de alimentacin | |

USB USB with PowerShare PowerShare USB | USB avec PowerShare | USB mit PowerShare | USB dengan PowerShare | PowerShare USB PowerShare USB | USB com PowerShare | USB PowerShare | USB sa PowerShare-om USB con PowerShare | PowerShare USB | PowerShare USB eSATA or Icons

| Icnes | Symbole | Ikon | | | cones | | Ikone | Iconos | |

Thunderbolt Thunderbolt | Thunderbolt | Thunderbolt | Thunderbolt | | Thunderbolt | Thunderbolt Thunderbolt | Thunderbolt | Thunderbolt | Thunderbolt | Thunderbolt Network

| Cartes rseau | Netzwerk | Jaringan | | | rede

| Mrea | Red | |

VGA DVI HDMI

| DisplayPort DisplayPort DisplayPort | DisplayPort | DisplayPort | DisplayPort | DisplayPort DisplayPort | DisplayPort | DisplayPort | DisplayPort DisplayPort |

Mini DisplayPort Mini DisplayPort | Mini-DisplayPort | Mini-DisplayPort | Mini DisplayPort | DisplayPort Mini DisplayPort | Mini DisplayPort | Mini DisplayPort | Mini DisplayPort Mini DisplayPort | Mini DisplayPort | Mini DisplayPort TV-in TV-in | Entre TV | TV-Eingang | TV-in | TV | TV | Entrada de TV TV-in | Ulaz za TV | Entrada de TV | |

Infrared (IR) emitter

(IR) | metteur infrarouge (IR) | Infrarot (IR)-Emitter | Emitor Inframerah (IR) | IR

(IR) | Emissor infravermelho (IR) | () | Infracrveni (IC) odailja Emisor de infrarrojos (IR) | (IR) | (IR) Headphone/Audio-out

/ | Sortie audio/Casque | Kopfhrer/Audio-Ausgang | Headphone/Audio-out | /

/ | Fone de ouvido / Sada de udio | / | Audio izlaz/izlaz za slualice Auricular/Salida de audio |

Headset/Audio-out

/ | Sortie audio/Casque | Headset/Audio-Ausgang | Headset/Audio-out | /

/ | Headset / Sada de udio | / | Audio izlaz/izlaz za slualice s mikrofonom Auricular con micro/Salida de audio |

/

/

/

/

-

|

|

HDMI

|

:

:

/

-

/

Icons

| Icnes | Symbole | Ikon | | | cones | | Ikone | Iconos | |

Microphone

| Microphone | Mikrofon | Mikrofon |

| Microfone | | Mikrofon Micrfono | |

Line-in

| Ligne d'entre | Leitungseingang | Line-in | | | Entrada de linha

| Linijski ulaz | Lnea de entrada | |

Line-out/Speakers: front left-right

/ | Ligne de sortie/Haut-parleurs : avant gauche-droit | Leitungsausgang/Kopfhrer: Vorderseite Links-Rechts Line-out/Speaker: kiri-kanan depan | / | /: | Sada de linha / Alto-falantes: direito e esquerdo dianteiros | /: - | Linijski izlaz/zvunici: napred levo-desno | Linea de salida/Altavoces: frontales

-

izquierdo-derecho |

Speakers: rear left-right

| Haut-parleurs : arrire gauche-droit | Lautsprecher: Rckseite Links-Rechts | Speaker: kiri-kanan belakang |

: | Alto-falantes: direito e esquerdo traseiros | : - | Zvunici: nazad levo-desno Altavoces: posteriores izquierdo-derecho |

Speakers: side left-right

| Haut-parleurs : latral gauche-droit | Lautsprecher: Seite Links-Rechts | Speaker: samping kiri-kanan | -

: | Alto-falantes: laterais esquerdo e direito | : - | Zvunici: boni levi-desni Altavoces: lateral izquierdo-derecho |

Speakers: Audio center/subwoofer

/ | Haut-parleurs : Centre/caisson de basses audio | Lautsprecher: Audio Mitte/Subwoofer | Speaker: Audio tengah/subwoofer |

/ | : / | Alto-falantes: udio central / subwoofer

: / | Zvunici: audio centar/subvufer | Altavoces: audio central/altavoz de tonos bajos S/P DIF Screen-rotation lock

| Verrouillage de rotation de l'cran | Bildschirmdrehungssperre | Kunci rotasi-layar

| | Travamento de rotao da tela

| Blokada okretanja monitora | Bloqueo de rotacin de pantalla

|

SIM-card slot SIM | Logement de carte SIM | SIM-Kartensteckplatz | slot kartu SIM | SIM SIM | Slot de carto SIM | SIM- | Otvor za SIM-karticu Ranura de tarjeta SIM | SIM

| SIM

:

:

/

:

/

/

-

:

-

-

|

|

|

:

Icons

| Icnes | Symbole | Ikon | | | cones | | Ikone | Iconos | |

ExpressCard slot ExpressCard | Logement ExpressCard | ExpressCard-Steckplatz | Slot ExpressCard | ExpressCard ExpressCard | Slot ExpressCard | ExpressCard | Otvor za karticu ExpressCard Ranura de ExpressCard | ExpressCard | ExpressCard Media-card reader Media-card | Lecteur de cartes multimedia | Kartenlesegert | Pembaca kartu media |

| Leitor de carto de mdia | | ita memorijskih kartica Lector de tarjetas multimedia |

|

-

:

/

|

/

Security-cable slot

| Emplacement pour cble de scurit | Sicherheitskabeleinsteckplatz | Slot kabel pengaman |

| Encaixe do cabo de segurana | | Otvor za bezbednosni kabl Ranura del cable de seguridad | |

Power/Battery-status light

/ | Voyant d'tat de l'alimentation/la batterie | Anzeigeleuchte fr Betrieb/Akku | Lampu status daya/baterai

/ | / | Luz de status de alimentao

/ | Statusno svetlo napajanja/baterije | Luz del estado de la batera/alimentacin Battery-status light

| Voyant d'tat de la batterie | Akkustatusanzeige | Lampu status baterai |

| Luz de status da bateria | | Statusno svetlo baterije Luz del estado de la batera | |

Hard-drive activity light

| Voyant d'activit du disque dur | Festplatten-Aktivittsleuchte | Lampu aktivitas hard drive

| | Luz de atividade do disco rgido

| Indikator aktivnosti vrstog diska | Luz de actividad de la unidad de disco duro

|

Wi-Fi light Wi-Fi | Voyant Wi-Fi | Wi-Fi-Anzeigeleuchte | Lampu Wi-Fi | Wi-Fi Wi-Fi | Luz do Wi-Fi | Wi-Fi | Wi-Fi svetlo Luz Wi-Fi | Wi-Fi | Wi-Fi Bluetooth light

| Voyant Bluetooth | Bluetooth-Anzeigeleuchte | Lampu Bluetooth | Bluetooth Bluetooth | Luz do Bluetooth | Bluetooth | Bluetooth svetlo Luz Bluetooth | Bluetooth | Bluetooth

FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information This device has been evaluated to, and shown to be compliant with, the FCC Radio Frequency

(RF) exposure limits. Devices such as Desktop computers and Access Points (AP) that contain wireless functions (such as 802.11, Bluetooth, 3G or 4G) must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20cm from people to ensure compliance with the RF exposure requirements. Certain laptop/notebook computers, with antennas located toward the top of the screen, may require a separation distance of at least 20cm between the antennas and persons when they are operating to ensure compliance with the RF exposure requirements. These laptop/notebook computers are designed such that, during normal use with the screen open, the antenna-to-user distance is greater than 20cm. Some devices may have additional requirements for operating conditions to ensure compliance with RF exposure requirements. Specific instructions, where required, will be contained in the manual for that device. Please read your operating manual carefully. Interference Statement This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction manual, may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1) This device may not cause harmful interference. 2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Notice: The FCC regulations provide that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Dell Inc. could void your authority to operate this equipment. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference with radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, you are encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient the receiving antenna. Relocate the system with respect to the receiver. Move the system away from the receiver. Plug the system into a different outlet so that the system and the receiver are on different branch circuits. If necessary, consult a representative of Dell Inc. or an experienced radio/television technician for additional suggestions. NOTE: Any additional Wireless module must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Any other unauthorized installation or use will violate FCC Part 15 regulations. Modifications not expressly approved by Dell could void your authority to operate the equipment.

Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 2014, 2015 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Fifth Edition: February 2015 First Edition: June 2014 Document Part Number: 786097-005 About This Guide This guide provides regulatory, safety and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, desktops, thin clients and personal workstations. WARNING! Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life. CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of information. NOTE: Text set off in this manner provides important supplemental information. iii iv About This Guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers .................................................................................................... 1 Accessing regulatory labels ................................................................................................................................... 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 1 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) .................. 2 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................. 2 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 3 European Union regulatory notices ....................................................................................................................... 4 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 4 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ...................................................................... 4 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ........................................................ 4 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 4 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................. 4 Germany (English text) ................................................................................... 4 Germany (Deutscher text) .............................................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 5 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 5 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings .................................................. 5 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ...................................................................................................................................... 6 Thailand WWAN wireless notice ............................................................................................................................ 6 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices .............................................. 7 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 7 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 7 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 7 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 8 Power cord notice .................................................................................................................................................. 8 Japan power cord notice ...................................................................................................................... 8 DC plug of external HP power supply .................................................................................................. 8 Macrovision Corporation notice ............................................................................................................................. 9 v 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ......................................................... 10 Modem notices ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................. 10 U.S. modem statements .................................................................................................................... 10 Canadian modem statements ........................................................................................................... 11 Japanese modem statements ........................................................................................................... 11 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 12 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 12 Electromagnetic compatibility notices ................................................................................................................ 12 Federal Communications Commission notice ................................................................................... 13 Modifications ................................................................................................................... 13 Cables .............................................................................................................................. 13 Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ................................................................................................................................ 13 Products with wireless LAN devices ............................................................................... 13 Australia telecom statement ............................................................................................................ 14 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 15 Canadian notice ................................................................................................................................. 15 European Union regulatory notices .................................................................................................. 15 Declaration of Conformity .............................................................................................. 15 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ................................................. 15 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ................................... 16 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ............................ 16 Ergonomics notice ........................................................................................ 16 Japan notice ....................................................................................................................................... 16 Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings ....................................................... 16 South Korea notices .......................................................................................................................... 17 Mexico notice ..................................................................................................................................... 17 Taiwan NCC notices ............................................................................................................................ 17 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ........................................................................................ 17 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ......................... 17 3 Safety notices for notebook computers ......................................................................................................... 18 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 18 Potential safety conditions notice ....................................................................................................................... 18 User-replaceable battery notices ........................................................................................................................ 18 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 18 Power cord notices .............................................................................................................................................. 19 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Cleaning the keyboard ......................................................................................................................................... 19 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 19 vi China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 19 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 19 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 19 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................................... 20 Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 20 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ............................................................... 21 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 21 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 21 Battery replacement notice ................................................................................................................................. 22 Headset and earphone volume level notice ........................................................................................................ 22 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 22 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 23 Power supply class I grounding requirements .................................................................................. 23 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 23 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 23 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 23 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 23 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 23 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 23 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 23 Power cord set requirements ............................................................................................................ 24 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 24 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 24 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 24 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................. 24 Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 25 Note to CATV system installer ........................................................................................................... 25 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................. 26 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 26 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 26 Germany acoustics notice .................................................................................................................................... 27 Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 27 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers ............................................................................................. 28 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 28 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 28 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 28 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 29 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ............................................................................................... 29 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 30 vii China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 30 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 30 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 34 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 34 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 36 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 36 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 36 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 37 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................................... 37 Turkey EEE regulation .......................................................................................................................................... 37 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ......................................................................................... 37 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ........................................................................................... 37 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ................................................... 38 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ....................................................................................... 38 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 38 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 38 Brazil hardware recycling information ................................................................................................................ 38 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ............................................................................................... 39 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 40 Mercury statement .............................................................................................................................................. 40 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 40 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 41 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 41 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 44 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content ................................................... 44 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 47 Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 .............................................................. 47 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 47 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 47 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................................... 47 Turkey EEE regulation .......................................................................................................................................... 48 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ......................................................................................... 48 TCO Certified Edge Certification ........................................................................................................................... 48 Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 50 viii 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select models only), under the removable service door (select models only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) for radio modules in your computer. Electronic labels can be accessed through the system BIOS. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. 5. To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:

Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. Accessing regulatory labels 1 If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following 2 conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. If you have questions about the product that are not related to this declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, TX 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, TX 77269-2000 or call HP at 281-514-3333 To identify your product, refer to the part, series, or model number located on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. Brazil notice 3 European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets the provisions of the EU's Council recommendation 1999/519/EC on the limitation of the exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz). This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions, but a minimum distance of 1 cm should be maintained from the antennas. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality When operating in the frequency band 5150 to 5350 MHz, this product is restricted to indoor use only. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit

(VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use of VDU tasks. 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sun light) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. Germany (Deutscher text) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG

(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. Japan notice Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. Australia and New Zealand notice 5 South Korea notices Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. The regulatory model number for this product is on the regulatory label. Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are onboard aircraft. The use of these devices onboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. Thailand WWAN wireless notice This telecom equipment has complied with NTC regulations. 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment onboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/

recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. Taiwan NCC notices 7 When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/

18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. Japan power cord notice DC plug of external HP power supply 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Macrovision Corporation notice 9 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. 10 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canadian modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japanese modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:

Modem notices 11 New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Electromagnetic compatibility notices This guide provides country- and region-specific nonwireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous 12 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by Hewlett-Packard Company may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods in order to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations. Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding the product, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 Or, call (281) 514-3333. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices This product may be equipped with a wireless LAN device. This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 13 WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. Australia telecom statement The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. 14 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CAUTION: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Canadian notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antenna for this device is not replaceable. Any attempt at user modification may damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets the provisions of the EU's Council recommendation 1999/519/EC on the limitation of the exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz). Electromagnetic compatibility notices 15 This product may incorporate a radio transmitting and receiving device. For desktop computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality When operating in the frequency band 5150 to 5350 MHz, this product is restricted to indoor use only. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. This equipment has been designed to work with analogue DTMF Networks. This equipment may have internetworking difficulties in PSTN networks that only support Pulse Dialing. Please consult with your network operator for further assistance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable German ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-mouse and monitor. Germany (Deutscher text) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-

Maus und Bildschirm. Japan notice Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. 16 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations South Korea notices Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Electromagnetic compatibility notices 17 3 Safety notices for notebook computers WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC/EN 60950). Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:

crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. User-replaceable battery notices WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Keep the battery away from children. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 18 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook computers Power cord notices Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Cleaning the keyboard WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. Clean the keyboard regularly to prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles that can become trapped beneath the keys. A can of compressed air with a straw extension can be used to blow air around and under the keys to loosen and remove debris. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Power cord notices 19 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system. Taiwan BSMI notice 20 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook computers 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Important safety information WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. For your safety, the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug. Always use the power cord with a properly grounded wall outlet, to avoid the risk of electrical shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, CAUTION:

the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/

region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to IEC/EN 60950). Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. Important safety information 21 WARNING! The equipment must be provided with a proper AC protective earth (PE) ground connection. Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Battery replacement notice Do not attempt to recharge the battery. WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. To reduce the risk of personal injury:

Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. For information about removing a battery, refer to your computer documentation. Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. 22 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or a Hewlett-Packard authorized replacement. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Denmark Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Finland Norway Sweden Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. For safety reasons, use only the AC adapter provided with the unit or an authorized replacement adapter from Hewlett-Packard. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/

index.pl. For use in Norway This product is also designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230V. Power supply and power cord set requirements 23 Power cord set requirements The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from Hewlett-Packard or an approved HP source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries:

1. 2. The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. The length of the power cord must be between 1.8 m (6 feet) and 3.6 m (12 feet). For a power cord 2.0 m

(6.56 feet) or less, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm2 or 18AWG. If the power cord is longer than 2.0 m (6.56 feet), the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 1.0 mm2 or 16AWG. The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. TV antenna connectors protection External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-

discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. 24 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Table 4-1 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. TV antenna connectors protection 25 China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. 26 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Germany acoustics notice Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779) Product noise emission data can be found in the product related IT ECO Declarations at Internet address:

http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted Taiwan BSMI notice Germany acoustics notice 27 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar 28 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available

(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 Brazil hardware recycling information 29 Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. China environmental notices China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 30 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit China PC energy label 31 For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. 32 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers China PC energy label 33 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner USB flash memory drive USB hub X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 34 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity. China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 35 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. IT ECO declarations For notebook PCs, go to http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

iteconotebook-o.html. 36 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). Turkey EEE regulation Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This products real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 37 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 38 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) 39 The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Mercury statement This statement applies to All-in-One computers with built-in display panels that do not use LED backlighting. This HP product may contain the following material that might require special handling at end-of-life:

Mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the display LCD Disposal of mercury can be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)

(http://www.eiae.org). Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. 40 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations China environmental notices China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa China environmental notices 41 Product Type TEC (kilowatt hour) Category C 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. 42 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations China PC energy label 43 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner USB flash memory drive USB hub X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 44 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity. China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 45 46 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Information for European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 To locate product power consumption data, including when the product is in networked standby with all wired network ports connected and wireless devices connected, refer to section P14 Additional information of the product IT ECO Declaration at http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/

itecodesktop-pc.html. Where applicable, activate and deactivate a wireless network using the instructions included in the product user guide or the operating system. Information is also available at http://www.hp.com/support. IT ECO declarations Desktop PCs and Thin Clients http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 47 energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin (componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration (components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). NOTE: Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. Turkey EEE regulation Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. TCO Certified Edge Certification This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. 48 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations TCO Certified Edge Certification 49 Index A airline travel notice 7 altitude notice 19, 26 B battery notice 7, 18, 37 battery recycling 28 Brazil notice 3 C cable grounding notice 20 Canada notices 3 China environmental notices 30, 41 China PC energy label 30, 41 China restriction of hazardous substances notice 34 D Declaration of Conformity notebook computers 2 disposal notices battery 37 battery, user replacement 7 equipment 28 factory sealed battery 7 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 28 ENERGY STAR certification 29, 39 environmental notices 28 equipment disposal notice 28 ergonomics notice 4, 16 European Union Commission Regulation 1275/2008 36, 47 European Union notices 4, 15 F Federal Communications Commission desktops, thin clients and workstations notice 13 desktops, thin clients, workstations cables 13 desktops, thin clients, workstations modifications 13 50 Index notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers N notices modifications 2 notebook computers notice 1 G GS Notice 4, 16 H headset and earphone volume level notice 18 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 36, 47 informcija Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 48 J Japan notice 5, 16 Japan power cord notice 8 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 37, 47 K keyboard notice 19 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 8 M Macrovision Corporation notice 9 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law 37 Mexico wireless notice 6 modifications, desktops, thin clients, workstations Federal Communications Commission 13 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 airline travel 7 battery 7, 37 battery, user replacement 18 Brazil 3 Canada 3 China restriction of hazardous substances 34 environmental 28 equipment disposal 28 ergonomics 4, 16 European Union 4, 15 headset and earphone volume level 18 India restriction of hazardous substances 36, 47 Japan 5, 16 Japan power cord 8 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 37, 47 keyboard 19 laser safety 8 Macrovision Corporation 9 Mexico 6 perchlorate material 37 power cords 8, 19 Singapore 6 South Korea 6 Taiwan 7, 17 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 6 travel 19 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 37 notices, desktops, thin clients and workstations Federal Communications Commission 13 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 1 P power cord notice 8, 19 R recycling, electronic hardware and battery 28 S Singapore wireless notice 6 South Korea notice 6 T Taiwan notice 7, 17 TCO Certified Edge Certification 48 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 6 travel notice 19 tropical warning notice 19, 26 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 20 U Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances notice 37, 48 V volume level notice, headset and earphone 18 W wireless LAN devices 3, 14, 15 Index 51

1 Connect the power adapter and press the power button Inspiron 11 3000 Series Quick Start Guide 2 Finish Windows setup Windows | Windows Windows 3 Explore resources

|

Enable security and updates Connect to your network Sign in to your Microsoft account orcreate alocal account Microsoft Microsoft Microsoft Help and Tips

|

My Dell Dell | Dell Register your computer

|

Shortcut keys

|

Mute audio

|

Decrease volume

|

Increase volume

|

Play/Pause

/ | /

/

Open Search charm

|

Open Share charm

|

Open Devices charm

|

Open Settings charm

|

List recently-used apps

|

Display active app menu-bar

|

Decrease brightness

|

Increase brightness

|

Turn off/on wireless

/ | /

/

NOTE: For more information, see Specifications at dell.com/support. dell.com/support dell.com/support dell.com/support dell.com/support dell.com/support/manuals dell.com/windows8 dell.com/contactdell dell.com/regulatory_compliance P20T P20T003 inspiron 11 - 3157 Features

| |

45 3 2 1 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Product support and manuals Contact Dell Dell | Dell Regulatory and safety

|

Regulatory model

|

Regulatory type

|

Computer model

|

2014 Dell Inc. 2014 Microsoft Corporation. 19 18 17 16 15 1. Right microphone 2. Camera-status light 3. Camera 4. Ambient-light sensor 5. Left microphone 6. Windows button 7. Power-adapter port 8. HDMI port 9. USB 3.0 port 20 21 10. USB 2.0 port 11. Headset port 12. Left-click area 13. Right-click area 14. Power and battery-status light 15. Power button 16. Volume-control buttons (2) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Windows 7. 8. HDMI 9. USB 3.0 10. USB 2.0 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 2 17. USB 2.0 17. USB 2.0 port 18. Media-card reader 19. Security-cable slot 20. Regulatory label 21. Service Tag label 18. 19. 20. 21. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Windows 7. 8. HDMI 9. USB 3.0 10. USB 2.0 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. (2) 17. USB 2.0 18. 19. 20. 21. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Windows 7. 8. HDMI 9. USB 3.0 10. USB 2.0 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

(2) 17. USB 2.0 18. 19. 20. 21. Modes

| |

Notebook

|

Tablet

|

Tablet Stand

|

Tent

|

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) is any signal or emission, radiated in free space or conducted along power or signal leads, that endangers the functioning of radio navigation or other safety service or seriously degrades, obstructs, or repeatedly interrupts a licensed radio communications service. Radio communications services include but are not limited to AM/FM commercial broadcast, television, cellular services, radar, air-traffic control, pager, and Personal Communication Services (PCS). These licensed radio services, and unlicensed radio services, such as WLAN or Bluetooth, along with unintentional radiators such as digital devices, including computer systems, contribute to the electromagnetic environment. Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) is the ability of items of electronic equipment to function properly together in the electronic environment. While this computer system has been designed and determined to be compliant with regulatory agency limits for EMI, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. Dell products are designed, tested, and classified for their intended electromagnetic environment. These electromagnetic environment classifications generally refer to the following harmonized definitions:

Class B products are intended for use in residential/domestic environments but may also be used in non-residential/non-domestic environments. Note: The residential/domestic environment is an environment where the use of broadcast radio and television receivers may be expected within a distance of 10 m from where this product is used. Class A products are in non-residential/non-domestic environments. Class A products may also be utilized in residential/domestic environments but may cause interference and require the user to take adequate corrective measures. intended for use If this equipment does cause interference with radio communications services, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, you are encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient the receiving antenna. Relocate the computer with respect to the receiver. Move the computer away from the receiver. Plug the computer into a different outlet so that the computer and the receiver are on different branch circuits. If necessary, consult a Dell Technical Support representative or an experienced radio/television or EMC technician for additional suggestions. Information Technology Equipment (ITE), including peripherals, expansion cards, printers, input/output (I/O) devices, monitors, and so on, that are integrated into or connected to the system should match the electromagnetic environment classification of the computer system. A Notice about Shielded Signal Cables: Use only shielded cables for connecting peripherals to any Dell device to reduce the possibility of interference with radio communications services. Using shielded cables ensures that you maintain the appropriate EMC classification for the intended environment. For parallel printers, a cable is available from Dell. If you prefer, you can order a cable from Dell on the World Wide Web at www.dell.com. FCC, Class B This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction manual, may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Notice: The FCC regulations provide that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Dell Inc. could void your authority to operate this equipment. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference with radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, you are encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the antenna of the radio/television receiver. Increase the separation between this equipment and the radio/television receiver. Plug the equipment into a different outlet so that the equipment and the radio/television receiver are on different power mains branch circuits. Consult a representative of Dell or an experienced radio/television technician for additional suggestions. The following information is provided on the device or devices covered in this document in compliance with FCC regulations:

Product name:

Company name:

Please refer to the product-specific Product Safety, EMC and Environmental Datasheet for the Regulatory Model and Reference Number identification of products covered by an FCC Declaration of Conformity. This equipments unique regulatory compliance identification is provided by the Regulatory Model and Reference Number. These regulatory compliance the regulatory label affixed to your equipment and should not be confused with marketing name or model of the equipment. To facilitate positive identification, request for regulatory compliance information for this equipment should include the Regulatory Model and Reference Number. identification markings are on Dell Inc. is the responsible party or acting as a point-of-contact for the responsible party of a Dell-branded ODM/OEM product. For an EMC compliance issue or a regulatory inquiry, please use the following contact information:

Dell Inc. Worldwide Regulatory Compliance, Engineering and Environmental Affairs One Dell Way PS4-30 Round Rock, Texas 78682 USA 512-338-4400 For a copy of the FCC Declaration of Conformity, please send an e-mail the Marketing Name, Regulatory Model and Reference Number for the applicable product(s) as listed on the Product Safety, EMC and Environmental Datasheet, and/or as listed on the Regulatory Label affixed to your product. to Regulatory_Compliance@dell.com providing

Warranty, Safety, and Regulatory Information Garantie, veiligheid en informatie over regelgeving Informations sur les rglementations, la garantie et la scurit WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Important Notice Your purchase and use of this product is subject to and governed by Dells applicable Terms of Sale which will be presented to you at setup and which are available online. If you are a consumer customer and you purchased directly from Dell, your purchase is governed by the U.S. Consumer Terms of Sale at www.dell.com/consumerterms. Para obtener una versin en espaol de las condiciones de venta, visite www.dell.com/condicionesdecompra. If you are a consumer customer and you purchased through a retail store, your purchase is governed by the Retail Purchaser End User Agreement at www.dell.com/retailagreement. If you are in Canada, the agreement that governs your purchase can be located at www.dell.ca/terms. Unless you have a separate written agreement with Dell that specifically applies to your order, if you are a commercial customer and you purchased this product directly from Dell for your internal use, your purchase is governed by the Commercial Terms of Sale: www.dell.com/CTS. YOUR AGREEMENT WITH DELL CONTAINS VERY IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS, AS WELL AS LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS. THE AGREEMENT REQUIRES THE USE OF ARBITRATION ON AN INDIVIDUAL BASIS TO RESOLVE DISPUTES, and where applicable, specifies arbitration INSTEAD OF JURY TRIALS OR CLASS ACTIONS. PLEASE REVIEW THE TERMS CAREFULLY. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that Dell is deemed under applicable law to have accepted an offer by you: (a) Dell hereby objects to and rejects all additional or inconsistent terms that may be contained in any purchase order or other documentation submitted by you in connection with your order; and (b) Dell hereby conditions its acceptance on your assent that the foregoing terms and conditions shall exclusively control. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THESE TERMS, DO NOT USE YOUR PRODUCT AND RETURN IT TO DELL IN ACCORDANCE WITH DELLS RETURN POLICY LOCATED AT www.dell.com/returnpolicy (United States) and www.dell.ca/terms (Canada-English) and www.dell.ca/conditions (Canada-French). About Dells Limited Hardware Warranty Download or print Dells Limited Hardware Warranty at www.dell.com/warranty (United States), www.dell.ca/warranty (Canada-English) and www.dell.ca/garantie (Canada-French), or call to request a hard copy of the Limited Hardware Warranty. U.S. Customers: 1-877-884-3355. Canadian Customers: 1-800-387-5757. What if I purchased a service contract?

If your service contract is with Dell or if you purchased a service contract through us with a third-party service provider you may download or print it from www.dell.com/servicecontracts. Safety and Regulatory Information You can find additional recommended Product Safety Best Practices and Regulatory Compliance information on Accessibility, Communications Devices (Radio and Modem), Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC), Electrostatic Shock (ESD), Energy, Environmental (REACH and RoHS), Ergonomics, Material Safety (MSDS), Transportation, and TV Tuners on the Regulatory Compliance webpage, www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance. WARNING: Use of controls, adjustments, procedures, connections, or signal types other than those specified in your documentation may result in exposure to shock, electrical hazards, and/or mechanical hazards. WARNING: Dell products are not certified as medical electrical equipment, and are not intended for use in close proximity to patients or in oxygen rich environments. Dell products are not designed for use in hazardous environments. Dell products are not designed or intended for use in operating or calibrating medical devices. When setting up the equipment for use:

Place the equipment on a hard, level surface. Do not stack the equipment, place it in an enclosed space, or otherwise install it where it is subject to heated air. The equipment should have least 10.2 cm (4 inches) of clearance on all vented sides to permit the airflow required for proper ventilation. Restricting airflow can damage the equipment or cause overheating. If your device includes a modem, the cable used with the modem should be manufactured with a minimum wire size of 26 American Wire Gauge (AWG) and an FCC compliant RJ11 modular plug. WARNING: Do not operate your equipment with any cover(s) (including computer covers, bezels, filler brackets, front-panel inserts, and so on) removed. Do not use your equipment in a wet environment. Protect equipment from liquid intrusion. Do not use damaged equipment, including exposed, frayed, or damaged power cords. Do not push any objects into the air vents or openings of your equipment. Doing so can cause fire or electric shock by shorting out interior components. Do not allow your portable computer or adapter to operate with the base resting directly on exposed skin for extended periods of time. The surface temperature of the base will rise during normal operation, particularly when AC power is present. Allowing sustained contact with exposed skin can cause discomfort or burn. To remove a portable computer from all power sources, turn the computer off, disconnect the AC adapter from the electrical outlet, and remove any battery installed in the battery bay or module bay. When Working Inside Your Device WARNING: Hazardous moving parts. Keep away from the moving fan blades. Do not attempt to service the equipment yourself, except as explained in your Dell documentation or in instructions otherwise provided to you by Dell. Always follow installation and service instructions closely. Internal components may become very hot during normal operation. Before touching any internal components, allow time for them to cool. Disconnect all cables from the portable computer including the phone cable before opening the memory/modem access door. Check the voltage rating before you connect the equipment to an electrical outlet to ensure that the required voltage and frequency match the available powersource. If your device has a manual voltage-selection switch, your voltage-selection switch on the back panel must be manually set to operate at the correct operating voltage used in your location. To prevent electric shock, plug the equipment power cables into properly grounded electrical outlets, and use only the approved power cables rated for the equipment. For 3-pin plugs, do not use adapter plugs without the ground pin or remove the ground pin from the plug. Adapter Safety WARNING:Use only the Dell-provided AC adapter approved for use with this device. Use of another AC adapter may cause a fire or explosion. The AC adapter may become hot during normal operation of your computer. Ensure adequate ventilation and use care when handling the adapter during or immediately after operation. Do not use an auto-adapter DC power cable connected via either an automobile cigarette lighter adapter or an empower-type connector in vehicles with high voltage (24 VDC), such as commercial transport vehicles. Battery Safety WARNING: Using an incompatible battery or a third-party battery may increase the risk of fire or explosion. Replace the battery only with a battery purchased from Dell that is designed to work with your Dell computer. Do not use a battery from other computers with your computer. A damaged battery may pose a risk of personal injury. Damage may include impact or shock that dents or punctures the battery, exposure to a flame, or other deformation. Do not disassemble the battery. Handle a damaged or leaking battery pack with extreme care. If the battery is damaged, electrolyte may leak from the cells or fire may result which may cause personal injury. ENERGY STAR Compliance The Environmental Protection Agencys (EPA) ENERGY STAR program is a joint effort between the EPA and manufacturers to reduce air pollution by promoting energy-efficient products. ENERGY STAR Label Any Dell product bearing the ENERGY STAR emblem electronically or physically on the product is certified to comply with the EPA ENERGY STAR requirements as configured when shipped by Dell. User Information available www.dell.com/energystar. For additional power-management specific information, see www.energystar.gov/powermanagement. For additional information on the ENERGY STAR program, see www.energystar.gov. Perchlorate Material This products coin-cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of. For more information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Recycling Information Dell recommends that customers dispose of their used computer hardware, monitors, printers, and other peripherals in an environmentally-sound manner. Potential methods include reuse of parts or whole products and recycling of products, components, and/or materials. For specific information on Dells worldwide recycling programs, see dell.com/recycle. Location of Radio Regulatory Labels For some portable computers, the radio regulatory labels may be found either in the battery compartment, or under the bottom access panel. Display Lamp Disposal Lamps inside this product contain mercury (Hg) and must be recycled or disposed of according to local, state, or federal laws. For more information, contact the electronic industries alliance at www.eiae.org. For lamp-specific disposal information check www.lamprecycle.org. GEVAAR: Een GEVAARMELDING duidt op de kans op schade aan eigendommen, lichamelijk letsel of overlijden. Informatie over veiligheid en regelgeving Meer informatie over best practices op het gebied van productveiligheid en overeenstemming met de richtlijnen inzake toegankelijkheid, communicatieapparatuur (radio en modem), elektromagnetische compatibiliteit (EMC), elektrostatische schokken (ESD), energie en milieutechniek

(REACH en RoHS), ergonomie, veiligheid (MSDS), transport en televisietuners vindt u op de website voor overeenstemming met de regelgeving:

www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance. WAARSCHUWING: Het gebruik van besturingselementen, instellingen, procedures, verbindingen of signaaltypen die niet in uw documentatie worden vermeld, kan blootstelling aan een elektrische schok, stroomstoringen en/of mechanische beschadiging tot gevolg hebben. WAARSCHUWING: De producten van Dell zijn niet gecertificeerd als medische apparatuur en zijn niet bestemd voor gebruik in de nabijheid van patinten ofin zuurstofrijke omgevingen. De producten van Dell zijn niet ontworpen voor gebruik in gevaarlijke omgevingen. De producten van Dell zijn niet ontworpen of bedoeld voor gebruik bij het bedienen of kalibreren van medische apparaten. Wanneer u het apparaat voor gebruik instelt:

Plaats de apparatuur op een hard, gelijkmatig oppervlak. Stapel geen apparatuur op elkaar, stel deze niet in een besloten ruimte op en installeer deze niet op locaties waar deze aan verwarmde lucht wordt blootgesteld. Aanalle zijden van de apparatuur met ventilatiegaten moet minimaal 10,2 cm vrije ruimte aanwezig zijn om de voor de juiste ventilatie vereiste luchtcirculatie te bieden. Een beperking van de luchtstroom kan ertoe leiden dat de apparatuur beschadigd of oververhit raakt. Als uw apparaat een modem bevat, moet de kabel die bij het modem gebruikt wordt een minimum draadgrootte hebben van 26 AWG (American Wire Gauge - 0.40386mm) en voorzien zijn van een RJ11 modulaire plug die aan de standaard FCC voldoet. WAARSCHUWING: Maak geen gebruik van de computer als er een computerhoes of -kap is verwijderd, zoals de computerbehuizing, montagekaders, beugels of voorpanelen. Gebruik de apparatuur niet in vochtige omgevingen. Bescherm de apparatuur tegen indringend vocht. Gebruik geen beschadigde apparatuur, zoals open, gespleten of beschadigde stroomsnoeren. Duw geen objecten in de ventilatieopeningen of andere openingen van de apparatuur. Als u dat wel doet, loopt u het risico brand of een elektrische schok te veroorzaken door kortsluiting in de interne onderdelen. Zorg ervoor dat uw draagbare computer of adapter niet gedurende een lange periode rechtstreeks in contact met uw huid komt. De oppervlaktetemperatuur van de onderkant zal tijdens normaal gebruik stijgen, met name wanneer er netstroom aanwezig is. Langdurig contact met de huid kan leiden tot een onprettig gevoel of zelfs tot brandwonden. Om alle stroomvoorziening naar een draagbare computer te verwijderen, moet u de computer uitzetten, de stekker van de netadapter uit het stopcontact verwijderen en alle batterijen verwijderen die in het batterij- of geheugenmodulecompartiment zijn genstalleerd. Tijdens het werken binnen de apparatuur WAARSCHUWING: Gevaarlijke bewegende onderdelen. Blijf uit de buurt van de bewegende ventilatorschoepen. Probeer zelf geen reparaties op het apparaat uit te voeren, tenzij dit gebeurt volgens aanwijzingen in de documentatie van Dell of andere instructies die u van Dellhebt ontvangen. Volg altijd nauwkeurig de installatie-

en onderhoudsinstructies. Interne onderdelen kunnen erg warm worden tijdens normaal gebruik. Geef interne onderdelen de tijd om af te koelen voordat u ze aanraakt. Verwijder alle kabel uit de draagbare computer, inclusief de telefoonkabel, alvorens u de klep voor toegang tot tot het geheugen/modemcompartiment opent. Controleer het toegestane voltage voordat u de apparatuur aansluit op een stopcontact om ervoor te zorgen dat het vereiste voltage en de vereiste stroomfrequentie overeenkomen met de beschikbare stroombron. Als het achterpaneel van uw computer is uitgerust met een handmatige voltageselectieschakelaar, dient u deze schakelaar handmatig in te stellen op het juiste voltageniveau voor uw locatie. Ter voorkoming van elektrische schokken dient u de stroomkabels van de apparatuur uitsluitend op geaarde stopcontacten aan te sluiten en dient u alleen stroomkabels te gebruiken die voor de apparatuur zijn goedgekeurd en die de juiste belasting aankunnen. Voor stekkers met drie pennen mag u geen adapterstekkers zonder aardpen gebruiken. Evenmin mag u de aardpen uit de stekker verwijderen. Veiligheidsinstructies adapter WAARSCHUWING: Gebruik alleen de door Dell meegeleverde netadapter die is goedgekeurd voor gebruik met deze handheld. Gebruik van een andere netadapter kan brand of explosiesveroorzaken. De netadapter kan bij normaal gebruik van de computer heet worden. Zorg ervoor dat er voldoende ventilatie is en wees voorzichtig wanneer u de adapter tijdens of onmiddellijk na werking aanraakt. Sluit geen gelijkstroomkabel op de adapter aan indien de stroomkabel is aangesloten op een auto-aansteker of op een aansluiting van het type Empower in autos met een hoge spanning

(24 V gelijkstroom), zoals bedrijfsvoertuigen. Veiligheid van de batterij WAARSCHUWING: Als u een incompatibele batterij of een batterij van een andere leverancier gebruikt, kan dit de kans op brand of een explosie vergroten. Vervang de batterij alleen door een batterij die u bij Dell hebt aangeschaft en die speciaal is ontwikkeld voor gebruik in combinatie met uw computer. Gebruik geen batterij van een andere computer bij uw computer. Een beschadigde batterij kan persoonlijk letsel veroorzaken. Schade kan onder meer omvatten een schok of botsing waardoor de batterij wordt doorboord of ingedeukt, blootstelling aan vuur of een andere vorm van vervorming. Maak de batterij niet open. U moet een beschadigde of lekkende batterij met de grootste voorzichtigheid behandelen. Als de batterij is beschadigd, kan er elektrolyt uit de cellen lekken of kan er brand ontstaan, hetgeen tot lichamelijk letsel kan leiden. ENERGY STAR-conformiteit Het ENERGY STAR-programma van de EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) is een gezamenlijk initiatief van de EPA en fabrikanten om de luchtvervuiling terug te dringen door het gebruik van energiezuinige producten te bevorderen. ENERGY STAR-label Alle Dell-producten die zijn voorzien van het ENERGY STAR- logo, het zij elektronisch het zij fysiek, voldoen bij verzending door Dell en in de configuratie waarmee ze worden verzonden aan de ENERGY STAR-vereisten van de EPA. Gebruikersinformatie is beschikbaar op www.dell.com/energystar. Voor meer informatie over energiebeheer kunt u terecht op www.energystar.gov/powermanagement. Voor meer informatie over het ENERGY STAR-programma kunt u terecht op www.energystar.gov. Materiaal met perchloraat De knoopcelbatterij in dit product bevat mogelijk perchloraat. Het afdanken of recyclen van dit product vereist dientengevolge een speciale procedure. Raadpleegvoor meer informatie www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Informatie over recycling Dell adviseert gebruikers om zich zich op een milieuvriendelijke manier ontdoen van hun afgedankte computerhardware, monitors, printers en andere randapparatuur. Eventuele methodes omvatten het hergebruik van onderdelen of van het gehele product en het recycleren van producten, onderdelen en/of grondstoffen. Voor meer informatie over de wereldwijde recyclingprogrammas van Dell kunt u terecht op. Raadpleeg dell.com/recycle. Locatie van de labels met radioregelgevingsinformatie Bij sommige draagbare computers vindt u de labels met de radio-regelgevingsinformatie in het batterijvak of onder het toegangspaneel aan de onderkant van het apparaat. AVERTISSEMENT : un AVERTISSEMENT indique un risque dendommagement du matriel, de blessure corporelle ou de mort. propos de la Garantie matrielle limite Dell Tlchargez ou imprimez la Garantie matrielle limite Dell partir du site www.dell.com/warranty (tats-Unis), www.dell.ca/warranty (Anglais Canada) et www.dell.ca/garantie (Franais Canada), ou appelez pourdemander une copie imprime de la Garantie matrielle limite. Clients rsidant aux -U : 1-877-884-3355 Clients rsidant au Canada : 1-800-387-5757. 2013 - 2015 Dell Inc. Printed in U.S.A. 2015-01 Conformit ENERGY STAR Le programme ENERGY STAR de lEPA (Environmental Protection Agency) est le rsultat dun effort conjoint de lEPA et des fabricants dordinateurs visant rduire la pollution atmosphrique en encourageant lutilisation dappareils informatiques faible consommation dnergie. tiquette ENERGY STAR Tout produit Dell portant le symbole ENERGY STAR lectroniquement ou physiquement est conforme aux spcifications EPA ENERGY STAR tant que le systme garde sa configuration dorigine, telle que livre par Dell. Des informations destines lutilisateur sont disponibles sur www.dell.com/energystar. Vous trouverez des informations supplmentaires relatives la gestion de lalimentation sur www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Vous trouverez des informations supplmentaires concernant le programme ENERGY STAR sur www.energystar.gov. Matriaux contenant du perchlorate La pile bouton de ce produit peut contenir du perchlorate. Son recyclage et sa mise au rebut peuvent donc exiger une manutention particulire. Pour de plus amples informations, voir www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Informations sur le recyclage Dell recommande ses clients de mettre au rebut leurs matriel informatique, moniteurs, imprimantes et autres priphriques usags dans le respect de lenvironnement. Les mthodes possibles incluent la rutilisation de pices ou de produits entiers et le recyclage des produits, composants, et/ou matriels. Pour obtenir des informations particulires sur les programmes mondiaux de recyclage de Dell, rendez-vous sur le site dell.com/recycle. Emplacement des tiquettes de conformit aux normesradio Les tiquettes de conformit aux normes radio peuvent se trouver dans le compartiment de batterie ou sous le panneau daccs infrieur de certains ordinateurs. Que se passe-t-il si jai souscrit un contrat de service ?

Si vous avez souscrit un contrat de service avec Dell ou si vous avez achet un contrat de service dun fournisseur tiers par lintermdiaire de Dell, vous pouvez le tlcharger ou limprimer partir du site. www.dell.com/servicecontracts. Informations sur les rglementations et la scurit Vous trouverez des informations sur les Product Safety Best Practices and Regulatory Compliance (Meilleures pratiques concernant la scurit des produits et la conformit aux rglementations) sappliquant lAccessibilit, aux Communications Devices (Dispositifs de communications)

(radio et modem), lElectromagnetic Compatibility

(Compatibilit lectromagntique (EMC)), lElectrostatic Shock (Dcharges lectrostatiques) (ESD), lnergie, aux Conditions environnementales (REACH et RoHS), lErgonomie, la Scurit du matriel (MSDS), aux Transports et aux Tuners TV sur la page Web Regulatory Compliance

(Conformit aux rglementations), sur www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance. AVERTISSEMENT : lutilisation de commandes, rglages, procdures, connexions ou types de signaux autres que ceux indiqus dans la documentation peut entraner des risques dlectrocution et de dommages mcaniques. AVERTISSEMENT : les produits Dell ne sont pas certifis en tant ququipement lectrique mdical et ne sont pas conus pour une utilisation proximit de patients ou dans des environnements riches en oxygne. Les produits Dell ne sont pas conus pour une utilisation dans des environnements dangereux. Les produits Dell ne sont pas conus pour une utilisation lors du calibrage dappareils mdicaux ou en conjonction avec lutilisation de tels appareils. Lorsque vous vous prparez utiliser lappareil :

Placez-le sur une surface rigide et plane. Nempilez pas lquipement, ne le placez pas dans un lieu confin ; en dautres termes, ne linstallez pas proximit dune source dair chaud. Laissez un dgagement dau moins 10,2 cm (4 po) au niveau des entres dair de lquipement afin de permettre lair de circuler. Restreindre la ventilation risque dendommager lquipement ou de provoquer une surchauffe. Si votre appareil comprend un modem, le cble utilis avec le modem doit avoir une taille minimale de 26 AWG

(American Wire Gauge) et une fiche modulaire RJ11 conforme la norme FCC. AVERTISSEMENT : ne faites pas fonctionner votre ordinateur lorsquun capot est retir (notamment les capots de lordinateur, les cadres, les languettes mtalliques, les caches du panneau avant, etc...). Nutilisez pas lquipement dans un environnement humide. Protgez lquipement contre les infiltrations de liquide. Nutilisez pas un quipement endommag, notamment avec un cordon dalimentation dnud, effiloch ou endommag. Nintroduisez pas dobjets dans les entres dair ou autres ouvertures de votre appareil. Cela risquerait de provoquer un incendie ou un choc lectrique d un court-circuit des composants internes. vitez de poser votre ordinateur portable ou votre adaptateur en fonctionnement sur vos genoux, mme la peau, pendant une priode prolonge. La temprature de la surface de la base augmente pendant le fonctionnement normal de lordinateur (notamment sil est aliment par le secteur). Le contact prolong avec la peau peut causer inconfort ou brlure. Pour mettre un ordinateur portable totalement hors tension, teignez-le, dbranchez ladaptateur secteur de la prise lectrique et retirez toutes les batteries installes dans la baie de la batterie ou la baie modulaire. Intervention sur votre appareil AVERTISSEMENT : pices mobiles dangereuses. Tenez-vous lcart des pales de ventilateur enmouvement. Ne tentez pas de dpanner lappareil par vous-mme, except si cela est indiqu dans votre documentation Dell ou dans des instructions qui vous ont t fournies dune autre manire par Dell. Suivez toujours de prs les instructions dinstallation et dentretien. Les composants internes peuvent surchauffer en fonctionnement normal. Avant de toucher des composants internes, laissez-les refroidir. Dbranchez tous les cbles de lordinateur portable, ycompris le cble tlphonique, avant douvrir le cache daccs la mmoire/au modem. Vrifiez la tension nominale avant de raccorder lappareil une prise lectrique, afin de vous assurer que la tension et la frquence requises sont compatibles avec la source dalimentation lectrique disponible. Si votre appareil est quip dun interrupteur de slection manuelle de la tension, vous devez vous assurer que linterrupteur de slection manuelle de la tension situ sur le panneau arrire est configur de sorte fonctionner la tension approprie lendroit o vous vous trouvez. Pour prvenir tout choc lectrique, branchez les cbles dalimentation de lquipement dans des prises lectriques correctement mises la terre et nutilisez que des cbles dalimentation approuvs dont lintensit nominale est approprie lquipement. Dans le cas des prises 3 broches, nutilisez pas de prise dadaptation sans broche de mise la masse et ne retirez pas de la prise la broche de mise la masse. Mesures de scurit relatives ladaptateur CA AVERTISSEMENT :Nutilisez que ladaptateur secteur fourni par Dell et homologu pour cet appareil. Lutilisation dun autre adaptateur secteur peut provoquer un incendie ou uneexplosion. Ladaptateur secteur peut chauffer lorsque vous utilisez votre ordinateur. Assurez-vous que la ventilation est adquate et prenez des prcautions lors de la manipulation de ladaptateur au cours de son fonctionnement ou immdiatement aprs. Nutilisez pas le cble dalimentation en CC dun adaptateur de voiture raccord via un adaptateur dallume-cigare dautomobile ou un connecteur de type empower dans des vhicules avec une tension leve

(24VCC), comme des vhicules de transport commercial. Scurit relative la batterie AVERTISSEMENT : lutilisation dune batterie incompatible ou de tiers peut accrotre les risques dincendie ou dexplosion. Remplacez la batterie uniquement par une batterie achete auprs de Dell, conue pour fonctionner avec votre ordinateur Dell. Nutilisez pas la batterie dun autre ordinateur. Une batterie endommage peut prsenter un risque de blessures corporelles. La batterie peut tre endommage en cas dimpact ou de choc, dexposition une flamme ou de soumission une dformation. Ne dmontez pas la batterie. Manipulez les batteries endommages ou perces avec une extrme prcaution. Si la batterie est endommage, llectrolyte peut fuir des lments ou un incendie se dclarer et provoquer des blessures corporelles. Interference Statement This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction manual, may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1) This device may not cause harmful interference. 2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Notice: The FCC regulations provide that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Dell Inc. could void your authority to operate this equipment. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference with radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, you are encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient the receiving antenna. Relocate the system with respect to the receiver. Move the system away from the receiver. Plug the system into a different outlet so that the system and the receiver are on different branch circuits. If necessary, consult a representative of Dell Inc. or an experienced radio/television technician for additional suggestions. NOTE: Any additional Wireless module must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Any other unauthorized installation or use will violate FCC Part 15 regulations. Modifications not expressly approved by Dell could void your authority to operate the equipment. Canada, Industry Canada (IC) Notices Class B digital circuitry of this device complies with Canadian ICES-003. This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Under Industry Canada regulations, the radio transmitter(s) in this device may only operate using an antenna of a type and maximum (or lesser) gain approved for the transmitter by Industry Canada. To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more than that necessary for successful communication. Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada (IC) radio frequency exposure limits. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the IC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure limits. The device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been certified for use in Canada. Status of the listing in the Industry Canadas REL (Radio Equipment List) can be found at the following web address:

http://www.ic.gc.ca/app/sitt/reltel/srch/nwRdSrch.do?lang=eng Additional Canadian information on RF exposure also can be found at the following web address: http://www.ic.gc.ca/eic/site/smt-gst.nsf/eng/sf08792.html Canada, avis d'Industry Canada (IC) La circuiterie numrique de Classe B de cet appareil est conforme la norme canadienne ICES-003. Cet appareil est conforme aux normes d'exemption de licence RSS d'Industry Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) cet appareil ne doit pas causer d'interfrence et (2) cet appareil doit accepter toute interfrence, notamment les interfrences qui peuvent affecter son fonctionnement. Conformment aux rglementations d'Industry Canada, les metteurs radio de cet appareil ne peuvent fonctionner qu' l'aide d'une antenne dont le type et le gain maximal

(ou minimal) pour ces metteurs - transmetteurs sont approuvs par Industry Canada. Pour rduire le risque d'interfrence ventuelle pour les autres utilisateurs, le type et le gain de l'antenne doivent tre choisis de manire ce que la puissance isotrope rayonne quivalente (p.i.r.e.) minimale ncessaire une bonne communication soit fournie. Informations sur l'exposition la frquence radio (FR) La puissance rayonne de sortie de cet appareil est infrieure aux limites d'exposition la frquence radio d'Industry Canada (IC). Cet appareil a t valu et jug conforme aux limites d'exposition la frquence radio (FR) d'IC. Cet appareil devrait tre utilis de manire ce que le risque de contact humain au cours d'un fonctionnement normal soit rduit. Cet appareil est homologu pour l'utilisation au Canada. Pour consulter l'entre correspondant l'appareil dans la liste d'quipement radio (REL - Radio Equipment List) d'Industry

:

http://www.ic.gc.ca/app/sitt/reltel/srch/nwRdSrch.do?lang=eng rendez-vous Canada, sur Pour des informations canadiennes supplmentaires sur l'exposition FR, rendez-vous sur :

http://www.ic.gc.ca/eic/site/smt-gst.nsf/eng/sf08792.html

User Guide Product notice Software terms This guide describes features that are common to most models. Some features may not be available on your computer. Not all features are available in all editions of Windows. This computer may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware, drivers and/or software to take full advantage of Windows functionality. Go to http://www.microsoft.com for details. To access the latest user guide, go to http://www.hp.com/support, and select your country. Select Drivers & Downloads, and then follow the on-screen instructions. By installing, copying, downloading, or otherwise using any software product preinstalled on this computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of the HP End User License Agreement (EULA). If you do not accept these license terms, your sole remedy is to return the entire unused product (hardware and software) within 14 days for a full refund, subject to the refund policy of your seller. For any further information or to request a full refund of the price of the computer, please contact your seller. Copyright 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: Month 2014 Document Part Number: 765879-001 Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950). iii iv Safety warning notice Processor configuration setting (select models only) IMPORTANT: Select computer models are configured with an Intel Atom E3800 processor and a Windows operating system. On these models, do not change the processor configuration setting in msconfig.exe from 4 or 2 processors to 1 processor. If you do so, your computer will not restart. You will have to perform a factory reset to restore the original settings. v vi Processor configuration setting (select models only) Table of contents 1 Starting right ...................................................................................................................................................... 1 Visit the HP Apps Store ........................................................................................................................ 1 Best practices ....................................................................................................................................... 1 More HP resources .............................................................................................................................. 2 2 Getting to know your computer ......................................................................................................................... 4 Locating hardware ................................................................................................................................ 4 Locating software ................................................................................................................................. 4 Identifying components ........................................................................................................................ 5 Using the action keys ......................................................................................................................... 11 Labels ................................................................................................................................................. 12 3 Connecting to a network ................................................................................................................................. 14 Connecting to a wireless network ....................................................................................................... 14 Using the wireless controls ................................................................................................ 14 Wireless button ................................................................................................. 14 Operating system controls ................................................................................ 15 Connecting to a WLAN ...................................................................................................... 15 Using HP Mobile Broadband (select models only) ............................................................ 16 Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select models only) ..................................................... 16 Connecting to a wired networkLAN (select models only) ............................................................... 16 Sharing data and drives and accessing software ............................................................................... 17 Sharing media and data across your home group network (select models only) ............................... 17 4 Enjoying entertainment features ..................................................................................................................... 19 Using a webcam (select models only) ................................................................................................ 19 Using audio ........................................................................................................................................ 19 Connecting speakers ......................................................................................................... 19 Connecting headphones .................................................................................................... 19 Connecting a microphone .................................................................................................. 20 Connecting headsets ......................................................................................................... 20 Using Beats Audio (select models only) ............................................................................ 20 Accessing Beats Audio Control Panel ............................................................... 20 Enabling and disabling Beats Audio .................................................................. 20 Using video ......................................................................................................................................... 20 Connecting video devices by using a VGA cable (select models only) ............................. 21 vii Connecting video devices using an HDMI cable (select models only) .............................. 21 Setting up HDMI audio ...................................................................................... 22 Connecting digital display devices using a DisplayPort cable (select models only) .......... 23 Connecting Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select models only) .......................... 23 5 Navigating the screen ..................................................................................................................................... 24 Using the TouchPad and touch screen gestures ............................................................................... 24 Tap ..................................................................................................................................... 24 Two-finger scroll ................................................................................................................ 24 Two-finger pinch zoom ...................................................................................................... 25 Two-finger click .................................................................................................................. 25 Right-edge swipe ............................................................................................................... 25 Left-edge swipe ................................................................................................................. 26 Top-edge swipe and bottom-edge swipe ........................................................................... 26 One-finger slide (touch screen only) .................................................................................. 26 Using a keyboard and optional mouse ............................................................................................... 27 6 Managing power ............................................................................................................................................. 28 Initiating and exiting Sleep and Hibernation ....................................................................................... 28 Manually initiating and exiting Sleep .................................................................................. 29 Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation (select models only) ....................................... 29 Setting password protection on wakeup (exiting Sleep or Hibernation) ............................ 29 Using the power meter and power settings ........................................................................................ 30 Running on battery power .................................................................................................................. 30 Factory-sealed battery (select models only) ...................................................................... 30 User-replaceable battery (select models only) .................................................................. 31 Finding battery information ................................................................................................ 31 Conserving battery power .................................................................................................. 32 Resolving a low battery level ............................................................................................. 32 Resolving a low battery level when external power is available ........................ 32 Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available ..................... 32 Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation ....... 32 Storing a user-replaceable battery (select models only) .................................................... 32 Disposing of a user-replaceable battery (select models only) ........................................... 33 Running on AC power ........................................................................................................................ 33 Troubleshooting power problems ...................................................................................... 33 Shutting down (turning off) the computer ........................................................................................... 34 7 Maintaining your computer .............................................................................................................................. 36 Improving performance ...................................................................................................................... 36 viii Using Disk Defragmenter ................................................................................................... 36 Using Disk Cleanup ........................................................................................................... 36 Updating programs and drivers .......................................................................................................... 36 Cleaning your computer ..................................................................................................................... 37 Cleaning procedures .......................................................................................................... 37 Cleaning the display .......................................................................................... 37 Cleaning the sides or cover ............................................................................... 38 Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select models only) .................. 38 Traveling with or shipping your computer ........................................................................................... 38 8 Securing your computer and information ........................................................................................................ 40 Using passwords ................................................................................................................................ 40 Setting Windows passwords .............................................................................................. 40 Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords ............................................................................. 41 Using the fingerprint reader (select models only) ............................................................................... 41 Using Internet security software ......................................................................................................... 41 Using antivirus software ..................................................................................................... 42 Using firewall software ....................................................................................................... 42 Installing software updates ................................................................................................................. 42 Installing critical security updates ....................................................................................................... 42 Securing your wireless network .......................................................................................................... 43 Backing up your software applications and information ..................................................................... 43 Using an optional security cable lock ................................................................................................. 43 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) ............................................................................................................................... 44 Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) ............................................................................................................... 44 Updating the BIOS ............................................................................................................................. 44 Determining the BIOS version ........................................................................................... 44 Downloading a BIOS update ............................................................................................. 45 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) ................................................................................................. 46 Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device ................................................ 46 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering .......................................................................................................... 48 Creating recovery media and backups (select models only) .............................................................. 48 Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) ........................................................... 48 Using Windows tools ......................................................................................................... 49 Restore and recover (select models only) .......................................................................................... 49 Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) ......................................... 50 What you need to know ..................................................................................... 50 ix Using the HP Recovery partition (select models only) ...................................... 51 Using HP Recovery media to recover ............................................................... 51 Changing the computer boot order ................................................................... 51 12 Specifications ................................................................................................................................................ 52 Input power ......................................................................................................................................... 52 Operating environment ....................................................................................................................... 52 13 Electrostatic Discharge ................................................................................................................................. 54 Index ................................................................................................................................................................... 55 x 1 Starting right This computer is a powerful tool designed to enhance your work and entertainment. Read this chapter to learn about best practices after you set up your computer and about where to find additional HP resources. Visit the HP Apps Store The HP Apps Store offers a wide choice of popular games, entertainment and music apps, productivity apps, and apps exclusive to HP that you can download to the Start screen. The selection is updated regularly and includes regional content and country-specific offers. Be sure to check the HP Apps Store frequently for new and updated features. IMPORTANT: You must be connected to the Internet to access the HP Apps Store. To view and download an app:

1. 2. From the Start screen, select the Store app. Select HP picks to view all the available apps. NOTE: HP picks is available in select countries only. 3. Select the app you want to download, and then follow the on-screen instructions. When the download is complete, the app appears on the All apps screen. Best practices After you set up and register the computer, we recommend the following steps to get the most out of your smart investment:

Back up your hard drive by creating recovery media. See Backing up, restoring, and recovering on page 48. If you havent already done so, connect to a wired or wireless network. See details in Connecting to a network on page 14. Become familiar with the computer hardware and software. For more information, see Getting to know your computer on page 4 and Enjoying entertainment features on page 19. Update or purchase antivirus software. See Using antivirus software on page 42. Visit the HP Apps Store 1 More HP resources To locate resources that provide product details, how-to information, and more, use this table. Resource Setup Instructions Help and Support To access Help and Support:

From the Start screen, type help, and then from the Search window, select Help and Support. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/

contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/

wwcontact_us.html. Worldwide support To get support in your language, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/

wwcontact_us.html. Safety & Comfort Guide To access this guide:

1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. 2. Select My computer, and then select User guides. or Go to http://www.hp.com/ergo. Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices To access this document:

1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. 2. Select My computer, and then select User guides. Limited Warranty*

To access this document:

1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or Contents Overview of computer setup and features A broad range of how-to information and troubleshooting tips Online chat with an HP technician Support telephone numbers HP service center locations Proper workstation setup Guidelines for posture and work habits that increase your comfort and decrease your risk of injury Electrical and mechanical safety information Important regulatory notices, including information about proper battery disposal Specific warranty information about this computer 2 Chapter 1 Starting right Resource Contents From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. 2. Select My computer, and then select Warranty and services. or Go to http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments.

*You can find the expressly provided HP Limited Warranty applicable to your product located with the user guides on your computer and/or on the CD/DVD provided in the box. In some countries/regions, HP may provide a printed HP Limited Warranty in the box. For countries/regions where the warranty is not provided in printed format, you may request a printed copy from http://www.hp.com/go/orderdocuments or write to:

North America: Hewlett-Packard, MS POD, 11311 Chinden Blvd., Boise, ID 83714, USA Europe, Middle East, Africa: Hewlett-Packard, POD, Via G. Di Vittorio, 9, 20063, Cernusco s/Naviglio (MI), Italy Asia Pacific: Hewlett-Packard, POD, P.O. Box 200, Alexandra Post Office, Singapore 911507 When you request a printed copy of your warranty, please include your product number, warranty period (found on your service label), name, and postal address. IMPORTANT: Do NOT return your HP product to the addresses above. For U.S. support, go to http://www.hp.com/go/

contactHP. For worldwide support, go to http://welcome.hp.com/country/us/en/wwcontact_us.html. More HP resources 3 2 Getting to know your computer Locating hardware To find out what hardware is installed on your computer:

1. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Control Panel. Select System and Security, select System, and then click Device Manager in the left column. A list displays all the devices installed on your computer. 2. For information about system hardware components and the system BIOS version number, press fn

+esc (select models only). Locating software To find out what software is installed on your computer:

From the Start screen, click the down arrow in the lower-left corner of the screen. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Programs and Features. 4 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Identifying components Depending on the model, your computer may have some of the following components. To see which components are specific to your model, refer to the Setup Instructions poster provided in the computer box. Component Description AC adapter light On: The AC adapter is connected and the battery is charged. Off: The computer is using battery power. or White: The computer is connected to external power and the battery is charged from 90 to 99 percent. Amber: The computer is connected to external power and the battery is charged from 0 to 90 percent. Blinking amber: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidly. Off: The battery is fully charged. Accessory battery connector Connects an optional accessory battery. Action keys Execute frequently used system functions. Airplane mode key (also referred to as the wireless button) NOTE: On select models, the f5 action key turns the radiance backlight keyboard (also known as keyboard backlight) feature off or on. Turns the airplane mode and wireless feature on or off. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up before a wireless connection is possible. Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional computer headset microphone, stereo array microphone, or monaural microphone. Audio-out (headphone) jack Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before using headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this document:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. NOTE: When a device is connected to a headphone jack, the computer speakers are disabled. Identifying components 5 Component Description Audio-out (headphone)/Audio-in

(microphone) jack Connects optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, earbuds, a headset, or a television audio cable. Also connects an optional headset microphone. This jack does not support optional microphone-only devices. WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, refer to the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices. To access this document:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. NOTE: When a device is connected to the jack, the computer speakers are disabled. NOTE: Be sure that the device cable has a 4-conductor connector that supports both audio-out (headphone) and audio-in (microphone). Battery bay Battery lock Holds the battery. Locks the battery in the battery bay. Battery release latch Releases the battery. Bluetooth compartment Contains a Bluetooth device. Caps lock light DisplayPort On: Caps lock is on, which switches the keys to all capital letters. Connects an optional digital display device, such as a high-

performance monitor or projector. Docking connector Connects an optional docking device. esc key Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. Fingerprint reader fn key Allows a fingerprint logon to Windows, instead of a password logon. Executes frequently used system functions when pressed in combination with the esc key, or on select models, the b key or the spacebar. 6 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component Description Hard drive light HDMI port Blinking white: The hard drive is being accessed. Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily parked the hard drive. Connects an optional video or audio device, such as a high-

definition television, any compatible digital or audio component, or a high-speed High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) device. HP Triple Bass Reflex Subwoofer Provides superior bass sound. Integrated numeric keypad Internal display switch Internal microphones Left control zone Left TouchPad button Memory card reader Mute light num lock key Optical drive Power button When num lock is on, it can be used like an external numeric keypad. Turns off the display and initiates Sleep if the display is closed while the power is on. NOTE: The internal display switch is not visible from the outside of the computer. Record sound. Textured area that allows you to perform additional gestures. Functions like the left button on an external mouse. Reads optional memory cards that enable you to store, manage, share or access information. To insert a card:

Hold the card label-side up, with connectors facing the slot, insert the card into the slot, and then push in on the card until it is firmly seated. To remove a card:

Press in on the card it until it pops out. Amber: Computer sound is off. Off: Computer sound is on. Alternates between the navigational and numeric functions on the integrated numeric keypad. Depending on your computer model, reads an optical disc or reads and writes to an optical disc. NOTE: For disc compatibility information, go to the Help and Support web page (see More HP resources on page 2). Follow the web page instructions to select your computer model. Select Drivers & Downloads, and then follow the on-

screen instructions. When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the button briefly to exit Sleep. Identifying components 7 Component Description When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. CAUTION: Pressing and holding down the power button will result in the loss of unsaved information. If the computer has stopped responding and Windows shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button down for at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about your power settings, see your power options. From the Start screen, type power, select Power and sleep settings, and then select Power and sleep from the list of applications. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Power Options. Connects an AC adapter. On: The computer is on. Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state, a power-

saving state. The computer shuts off power to the display and other components. Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. Hibernation is a power-saving state that uses the least amount of power. Textured area that allows you to perform additional gestures. Power connector Power light Right control zone Right TouchPad button Functions like the right button on an external mouse. RJ-45 (network) jack/status lights Connects a network cable. White: The network is connected. Amber: Activity is occurring on the network. Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer. Service door NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. Provides access to the hard drive bay, the wireless local area network (WLAN) module slot, the wireless wide area network (WWAN) module slot, and the memory module slots. 8 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component Description CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the governmental agency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning message, remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact support through Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support.

- or -

From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Service door release latch Releases the service door. SIM slot Speakers TouchPad light TouchPad zone USB 2.0 charging (powered) port USB 2.0 port USB 3.0 charging (powered) port USB 3.0 port Vents Supports a wireless subscriber identity module (SIM). The SIM slot is located inside the battery bay. Produce sound. On: The TouchPad is off. Reads your finger gestures to move the pointer or activate items on the screen. NOTE: The TouchPad also supports edge-swipe gestures. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Standard USB ports will not charge all USB devices or will charge using a low current. Some USB devices require power and require you to use a powered port. NOTE: USB charging ports can also charge select models of cell phones and MP3 players, even when the computer is off. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Standard USB ports will not charge all USB devices or will charge using a low current. Some USB devices require power and require you to use a powered port. NOTE: USB charging ports can also charge select models of cell phones and MP3 players, even when the computer is off. Connects an optional USB device, such as a keyboard, mouse, external drive, printer, scanner or USB hub. Enable airflow to cool internal components. Identifying components 9 Component Description Webcam NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. The number of vents varies depending on the computer model. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Records video and captures photographs. Some models allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. To use the webcam:

From the Start screen, type camera, and then select Camera from the list of applications. or From the Windows desktop, click the Start button, click All Programs to find your webcam software. Webcam light On: The webcam is in use. Windows application key Displays options for a selected object. Windows key Wireless light WLAN antennas WWAN antennas Returns you to the Start screen from an open app or the Windows desktop. NOTE: Pressing the Windows key again will return you to the previous screen. On: An integrated wireless device, such as a WLAN device and/or a Bluetooth device, is on. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with WLANs. NOTE: The antennas are not visible from the outside of the computer. For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. For wireless regulatory notices, see the section of the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. To access this document:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Send and receive wireless signals to communicate with WWANs. 10 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component Description NOTE: The antennas are not visible from the outside of the computer. For optimal transmission, keep the areas immediately around the antennas free from obstructions. For wireless regulatory notices, see the section of the Regulatory, Safety, and Environmental Notices that applies to your country or region. To access this document:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Using the action keys Depending on the model, your computer may have the function key features as described in this table. An action key performs an assigned function. The icon on each of the action keys illustrates the assigned function for that key. To use an action key function, press and hold the key. CAUTION: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. NOTE: The action key feature is enabled at the factory. You can disable this feature in Setup Utility

(BIOS). Refer to Help and Support for additional information. After you have disabled the action key feature, you can still perform each function by pressing the fn key in combination with the appropriate action key. Icon Description Opens Help and Support, which provides tutorials, information about the Windows operating system and your computer, answers to questions, and updates to your computer. Help and Support also provides automated troubleshooting tools and access to support. Decreases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Increases the screen brightness incrementally as long as you hold down the key. Switches the screen image between display devices connected to the system. For example, if a monitor is connected to the computer, repeatedly pressing this key alternates the screen image from the computer display to the monitor display to a simultaneous display on both the computer and the monitor. Turns the radiance backlight keyboard (also known as keyboard backlight) feature off or on. NOTE: To conserve battery power, turn off this feature. Using the action keys 11 Icon Description Plays the previous track of an audio CD or the previous section of a DVD or a BD. Begins, pauses, or resumes playback of an audio CD, a DVD, or a BD. Plays the next track of an audio CD or the next section of a DVD or a BD. Stops audio or video playback of a CD, a DVD, or a BD. Decreases speaker volume incrementally while you hold down the key. Increases speaker volume incrementally while you hold down the key. Mutes or restores speaker sound. Turns the wireless feature on or off. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up before a wireless connection is possible. Turns the airplane mode and wireless feature on or off. NOTE: The airplane mode key is also referred to as the wireless button. NOTE: A wireless network must be set up before a wireless connection is possible. Labels The labels affixed to the computer provide information you may need when you troubleshoot system problems or travel internationally with the computer. IMPORTANT: Check the following locations for the labels described in this section: the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay, under the removable service door, or on the back of the display. Service labelProvides important information to identify your computer. When contacting support, you will probably be asked for the serial number, and possibly for the product number or the model number. Locate these numbers before you contact support. Your service label will resemble one of the examples shown below. Refer to the illustration that most closely matches the service label on your computer. 12 Chapter 2 Getting to know your computer Component

(1)

(2) Serial number Product number

(3) Warranty period

(4) Model number (select models only) Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity label (select models only prior to Windows 8)Contains the Windows Product Key. You may need the Product Key to update or troubleshoot the operating system. HP platforms with Windows 8 or Windows 8.x preinstalled do not have the physical label. Instead a Digital Product Key is electronically installed. NOTE: The Digital Product Key is automatically recognized and activated by Microsoft operating systems when a Windows 8 or Windows 8.x operating system is reinstalled using HP-

approved recovery methods. Regulatory label(s)Provide(s) regulatory information about the computer. Wireless certification label(s)Provide(s) information about optional wireless devices and the approval markings for the countries or regions in which the devices have been approved for use. Labels 13 3 Connecting to a network Your computer can travel with you wherever you go. But even at home, you can explore the globe and access information from millions of websites using your computer and a wired or wireless network connection. This chapter will help you get connected to that world. Connecting to a wireless network Your computer may be equipped with one or more of the following wireless devices:

WLAN deviceConnects the computer to wireless local area networks (commonly referred to as Wi-Fi networks, wireless LANs, or WLANs) in corporate offices, your home, and public places such as airports, restaurants, coffee shops, hotels, and universities. In a WLAN, the mobile wireless device in your computer communicates with a wireless router or a wireless access point. HP Mobile Broadband ModuleGives you wireless connectivity over a wireless wide area network (WWAN), a much larger area. Mobile network operators install base stations (similar to cell phone towers) throughout large geographic areas, effectively providing coverage across entire states, regions, or even countries. Bluetooth deviceCreates a personal area network (PAN) to connect to other Bluetooth-

enabled devices such as computers, phones, printers, headsets, speakers, and cameras. In a PAN, each device communicates directly with other devices, and devices must be relatively close togethertypically within 10 meters (approximately 33 feet) of each other. For more information about wireless technology, the Internet, and networking, see the information and website links provided in Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Using the wireless controls You can control the wireless devices in your computer using one or more of these features:

Wireless button or wireless key (also called the airplane mode key) (referred to in this chapter as the wireless button) Operating system controls Wireless button The computer has a wireless button, one or more wireless devices, and, on select models, one or two wireless lights. All the wireless devices on your computer are enabled at the factory. If your computer has a wireless light, the wireless light is on (white) when your computer is on. The wireless light indicates the overall power state of your wireless devices, not the status of individual devices. If the wireless light is white, at least one wireless device is on. If the wireless light is off, all wireless devices are off. 14 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. Because the wireless devices are enabled at the factory, you can use the wireless button to turn on or turn off all the wireless devices simultaneously. Operating system controls The Network and Sharing Center allows you to set up a connection or network, connect to a network, and diagnose and repair network problems. To use operating system controls:

1. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Control Panel. Select Network and Internet, and then select Network and Sharing Center. 2. For more information, see the information provided in Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Connecting to a WLAN To connect to a WLAN, follow these steps:

1. Be sure that the WLAN device is on. On select models, if the device is on, the wireless light is white. If the wireless light is off, press the wireless button. NOTE: On some models, the wireless light is amber when all wireless devices are off. 2. From the Start screen or the Windows desktop, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the display to reveal the charms. Select Settings, and then click the network status icon. Select your WLAN from the list. 3. 4. 5. Click Connect. If the WLAN is a security-enabled WLAN, you are prompted to enter a security code. Type the code, and then click Next to complete the connection. NOTE:

If no WLANs are listed, you may be out of range of a wireless router or access point. NOTE:

If you do not see the WLAN you want to connect to, from the Windows desktop, right-

click the network status icon, and then select Open Network and Sharing Center. Click Set up a new connection or network. A list of options is displayed, allowing you to manually search for and connect to a network or to create a new network connection. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the connection. 6. After the connection is made, place the mouse pointer over the network status icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, to verify the name and status of the connection. Connecting to a wireless network 15 NOTE: The functional range (how far your wireless signals travel) depends on WLAN implementation, router manufacturer, and interference from other electronic devices or structural barriers such as walls and floors. Using HP Mobile Broadband (select models only) HP Mobile Broadband enables your computer to use WWANs to access the Internet from more places and over larger areas than it can by using WLANs. Using HP Mobile Broadband requires a network service provider (called a mobile network operator), which in most cases is a cellular phone network operator. Coverage for HP Mobile Broadband is similar to cellular phone voice coverage. When used with a mobile network operator service, HP Mobile Broadband gives you the freedom to stay connected to the Internet, send email, or connect to your corporate network whether you are on the road or outside the range of Wi-Fi hotspots. You might need the HP Mobile Broadband Module IMEI and/or MEID number to activate mobile broadband service.The serial number is printed on a label located on the bottom of your computer. Some mobile network operators require the use of a subscriber identity module (SIM). A SIM contains basic information about you, such as a personal identification number (PIN), as well as network information. Some computers include a SIM that is preinstalled in the battery bay. If the SIM is not preinstalled, it may be included with the HP Mobile Broadband documents provided with your computer, or the mobile network operator may provide it separately from the computer. For information about HP Mobile Broadband and how to activate service with a preferred mobile network operator, see the HP Mobile Broadband documents included with your computer. Using Bluetooth wireless devices (select models only) A Bluetooth device provides short-range wireless communications that replace the physical cable connections that traditionally link electronic devices such as the following:

Computers (desktop, notebook) Phones (cellular, cordless, smartphone) Imaging devices (printer, camera) Audio devices (headset, speakers) Mouse Bluetooth devices provide peer-to-peer capability that allows you to set up a PAN of Bluetooth devices. For information about configuring and using Bluetooth devices, see the Bluetooth software Help. External keyboard Connecting to a wired networkLAN (select models only) Use a LAN connection if you want to connect the computer directly to a router in your home (instead of working wirelessly), or if you want to connect to an existing network at your office. Connecting to a LAN requires an 8-pin, RJ-45 (network) cable and a network jack on the computer. To connect the network cable, follow these steps:

1. Plug the network cable into the network jack (1) on the computer. 16 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network 2. Plug the other end of the network cable into a network wall jack (2) or router. If the network cable contains noise suppression circuitry (3), which prevents NOTE:

interference from TV and radio reception, orient the circuitry end of the cable toward the computer. Sharing data and drives and accessing software When your computer is part of a network, you are not limited to using only the information that is stored in your computer. Computers connected to the network can exchange software and data with each other. For more information about sharing files, folders, or drives, see the information provided in Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. NOTE: When a disc like a DVD movie or game is copy-protected, it cannot be shared. Sharing media and data across your home group network

(select models only) Use sMedio 360 software (select models only) to share media and data between the devices on your home group network. Before you can use sMedio 360, all of your computers and mobile devices must be on the same home group network and media sharing must be enabled. NOTE: For details on how to enable media sharing on additional devices, refer to the device manufacturer's instructions. 1. To set up a home group network:

From the Start screen, click the sMedio 360 app, and then click Tutorial. To enable media sharing on your computer:

2. Sharing data and drives and accessing software 17 a. From the Start screen or the Windows desktop, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the display to reveal the charms. Select Settings, and then click the network status icon. b. c. Right-click the network you are connected to, and then select the check box to turn on sharing. 18 Chapter 3 Connecting to a network 4 Enjoying entertainment features Use your HP computer as an entertainment hub to socialize via the webcam, enjoy and manage your music, and download and watch movies. Or, to make your computer an even more powerful entertainment center, connect external devices like a monitor, projector, or TV, or speakers and headphones. Using a webcam (select models only) The computer has an integrated webcam that records video and captures photographs. Some models may allow you to video conference and chat online using streaming video. To start the webcam, from the Start screen, type camera, and then select Camera from the list of applications. For details about using the webcam, go to Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Using audio On your computer, or on select models using an external optical drive, you can play music CDs, download and listen to music, stream audio content from the web (including radio), record audio, or mix audio and video to create multimedia. To enhance your listening enjoyment, attach external audio devices such as speakers or headphones. Connecting speakers You can attach wired speakers to your computer by connecting them to a USB port or to the audio-

out (headphone) jack on your computer or on a docking station. To connect wireless speakers to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. To connect high-definition speakers to the computer, see Setting up HDMI audio on page 22. Before connecting speakers, lower the volume setting. Connecting headphones WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this document, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. You can connect wired headphones to the headphone jack or to the audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) combo jack on your computer. To connect wireless headphones to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Using a webcam (select models only) 19 Connecting a microphone To record audio, connect a microphone to the microphone jack on the computer. For best results when recording, speak directly into the microphone and record sound in a setting free of background noise. Connecting headsets WARNING! To reduce the risk of personal injury, lower the volume setting before putting on headphones, earbuds, or a headset. For additional safety information, see the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices. To access this document, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. Headphones combined with a microphone are called headsets. You can connect wired headsets to the audio-out (headphone)/audio-in (microphone) jack on your computer. To connect wireless headsets to your computer, follow the device manufacturer's instructions. Using Beats Audio (select models only) Beats Audio is an enhanced audio feature that provides a deep, controlled bass while maintaining a clear sound. You can experience Beats Audio through the computer's internal speakers, through external speakers connected to a USB port, or through Beats Audio headphones connected to the headphone jack. Accessing Beats Audio Control Panel Use Beats Audio Control Panel to view and manually control audio and bass settings. 1. From the Start screen, type control panel, select Control Panel, select Hardware and Sound, and then select Beats Audio Control Panel. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Control Panel. Select Hardware and Sound, and then select Beats Audio Control Panel. 2. Enabling and disabling Beats Audio To enable or disable Beats Audio, press the fn key in combination with the b key. Using video Your computer is a powerful video device that enables you to watch streaming video from your favorite websites and download video and movies to watch on your computer when you are not connected to a network. To enhance your viewing enjoyment, use one of the video ports on the computer to connect an external monitor, projector, or TV. IMPORTANT: Be sure that the external device is connected to the correct port on the computer, using the correct cable. Follow the device manufacturer's instructions. For information on using your video features, refer to Help and Support. 20 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features Connecting video devices by using a VGA cable (select models only) NOTE: To connect a VGA video device to your computer, you need an VGA cable, purchased separately. To see the computer screen image on an external VGA monitor or projected for a presentation, connect a monitor or projector to the computer's VGA port. 1. Connect the VGA cable from the monitor or projector to the VGA port on the computer as shown. 2. Press f4 to alternate the screen image between 4 display states:

PC Screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4, the display state changes. NOTE: For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust screen resolution. Connecting video devices using an HDMI cable (select models only) NOTE: To connect an HDMI device to your computer, you need an HDMI cable, purchased separately. To see the computer screen image on a high-definition TV or monitor, connect the high-definition device according to the following instructions:

1. Connect one end of the HDMI cable to the HDMI port on the computer. Using video 21 2. Connect the other end of the cable to the high-definition TV or monitor. 3. Press f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:

PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4, the display state changes. NOTE: For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust screen resolution. Setting up HDMI audio HDMI is the only video interface that supports high-definition video and audio. After you connect an HDMI TV to the computer, you can then turn on HDMI audio by following these steps:

1. From the Windows desktop, right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then select Playback devices. 2. On the Playback tab, select the name of the digital output device. 3. Click Set Default, and then click OK. To return the audio stream to the computer speakers:

1. From the Windows desktop, right-click the Speakers icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar, and then click Playback devices. 2. On the Playback tab, click Speakers. 3. Click Set Default, and then click OK. 22 Chapter 4 Enjoying entertainment features Connecting digital display devices using a DisplayPort cable (select models only) NOTE: To connect a digital display device to your computer, you need a DisplayPort (DP-DP) cable, purchased separately. The DisplayPort connects a digital display device such as a high-performance monitor or projector. The DisplayPort delivers higher performance than the VGA external monitor port and improves digital connectivity. 1. Connect one end of the DisplayPort cable to the DisplayPort on the computer. 2. Connect the other end of the cable to the digital display device. 3. Press f4 to alternate the computer screen image between 4 display states:

PC screen only: View the screen image on the computer only. Duplicate: View the same screen image simultaneously on both the computer and the external device. Extend: View the screen image extended across the computer and the external device. Second screen only: View the screen image on the external device only. Each time you press f4, the display state changes. NOTE: For best results, especially if you choose the "Extend" option, increase the screen resolution of the external device, as follows. From the Start screen, type control panel, and then select Control Panel. Select Appearance and Personalization. Under Display, select Adjust screen resolution. Connecting Miracast-compatible wireless displays (select models only) To discover and connect to Miracast-compatible wireless displays, follow the steps below. To open Miracast:

Point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the Start screen or the Windows desktop to display the charms, click Devices, click Project, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or On select computer models, from the Start screen, click the HP Quick Access to Miracast icon, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Using video 23 5 Navigating the screen To quickly return to the Start screen, press the Windows key on a keyboard or the Windows button on a tablet. You can navigate the computer screen in the following ways:

Touch gestures Keyboard and optional mouse (purchased separately) NOTE: An external USB mouse (purchased separately) can be connected to a USB ports on the computer. Using the TouchPad and touch screen gestures The TouchPad helps you navigate the computer screen and control the pointer using simple touch gestures. To navigate the touchscreen, you can use the left and right TouchPad buttons as you would use the corresponding buttons on an external mouse. You can also customize gestures and view demonstrations of how they work. From the Start screen, type control panel, select Control Panel, and then select Hardware and Sound. Under Devices and Printers, select Mouse. NOTE: Most of the gestures shown here can be used on either the TouchPad or touchscreen. TouchPad gestures are not supported in all apps. Tap Use the tap/double-tap gesture to select or open an item on the screen. Point to an item on the screen, and then tap one finger on the TouchPad zone select it. Double-

tap an item to open it. Two-finger scroll Use the two-finger scroll gesture to move up, down, or sideways on a page or image. Place two fingers slightly apart on the TouchPad zone and then drag them up, down, left, or right. 24 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen Two-finger pinch zoom Use the two-finger pinch zoom to zoom out or in on images or text. Zoom out by placing two fingers apart on the TouchPad zone and then moving your fingers together. Zoom in by placing two fingers together on the TouchPad zone and then moving your fingers apart. Two-finger click Use the two-finger click gesture to open the menu for an object on the screen. NOTE: The two-finger click performs the same function as right-clicking with the mouse. Place two fingers on the TouchPad zone and press down to open the options menu for the selected object. Right-edge swipe Use the right-edge swipe to reveal the charms, which let you search, share, start apps, access devices, or change settings. Gently swipe your finger inward from the right edge of the TouchPad to reveal the charms. Using the TouchPad and touch screen gestures 25 Left-edge swipe Use the left-edge swipe to reveal your open apps so that you can access them quickly. Gently swipe your finger inward from the left edge of the TouchPad to switch between apps. Without lifting your finger, swipe back toward the left edge to reveal all open apps. Top-edge swipe and bottom-edge swipe Use the top-edge swipe or bottom-edge swipe to display command options that allow you to customize an open app. IMPORTANT: When an app is open, the top-edge swipe varies depending on the app. Gently swipe your finger from the top edge or the bottom edge to reveal the app command options. One-finger slide (touch screen only) Use the one-finger slide to pan or scroll through lists and pages, or to move an object. To scroll across the screen, lightly slide one finger across the screen in the direction you want to move. To drag, press and hold an object, and then drag the object to move it. 26 Chapter 5 Navigating the screen Using a keyboard and optional mouse A keyboard and optional external mouse allow you to type, select items, scroll, and perform similar functions as you do touch gestures. For details, refer to Getting to know your computer on page 4. TIP: The Windows key on a tablet allow you to quickly return to the Start screen from an open app or the Windows desktop. Press the button or key again to return to the previous screen. on a keyboard or the Windows button Using a keyboard and optional mouse 27 6 Managing power Your computer can operate on either battery power or external power. When the computer is running on battery power only and an AC power source is not available to charge the battery, it is important to monitor and conserve the battery charge. Initiating and exiting Sleep and Hibernation Windows has two power-saving states, Sleep and Hibernation. SleepThe Sleep state is automatically initiated after a period of inactivity. Your work is saved to memory, allowing you to resume your work very quickly. You can also initiate Sleep manually. For more information, see Manually initiating and exiting Sleep on page 29. HibernationThe Hibernation state is automatically initiated if the battery reaches a critical level. In the Hibernation state, your work is saved to a hibernation file and the computer powers down. You can also initiate Hibernation manually. For more information, see Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation (select models only) on page 29. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of possible audio and video degradation, loss of audio or video playback functionality, or loss of information, do not initiate the Sleep state while reading from or writing to a disc or an external media card. NOTE: You cannot initiate any type of networking connection or perform any computer functions while the computer is in the Sleep state or in the Hibernation state. 28 Chapter 6 Managing power Manually initiating and exiting Sleep You can initiate Sleep in any of the following ways:

Close the display. From the Start screen or the Windows desktop, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the screen to reveal the charms. Click Settings, click the Power icon, and then click Sleep. You can exit Sleep in any of the following ways:

Briefly press the power button. If the computer is closed, raise the display. Press a key on the keyboard. Tap or swipe the TouchPad. When the computer exits Sleep, the power lights turn on and your work returns to the screen. NOTE:

password before your work returns to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Sleep, you must enter your Windows Manually initiating and exiting Hibernation (select models only) You can enable user-initiated Hibernation and change other power settings and timeouts using Power Options. 1. From the Start screen, type power options, and then select Power options. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then click Power Options. In the left pane, click Choose what the power button does. In the When I press the power button area, select Hibernate. 2. 3. Click Change Settings that are currently unavailable. 4. 5. Click Save changes. To exit Hibernation:

Briefly press the power button. When the computer exits Hibernation, the power lights turn on and your work returns to the screen. NOTE:

Windows password before your work returns to the screen. If you have set a password to be required on exiting Hibernation, you must enter your Setting password protection on wakeup (exiting Sleep or Hibernation) To set the computer to prompt for a password when the computer exits Sleep or Hibernation, follow these steps:

1. From the Start screen, type power options, and then select Power options. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then click Power Options. In the left pane, click Require a password on wakeup. 2. Initiating and exiting Sleep and Hibernation 29 3. Click Change Settings that are currently unavailable. 4. Click Require a password (recommended). NOTE:

If you need to create a user account password or change your current user account password, click Create or change your user account password, and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you do not need to create or change a user account password, go to step 5. 5. Click Save changes. Using the power meter and power settings The power meter is located on the Windows desktop. The power meter allows you to quickly access power settings and view the remaining battery charge. To view the percentage of remaining battery charge and the current power plan, place the mouse pointer over the power meter icon. To use Power Options, click the power meter icon and select an item from the list. From the Start screen, you can also type power options, and then select Power Options. Different power meter icons indicate whether the computer is running on battery or external power. Placing the mouse pointer over the icon reveals a message if the battery has reached a low or critical battery level. Running on battery power When a charged battery is in the computer and the computer is not plugged into external power, the computer runs on battery power. When the computer is off and unplugged from external power, the battery in the computer slowly discharges. The computer will display a message when the battery reaches a low or critical battery level. Computer battery life varies, depending on power management settings, programs running on the computer, screen brightness, external devices connected to the computer, and other factors. Factory-sealed battery (select models only) To monitor the status of the battery, or if the battery is no longer holding a charge, run Battery Check in the HP Support Assistant app. 1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Select Battery and performance. If Battery Check indicates that your battery should be replaced, contact support. 2. The battery(ies) in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by user themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. 30 Chapter 6 Managing power User-replaceable battery (select models only) WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the user-replaceable battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased from HP. CAUTION: Removing a user-replaceable battery that is the sole power source for the computer can cause loss of information. To prevent loss of information, save your work or shut down the computer through Windows before removing the battery. To remove the user-replaceable battery (select models only), refer to the steps and illustration that most closely match your computer:

1. 2. Turn the computer upside down on a flat surface. Slide the battery release latch (1) to release the battery. NOTE: The battery release latch automatically returns to its original position. 3. Remove the battery from the computer (2). or 1. 2. Turn the computer upside down on a flat surface. Slide the battery release latch (1) to release the battery. NOTE: The battery release latch automatically returns to its original position. 3. Pivot the battery upward (2), and then remove it from the computer (3). Finding battery information To access battery information:

1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Select Battery and Performance. 2. Running on battery power 31 HP Support Assistant provides the following tools and information about the battery:

Battery Check Information about battery types, specifications, life cycles, and capacity Conserving battery power To conserve battery power and maximize battery life:

Lower the brightness of the display. Select the Power saver setting in Power Options. If the computer will be unused and unplugged from external power for more than 2 weeks, remove the user-replaceable battery from the computer and store it separately in a cool, dry place. Turn off wireless devices when you are not using them. Disconnect unused external devices that are not plugged into an external power source, such as an external hard drive connected to a USB port. Stop, disable, or remove any external media cards that you are not using. Before you leave your work, initiate Sleep or shut down the computer. Resolving a low battery level Resolving a low battery level when external power is available Connect one of the following to the computer and to external power:

AC adapter Optional docking or expansion device Optional power adapter purchased as an accessory from HP Resolving a low battery level when no power source is available Save your work and shut down the computer. Resolving a low battery level when the computer cannot exit Hibernation 1. Replace the discharged user-replaceable battery with a charged battery, or connect the AC adapter to the computer and to external power. Exit Hibernation by pressing the power button. 2. Storing a user-replaceable battery (select models only) CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to a battery, do not expose it to high temperatures for extended periods of time. If a computer will be unused and unplugged from external power for more than 2 weeks, remove the battery and store it separately in a cool, dry place to prolong the battery charge. A stored battery should be checked every 6 months. If the capacity is less than 50 percent, recharge the battery before returning it to storage. 32 Chapter 6 Managing power Disposing of a user-replaceable battery (select models only) WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. See the Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices for proper battery disposal. To access this document:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Running on AC power For information about connecting to AC power, refer to the Setup Instructions poster provided in the computer box. The computer does not use battery power when the computer is connected to AC power with an approved AC adapter or an optional docking/expansion device. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, use only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or a compatible AC adapter purchased from HP. Connect the computer to AC power under any of the following conditions:

WARNING! Do not charge the computer battery while you are aboard aircraft. When charging or calibrating a battery When installing or modifying system software When writing information to a disc (select models only) When running Disk Defragmenter on computers with internal hard drives When performing a backup or recovery When you connect the computer to AC power:

The battery begins to charge. The screen brightness increases. The power meter icon on the Windows desktop changes appearance. When you disconnect AC power:

The computer switches to battery power. The screen brightness automatically decreases to save battery life. The power meter icon on the Windows desktop changes appearance. Troubleshooting power problems Test the AC adapter if the computer exhibits any of the following symptoms when it is connected to AC power:

Running on AC power 33 The computer does not turn on. The display does not turn on. The power lights do not turn on. To test the AC adapter:

1. 2. Connect the AC adapter to the computer, and then plug it into an AC outlet. 3. Shut down the computer. Turn on the computer. If the power lights turn on, the AC adapter is working properly. If the power lights remain off, check the connection from the AC adapter to the computer and the connection from the AC adapter to the AC outlet to be sure that the connections are secure. If the connections are secure and the power lights remain off, the AC adapter is not functioning and should be replaced. Contact support for information about obtaining a replacement AC power adapter. Shutting down (turning off) the computer CAUTION: Unsaved information is lost when the computer shuts down. Be sure to save your work before shutting down the computer. The Shut down command closes all open programs, including the operating system, and then turns off the display and computer. Shut down the computer under any of the following conditions:

When you need to replace the battery or access components inside the computer When you are connecting an external hardware device that does not connect to a USB or video port When the computer will be unused and disconnected from external power for an extended period Although you can turn off the computer with the power button, the recommended procedure is to use the Windows Shut down command. If the computer is in the Sleep state or in Hibernation, first exit Sleep or Hibernation by NOTE:

briefly pressing the power button. 1. 2. Save your work and close all open programs. From the Start screen or the Windows desktop, point to the upper-right or lower-right corner of the screen to reveal the charms. 3. Click Settings, click the Power icon, and then click Shut down. or Right-click the Start button in the lower-left corner of the screen, select Shut down or sign out, and then select Shut down. If the computer is unresponsive and you are unable to use the preceding shutdown procedures, try the following emergency procedures in the sequence provided:

34 Chapter 6 Managing power Press ctrl+alt+delete, click the Power icon, and then select Shut Down. Press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds. Disconnect the computer from external power. On models with a user-replaceable battery, remove the battery. Shutting down (turning off) the computer 35 7 Maintaining your computer It is important to perform regular maintenance to keep your computer in optimal condition. This chapter explains how to use tools like Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. It also provides instructions for updating programs and drivers, steps to clean the computer, and tips for traveling with

(or shipping) the computer. Improving performance You can improve the performance of your computer by performing regular maintenance tasks with tools such as Disk Defragmenter and Disk Cleanup. Using Disk Defragmenter HP recommends using Disk Defragmenter to defragment your hard drive at least once a month. NOTE:

It is not necessary to run Disk Defragmenter on solid-state drives. To run Disk Defragmenter:

1. Connect the computer to AC power. 2. 3. For additional information, access the Disk Defragmenter software Help. From the Start screen, type defragment, and then select Defragment and optimize your drives. Follow the on-screen instructions. Using Disk Cleanup Use Disk Cleanup to search the hard drive for unnecessary files that you can safely delete to free up disk space and help the computer run more efficiently. To run Disk Cleanup:

1. From the Start screen, type disk, and then select one of the following:

Free up disk space on this PC Uninstall apps to free up disk space Free up disk space by deleting uncessary files Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Updating programs and drivers HP recommends that you update your programs and drivers on a regular basis. Updates can resolve issues and bring new features and options to your computer. For example, older graphics components might not work well with the most recent gaming software. Without the latest driver, you would not be getting the most out of your equipment. Go to http://www.hp.com/support to download the latest versions of HP programs and drivers. In addition, register to receive automatic notifications when updates become available. 36 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer If you would like to update your programs and drivers, follow these instructions:

1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app.

-or-

From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. 2. Click Updates and tune-ups, and then click Check for HP updates now. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Cleaning your computer Use the following products to safely clean your computer:

Dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride 0.3 percent maximum concentration (for example, disposable wipes, which come in a variety of brands) Alcohol-free glass-cleaning fluid Solution of water and mild soap Dry microfiber cleaning cloth or a chamois (static-free cloth without oil) Static-free cloth wipes CAUTION: Avoid strong cleaning solvents that can permanently damage your computer. If you are not sure that a cleaning product is safe for your computer, check the product contents to make sure that ingredients such as alcohol, acetone, ammonium chloride, methylene chloride, and hydrocarbons are not included in the product. Fibrous materials, such as paper towels, can scratch the computer. Over time, dirt particles and cleaning agents can get trapped in the scratches. Cleaning procedures Follow the procedures in this section to safely clean your computer. WARNING! To prevent electric shock or damage to components, do not attempt to clean your computer while it is on. Turn off the computer. 1. 2. Disconnect AC power. 3. Disconnect all powered external devices. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not spray cleaning agents or liquids directly on any computer surface. Liquids dripped on the surface can permanently damage internal components. Cleaning the display Gently wipe the display using a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with an alcohol-free glass cleaner. Be sure that a display is dry before you close the computer. Cleaning your computer 37 Cleaning the sides or cover To clean the sides or cover, use a soft microfiber cloth or chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously, or use an acceptable disposable wipe. NOTE: When cleaning the cover of the computer, use a circular motion to aid in removing dirt and debris. Cleaning the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse (select models only) WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. CAUTION: To prevent damage to internal components, do not allow liquids to drip between the keys. To clean the TouchPad, keyboard, or mouse, use a soft microfiber cloth or a chamois moistened with one of the cleaning solutions listed previously or use an acceptable disposable wipe. To prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles from the keyboard, use a can of compressed air with a straw extension. Traveling with or shipping your computer If you have to travel with or ship your computer, follow these tips to keep your equipment safe. Prepare the computer for traveling or shipping:

Back up your information to an external drive. Remove all discs and all external media cards, such as memory cards. Turn off and then disconnect all external devices. Shut down the computer. Take along a backup of your information. Keep the backup separate from the computer. When traveling by air, carry the computer as hand luggage; do not check it in with the rest of your luggage. CAUTION: Avoid exposing a drive to magnetic fields. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-through devices and security wands. Airport conveyer belts and similar security devices that check carry-on baggage use X-rays instead of magnetism and do not damage drives. If you plan to use the computer during a flight, listen for the in-flight announcement that tells you when you are allowed to use your computer. In-flight computer use is at the discretion of the airline. If you are shipping the computer or a drive, use suitable protective packaging and label the package FRAGILE. The use of wireless devices may be restricted in some environments. Such restrictions may apply aboard aircraft, in hospitals, near explosives, and in hazardous locations. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of a wireless device in your computer, ask for authorization to use your computer before you turn it on. If you are traveling internationally, follow these suggestions:

38 Chapter 7 Maintaining your computer Check the computer-related customs regulations for each country or region on your itinerary. Check the power cord and adapter requirements for each location in which you plan to use the computer. Voltage, frequency, and plug configurations vary. WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. Traveling with or shipping your computer 39 8 Securing your computer and information Computer security is essential for protecting the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of your information. Standard security solutions provided by the Windows operating system, HP applications, the non-Windows Setup Utility (BIOS), and other third-party software can help protect your computer from a variety of risks, such as viruses, worms, and other types of malicious code. IMPORTANT: Some security features listed in this chapter may not be available on your computer. Using passwords A password is a group of characters that you choose to secure your computer information and to protect online transactions. Several types of passwords can be set. For example, when you set up your computer for the first time, you were asked to create a user password to secure your computer. Additional passwords can be set in Windows or in the HP Setup Utility (BIOS) that is preinstalled on your computer. You may find it helpful to use the same password for a Setup Utility (BIOS) feature and for a Windows security feature. To create and save passwords, use the following tips:

To reduce the risk of being locked out of the computer, record each password and store it in a secure place away from the computer. Do not store passwords in a file on the computer. When creating passwords, follow requirements set by the program. Change your passwords at least every 3 months. An ideal password is long and has letters, punctuation, symbols, and numbers. Before you send your computer for service, back up your files, delete confidential files, and then remove all password settings. For additional information about Windows passwords, such as screen-saver passwords:

From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app.

-or-

From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Setting Windows passwords Password User password Administrator password Function Protects access to a Windows user account. Protects administrator-level access to computer contents. NOTE: This password cannot be used to access Setup Utility (BIOS) contents. 40 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information Setting Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords Password Administrator password Power-on password Function Must be entered each time you access Setup Utility

(BIOS). If you forget your administrator password, you cannot access Setup Utility (BIOS). Must be entered each time you turn on or restart the computer. If you forget your power-on password, you cannot turn on or restart the computer. To set, change, or delete an administrator or power-on password in Setup Utility (BIOS):

If you have tablet with a detachable keyboard or keyboard dock, attach it before beginning NOTE:

these steps. 1. Start Setup Utility (BIOS):

Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Security, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Your changes take effect when the computer restarts. Using the fingerprint reader (select models only) Integrated fingerprint readers are available on select computer models. NOTE: For the location of the fingerprint reader on your computer, see Identifying components on page 5. To use the fingerprint reader, you must set up a user account and password on the computer and then register one or more fingerprints using HP SimplePass software. To register fingerprints with HP SimplePass:

1. Swipe a finger on the fingerprint sensor to launch HP SimplePass. or From the Start screen, type simple, and then select HP SimplePass. 2. When the HP SimplePass welcome screen is revealed, click Get Started. 3. HP SimplePass prompts you to swipe your right index finger over the sensor. 4. Swipe your finger 3 times to finish the registration. If registration is successful, a green circle appears on the corresponding finger in the illustration. 5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 to register an additional fingerprint. Using Internet security software When you use your computer to access email, a network, or the Internet, you potentially expose your computer to computer viruses, spyware, and other online threats. To help protect your computer, Using the fingerprint reader (select models only) 41 Internet security software that includes antivirus and firewall features may be preinstalled on your computer as a trial offer. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses and other security risks, security software must be kept up to date. It is strongly recommended that you upgrade the security software trial offer or purchase the software of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. Using antivirus software Computer viruses can disable programs, utilities, or the operating system, or cause them to function abnormally. Antivirus software can detect most viruses, destroy them, and in most cases, repair any damage they have caused. To provide ongoing protection against newly discovered viruses, antivirus software must be kept up to date. An antivirus program may be preinstalled on your computer. It is strongly recommended that you use the antivirus program of your choice in order to fully protect your computer. For more information about computer viruses, from the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app, or from the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Using firewall software Firewalls are designed to prevent unauthorized access to a system or network. A firewall can be software you install on your computer and/or network, or it can be a combination of both hardware and software. There are two types of firewalls to consider:

Host-based firewallsSoftware that protects only the computer it is installed on. Network-based firewallsInstalled between your DSL or cable modem and your home network to protect all the computers on the network. When a firewall is installed on a system, all data sent to and from the system is monitored and compared with a set of user-defined security criteria. Any data that does not meet those criteria is blocked. Installing software updates HP, Windows, and third-party software installed on your computer should be regularly updated to correct security problems and improve software performance. For more information, see Updating programs and drivers on page 36. Installing critical security updates CAUTION: Microsoft sends out alerts regarding critical updates. To protect the computer from security breaches and computer viruses, install all critical updates from Microsoft as soon as you receive an alert. You can install these updates manually or automatically. To view or change the settings:

1. From the Start screen, type control panel. or 42 Chapter 8 Securing your computer and information 2. From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select Control Panel. Select System and Security, select Windows Update, select Change settings, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Securing your wireless network When you set up a WLAN or access an existing WLAN, always enable security features to protect your network from unauthorized access. WLANs in public areas (hotspots) like coffee shops and airports may not provide any security. Backing up your software applications and information Regularly back up your software applications and information to protect them from being permanently lost or damaged through a virus attack or a software or hardware failure. For more information, see Backing up, restoring, and recovering on page 48. Using an optional security cable lock A security cable lock, purchased separately, is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. Security cable locks are only one of several methods that should be employed as part of a complete security solution to help maximize theft protection. The security cable slot on your computer may look slightly different from the illustration in this section. For the location of the security cable slot on your computer, see Getting to know your computer on page 4. 1. 2. 3. Loop the security cable lock around a secured object. Insert the key (1) into the security cable lock (2). Insert the security cable lock into the security cable slot on the computer (3), and then lock the security cable lock with the key. 4. Remove the key and keep it in a safe place. Securing your wireless network 43 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) Setup Utility, or Basic Input/Output System (BIOS), controls communication between all the input and output devices on the system (such as disk drives, display, keyboard, mouse, and printer). Setup Utility (BIOS) includes settings for the types of devices installed, the startup sequence of the computer, and the amount of system and extended memory. Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) CAUTION: Use extreme care when making changes in Setup Utility (BIOS). Errors can prevent the computer from operating properly. NOTE:

these steps. Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f10. If you have tablet with a detachable keyboard or keyboard dock, attach it before beginning Updating the BIOS Updated versions of the BIOS may be available on the HP website. Most BIOS updates on the HP website are packaged in compressed files called SoftPaqs. Some download packages contain a file named Readme.txt, which contains information regarding installing and troubleshooting the file. Determining the BIOS version Start Setup Utility (BIOS) (see Starting Setup Utility (BIOS) on page 44). To determine whether available BIOS updates contain later BIOS versions than the one currently installed on the computer, you need to know the version of the system BIOS that is installed. BIOS version information (also known as ROM date and System BIOS) can be revealed by pressing fn+esc (if you are already in Windows) or by using Setup Utility (BIOS). 1. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Main, and then make note of your BIOS version. To exit Setup Utility (BIOS):

1. Use the arrow keys to select Exit, select Exit Discarding Changes, and then press enter. 2. Select Yes. 44 Chapter 9 Using Setup Utility (BIOS) Downloading a BIOS update CAUTION: To reduce the risk of damage to the computer or an unsuccessful installation, download and install a BIOS update only when the computer is connected to reliable external power using the AC adapter. Do not download or install a BIOS update while the computer is running on battery power, docked in an optional docking device, or connected to an optional power source. During the download and installation, follow these instructions:

Do not disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. Do not shut down the computer or initiate Sleep. Do not insert, remove, connect, or disconnect any device, cable, or cord. If your computer is connected to a network, consult the network administrator before NOTE:

installing any software updates, especially system BIOS updates. 1. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. 2. Click Updates and tune-ups, and then click Check for HP updates now. 3. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. At the download area, follow these steps:

a. Identify the most recent BIOS update and compare it to the BIOS version currently installed on your computer. If the update is more recent than your BIOS, make a note of the date, name, or other identifier. You may need this information to locate the update later, after it has been downloaded to your hard drive. Follow the on-screen instructions to download your selection to the hard drive. If the update is more recent than your BIOS, make a note of the path to the location on your hard drive where the BIOS update is downloaded. You will need to access this path when you are ready to install the update. b. BIOS installation procedures vary. Follow any instructions that appear on the screen after the download is complete. If no instructions appear, follow these steps:

1. From the Start screen, type file, and then select File Explorer. or From the Windows desktop, right-click the Start button, and then select File Explorer. 2. Click your hard drive designation. The hard drive designation is typically Local Disk (C:). 3. Using the hard drive path you recorded earlier, open the folder on your hard drive that contains the update. 4. Double-click the file that has an .exe extension (for example, filename.exe). The BIOS installation begins. 5. Complete the installation by following the on-screen instructions. NOTE: After a message on the screen reports a successful installation, you can delete the downloaded file from your hard drive. Updating the BIOS 45 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics

(UEFI) HP PC Hardware Diagnostics is a Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) that allows you to run diagnostic tests to determine whether the computer hardware is functioning properly. The tool runs outside the operating system so that it can isolate hardware failures from issues that are caused by the operating system or other software components. To start HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI):

1. Turn on or restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f2. The BIOS searches 3 places for the diagnostic tools, in the following order:

a. Connected USB drive NOTE: To download the HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) tool to a USB drive, see Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device on page 46. b. Hard drive c. BIOS 2. When the diagnostic tool opens, use the keyboard arrow keys to select the type of diagnostic test you want to run, and then follow the on-screen instructions. NOTE:

If you need to stop a diagnostic test, press esc. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device Instructions for downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) are provided in English NOTE:

only. There are two options to download HP PC Hardware Diagnostics to a USB device:

Option 1: HP PC Diagnostics homepage Provides access to the latest UEFI version 1. Go to http://hp.com/go/techcenter/pcdiags. 2. Click the UEFI Download link, and then select Run. Option 2: Support and Drivers pagesProvide downloads for a specific product for earlier and later versions 1. Go to http://www.hp.com. 2. 3. Point to Support, located at the top of the page, and then click Download Drivers. In the text box, enter the product name, and then click Go. or Click Find Now to let HP automatically detect your product. 46 Chapter 10 Using HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) 4. 5. Select your computer model, and then select your operating system. In the Diagnostic section, click HP UEFI Support Environment. or Click Download, and then select Run. Downloading HP PC Hardware Diagnostics (UEFI) to a USB device 47 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering This chapter provides information about the following processes. The information in the chapter is standard procedure for most models. Creating recovery media and backups Restoring and recovering your system For additional information, refer to the HP Support Assistant. From the Start screen, type support, and then select the HP Support Assistant app.

- or -

From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. Creating recovery media and backups (select models only) Use HP Recovery Manager after you successfully set up the computer, to create HP Recovery media. This step creates a backup of the HP Recovery partition on the computer. The backup can be used to reinstall the original operating system in cases where the hard drive is corrupted or has been replaced. For information on creating recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) on page 48. For information on the recovery options that are available using the recovery media, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) on page 50 Use Windows tools to create system restore points and create backups of personal information. Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) HP Recovery Manager is a software program that allows you to create recovery media after you successfully set up the computer. HP Recovery media can be used to perform system recovery if the hard drive becomes corrupted. System recovery reinstalls the original operating system and the software programs installed at the factory and then configures the settings for the programs. HP Recovery media can also be used to customize the system or restore the factory image if you replace the hard drive. Only one set of HP Recovery media can be created. Handle these recovery tools carefully, and keep them in a safe place. HP Recovery Manager examines the computer and determines the required storage capacity for the blank USB flash drive or the number of blank DVD discs that will be required. To create recovery discs, your computer must have an optical drive with DVD writer capability, and you must use only high-quality blank DVD-R, DVD+R, DVD-R DL, or DVD+R DL discs. Do not use rewritable discs such as CDRW, DVDRW, double-layer DVDRW, or BD-RE

(rewritable Blu-ray) discs; they are not compatible with HP Recovery Manager software. Or, instead, you can use a high-quality blank USB flash drive. If your computer does not include an integrated optical drive with DVD writer capability, but you would like to create DVD recovery media, you can use an external optical drive (purchased separately) to create recovery discs, or you can obtain recovery discs for your computer from 48 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering support. See the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the computer. You can also find contact information from the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. If you use an external optical drive, it must be connected directly to a USB port on the computer; the drive cannot be connected to a USB port on an external device, such as a USB hub. Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you begin creating the recovery media. The creation process can take an hour or more. Do not interrupt the creation process. If necessary, you can exit the program before you have finished creating all of the recovery DVDs. HP Recovery Manager will finish burning the current DVD. The next time you start HP Recovery Manager, you will be prompted to continue, and the remaining discs will be burned. From the Start screen, type recovery, and then select HP Recovery Manager. Select Recovery Media Creation, and then follow the on-screen instructions. To create HP Recovery media:

1. 2. If you ever need to recover the system, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) on page 50. Using Windows tools You can create system restore points and create backups of personal information using Windows tools. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. For more information and steps, see Help and Support. Restore and recover (select models only) There are several options for recovering your system. Choose the method that best matches your situation and level of expertise:

Windows offers several options for restoring from backup, refreshing the computer, and resetting the computer to its original state. For more information and steps, see Help and Support. From the Start screen, type help, and then select Help and Support. or From the Windows desktop, click the question mark icon in the notification area, at the far right of the taskbar. On select models, if you need to correct a problem with a preinstalled application or driver, use the Drivers and Applications Reinstall option of HP Recovery Manager to reinstall the individual application or driver. From the Start screen, type recovery, select HP Recovery Manager, select Drivers and Applications Reinstall, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Restore and recover (select models only) 49 On select models, if you want to reset your computer using a minimized image, you can choose the HP Minimized Image Recovery option from the HP Recovery partition or HP Recovery media. Minimized Image Recovery installs only drivers and hardware-enabling applications. Other applications included in the image continue to be available for installation through the Drivers and Applications Reinstall option in HP Recovery Manager. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) on page 50. On select models, if you want to recover the computer's original factory partitioning and content, you can choose the System Recovery option from the HP Recovery partition or use the HP Recovery media that you have created. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) on page 50. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) on page 48. On select models, if you have replaced the hard drive, you can use the Factory Reset option of HP Recovery media to restore the factory image to the replacement drive. For more information, see Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) on page 50. Recovering using HP Recovery Manager (select models only) HP Recovery Manager software allows you to recover the computer to its original factory state by using the HP Recovery media that you created or by using the HP Recovery partition (select models only). If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) on page 48. Using HP Recovery media, you can choose from one of the following recovery options:

System RecoveryReinstalls the original operating system, and then configures the settings for the programs that were installed at the factory. Minimized Image Recovery (select models only)Reinstalls the operating system and all hardware-related drivers and software, but not other software applications. Factory Reset (select models only)Restores the computer to its original factory state by deleting all information from the hard drive and re-creating the partitions. Then it reinstalls the operating system and the software that was installed at the factory. The HP Recovery partition (select models only) allows System Recovery and Minimized Image Recovery. What you need to know HP Recovery Manager recovers only software that was installed at the factory. For software not provided with the computer, you must either download the software from the manufacturer's website or reinstall the software from the media provided by the manufacturer. IMPORTANT: Recovery through HP Recovery Manager should be used as a final attempt to correct computer issues. HP Recovery media (select models only) must be used if the computer hard drive fails. If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) on page 48. To use the Factory Reset option, you must use HP Recovery media (select models only). If you have not already created recovery media, see Creating HP Recovery media (select models only) on page 48. If the HP Recovery media (select models only) does not work, you can obtain recovery media for your system from support. See the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included with the 50 Chapter 11 Backing up, restoring, and recovering computer. You can also find contact information from the HP website. Go to http://www.hp.com/

support, select your country or region, and follow the on-screen instructions. IMPORTANT: HP Recovery Manager does not automatically provide backups of your personal data. Before beginning recovery, back up any personal data you want to retain. Using the HP Recovery partition (select models only) The HP Recovery partition (select models only) allows you to perform a system recovery or minimized image recovery without the need for recovery discs or a recovery USB flash drive. This type of recovery can be used only if the hard drive is still working. To start HP Recovery Manager from the HP Recovery partition:

1. From the Start screen, type recovery, select Recovery Manager, and then select HP Recovery Environment. Select Troubleshoot from the boot options menu. Select Recovery Manager, and then follow the on-screen instructions. 2. 3. Using HP Recovery media to recover You can use HP Recovery media to recover the original system. This method can be used if your system does not have an HP Recovery partition or if the hard drive is not working properly. 1. 2. If possible, back up all personal files. Insert the HP Recovery media that you created, and then restart the computer. If the computer does not automatically restart in HP Recovery Manager, change the NOTE:

computer boot order. See Changing the computer boot order on page 51. Follow the on-screen instructions. 3. Changing the computer boot order If the computer does not restart in HP Recovery Manager, you can change the computer boot order, which is the order of devices where the computer searches for startup information. You can specify that an optical drive or a USB flash drive should be checked first. To change the boot order:

1. 2. Restart the computer, quickly press esc, and then press f9 for boot options. 3. 4. Select the optical drive or USB flash drive you want to boot from. Follow the on-screen instructions. Insert the HP Recovery media you created. Restore and recover (select models only) 51 12 Specifications Input power The power information in this section may be helpful if you plan to travel internationally with the computer. The computer operates on DC power, which can be supplied by an AC or a DC power source. The AC power source must be rated at 100240 V, 5060 Hz. Although the computer can be powered from a standalone DC power source, it should be powered only with an AC adapter or a DC power source that is supplied and approved by HP for use with this computer. The computer can operate on DC power within the following specifications. Operating voltage and current varies by platform. Input power Rating Operating voltage and current 19 V @ 2.1 A - 40 W 19.5 V @ 2.31 A - 45 W 19.5 V @ 3.33 A - 65 W 19.5 V @ 4.62 A - 90 W 19.5 V @ 6.15 A - 120 W 19.5 V @ 7.69 A - 150 W DC plug of external HP power supply NOTE: This product is designed for IT power systems in Norway with phase-to-phase voltage not exceeding 240 V rms. NOTE: The computer operating voltage and current can be found on the system regulatory label. Operating environment Factor Temperature Operating Nonoperating Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating Metric U.S. 5C to 35C

-20C to 60C 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

41F to 95F

-4F to 140F 10% to 90%

5% to 95%

52 Chapter 12 Specifications Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating Nonoperating

-15 m to 3,048 m

-15 m to 12,192 m

-50 ft to 10,000 ft

-50 ft to 40,000 ft Operating environment 53 13 Electrostatic Discharge Electrostatic discharge is the release of static electricity when two objects come into contactfor example, the shock you receive when you walk across the carpet and touch a metal door knob. A discharge of static electricity from fingers or other electrostatic conductors may damage electronic components. To prevent damage to the computer, damage to a drive, or loss of information, observe these precautions:

If removal or installation instructions direct you to unplug the computer, first be sure that it is properly grounded. Keep components in their electrostatic-safe containers until you are ready to install them. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Handle electronic components as little as possible. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before handling components, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface. If you remove a component, place it in an electrostatic-safe container. 54 Chapter 13 Electrostatic Discharge Index A AC adapter light, identifying 5 AC adapter, testing 33 accessory battery connector, identifying 5 action keys 11 identifying 5 airplane mode key 5, 12 antivirus software, using 42 audio-in (microphone), identifying 5 audio-out (headphone), identifying 5 audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) jack, identifying 6 B backing up software and information 43 backups 48 battery conserving power 32 discharging 32 disposing 33 factory-sealed 30 finding information 31 resolving low battery level 32 storing 32 user-replaceable 31 battery bay, identifying 6 battery information, finding 31 battery lock, identifying 6 battery power 30 battery release latch, identifying 6 battery temperature 32 bay, battery 6 Beats Audio 20 Beats Audio Control Panel 20 Beats Audio hot key 20 best practices 1 BIOS determining version 44 downloading an update 45 starting the Setup Utility 44 updating 44 Bluetooth compartment, identifying 6 Bluetooth device 14, 16 Bluetooth label 13 boot order changing 51 bottom 13 buttons left TouchPad 7 power 7 right TouchPad 8 C caps lock light, identifying 6 caring for your computer 37 cleaning your computer 37 components 5 computer, traveling 32 connecting to a WLAN 15 connector, power 8 control zone left 7 right 8 corporate WLAN connection 15 critical security updates, installing 42 D deleted files, restoring 49 Disk Cleanup software 36 Disk Defragmenter software 36 DisplayPort connecting 23 identifying 6 docking connector, identifying 6 E electrostatic discharge 54 esc key, identifying 6 external AC power, using 33 external monitor port 21 external monitor port, identifying 6 F fingerprint reader identifying 6 using 41 fingerprints, registering 41 firewall software 42 fn key, identifying 6 G getting to know your computer 4 H hard drive light, identifying 7 HDMI port connecting 21 identifying 7 HDMI, configuring audio 22 headphones, connecting 19 headsets, connecting 20 Hibernation exiting 29 initiating 29 high-definition devices, connecting 21, 23 HP Apps Store, visiting 1 HP PC Hardware Diagnostics

(UEFI) downloading 46 HP Recovery Manager correcting boot problems 51 starting 51 HP Recovery media creating 48 recovery 51 HP Recovery partition recovery 51 HP resources 2 HP Triple Bass Reflex Subwoofer, identifying 7 I initiating Sleep and Hibernation 28 input power 52 Index 55 installing critical security updates 42 optional security cable lock 43 integrated numeric keypad, identifying 7 internal display switch, identifying 7 internal microphones, identifying 7 Internet security software, using 41 J jacks audio-in (microphone) 5 audio-out (headphone) 5 audio-out (headphone)/audio-in

(microphone) 6 network 8 RJ-45 (network) 8 K keyboard and mouse, using 27 keys action 5 airplane mode 5, 12 esc 6 fn 6 num lock 7 Windows 10 Windows applications 10 L labels Bluetooth 13 Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity 13 regulatory 13 serial number 12 service 12 wireless certification 13 WLAN 13 latches battery release 6 service door release 9 left control zone, identifying 7 left-edge swipe TouchPad and touch screen gesture 26 lights AC adapter 5 caps lock 6 hard drive 7 mute 7 power 8 RJ-45 (network) status 8 TouchPad 9 webcam 10 wireless 10 locating information hardware 4 software 4 M maintenance Disk Cleanup 36 Disk Defragmenter 36 updating programs and drivers 36 memory card reader, identifying 7 memory card, identifying 7 microphone, connecting 20 minimized image recovery 51 minimized image, creating 50 Miracast 23 mouse, external setting preferences 24 mute light, identifying 7 N network jack, identifying 8 num lock key, identifying 7 O one-finger slide touch screen gesture 26 operating environment 52 optical drive, identifying 7 original system recovery 50 P passwords ports Setup Utility (BIOS) 41 Windows 40 DisplayPort 6 external monitor 6, 21 HDMI 7, 21, 23 Miracast 23 USB 2.0 9 USB 2.0 charging (powered) 9 56 Index USB 3.0 9 USB 3.0 (powered) charging 9 VGA 21 power AC 33 battery 30 power button identifying 7 power connector, identifying 8 power lights, identifying 8 power meter, using 30 power settings, using 30 product name and number, computer 12 public WLAN connection 15 R recover options 49 recovery discs 48, 51 HP Recovery Manager 50 media 51 starting 51 supported discs 48 system 50 USB flash drive 51 using HP Recovery media 49 recovery media creating 48 creating using HP Recovery Manager 49 regulatory information regulatory label 13 wireless certification labels 13 right control zone, identifying 8 right-edge swipe TouchPad and touch screen gesture 25 RJ-45 (network) jack, identifying 8 RJ-45 (network) status lights, identifying 8 S security cable lock, installing 43 security cable slot, identifying 8 serial number 12 serial number, computer 12 service door release latch 9 service door, identifying 8 service labels, locating 12 setting password protection on wakeup 29 Setup Utility (BIOS) passwords 41 sharing media 17 shipping the computer 38 shutdown 34 SIM slot, identifying 9 Sleep exiting 29 initiating 29 Sleep and Hibernation initiating 28 slots memory card reader 7 security cable 8 SIM 9 software Disk Cleanup 36 Disk Defragmenter 36 software updates, installing 42 speakers connecting 19 identifying 9 Starting right 1 storing a battery 32 supported discs, recovery 48 system recovery 50 system restore point creating 49 system restore point, creating 48 T tap TouchPad and touch screen gesture 24 temperature 32 testing an AC adapter 33 top-edge swipe and bottom-edge swipe TouchPad and touch screen gesture 26 touch screen gesture, one-finger slide 26 TouchPad using 24 TouchPad and touch screen gestures left-edge swipe 26 right-edge swipe 25 Windows tools using 49 Wireless Assistant software 14 wireless button 14 wireless certification label 13 wireless controls button 14 operating system 14 Wireless Assistant software 14 wireless light 10, 14 wireless network (WLAN) connecting 15 corporate WLAN connection 15 functional range 16 public WLAN connection 15 wireless network, securing 43 WLAN antennas, identifying 10 WLAN device 13 WLAN label 13 WWAN antennas, identifying 10 WWAN device 16 tap 24 top-edge swipe and bottom-

edge swipe 26 two-finger click 25 two-finger pinch/zoom 25 two-finger scroll 24 TouchPad light, identifying 9 TouchPad zone, identifying 9 TouchPad, buttons 7, 8 traveling with the computer 13, 32, 38 turning off the computer 34 two-finger click TouchPad and touch screen gesture 25 two-finger pinch/zoom TouchPad and touch screen gesture 25 two-finger scroll TouchPad and touch screen gesture 24 U unresponsive system 34 updating programs and drivers 36 USB 2.0 charging (powered) port, identifying 9 USB 2.0 port, identifying 9 USB 3.0 charging (powered) port, identifying 9 USB 3.0 port, identifying 9 using a keyboard and mouse 27 using external AC power 33 using passwords 40 using the TouchPad 24 V vents, identifying 9 VGA port, connecting 21 video 20 W webcam identifying 10 using 19 webcam light, identifying 10 Windows system restore point 48, 49 Windows applications key, identifying 10 Windows key, identifying 10 Windows passwords 40 Index 57

Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Second Edition: October 2014 First Edition: June 2014 Document Part Number: 786097-002 About This Guide This guide provides regulatory, safety and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, desktops, thin clients and personal workstations. WARNING! Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life. CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of information. NOTE: Text set off in this manner provides important supplemental information. iii iv About This Guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers .................................................................................................... 1 Accessing regulatory labels .................................................................................................................................. 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 2 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ................. 3 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................ 3 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 4 European Union regulatory notices ...................................................................................................................... 4 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 4 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ...................................................................... 5 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ....................................................... 5 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 5 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................ 5 Germany (English text) ................................................................................... 5 Germany (Deutscher text) .............................................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 6 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................. 6 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ..................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand WWAN wireless notice ............................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ............................................. 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 8 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 9 Modem notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 9 Telecommunications device approvals .............................................................................................. 9 U.S. modem statements ................................................................................................................... 10 U.S. modem declarations .................................................................................................................. 11 Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 12 v Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 12 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 12 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 13 Power cord notice ................................................................................................................................................ 13 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 13 DC plug of external HP power supply ............................................................................................... 13 Macrovision Corporation notice .......................................................................................................................... 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ........................................................ 14 Modem notices .................................................................................................................................................... 14 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................ 14 U.S. modem statements ................................................................................................................... 14 Canadian modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 Japanese modem statements .......................................................................................................... 15 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 16 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 16 Electromagnetic compatibility notices ............................................................................................................... 16 Federal Communications Commission notice .................................................................................. 17 Modifications ................................................................................................................... 17 Cables .............................................................................................................................. 17 Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ................................................................................................................................ 17 Products with wireless LAN devices ............................................................................... 17 Australia telecom statement ............................................................................................................ 18 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Canadian notice ................................................................................................................................. 19 European Union regulatory notices .................................................................................................. 19 Declaration of Conformity .............................................................................................. 19 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ................................................. 19 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ................................... 20 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ............................ 20 Ergonomics notice ........................................................................................ 20 Japan notice ...................................................................................................................................... 20 Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings ...................................................... 20 South Korea notices .......................................................................................................................... 20 Mexico notice ..................................................................................................................................... 21 Taiwan NCC notices ........................................................................................................................... 21 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ........................................................................................ 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ......................... 22 vi 3 Safety notices for notebook computers ......................................................................................................... 23 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 23 Potential safety conditions notice ...................................................................................................................... 23 User-replaceable battery notices ....................................................................................................................... 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice ....................................................................................................... 24 Power cord notices .............................................................................................................................................. 24 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 24 Cleaning the keyboard ......................................................................................................................................... 24 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 24 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................ 25 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 25 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 25 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................................... 25 Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ............................................................... 26 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 26 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 26 Battery replacement notice ................................................................................................................................ 27 Headset and earphone volume level notice ....................................................................................................... 27 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 28 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 28 Power supply class I grounding requirements ................................................................................. 28 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 28 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 28 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 28 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 28 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 28 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 28 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 29 Power cord set requirements ........................................................................................................... 29 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 29 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 29 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 30 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................ 30 Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 30 Note to CATV system installer .......................................................................................................... 30 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................ 31 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 31 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 31 Germany acoustics notice ................................................................................................................................... 32 vii Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 32 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers ............................................................................................ 33 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ...................................................................................... 33 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 33 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 33 Brazil hardware recycling information ............................................................................................................... 34 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) .............................................................................................. 34 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 35 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 35 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 35 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 38 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 41 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 41 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................................... 41 Turkey EEE regulation ......................................................................................................................................... 41 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ......................................................................................... 41 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ........................................................................................... 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ................................................... 42 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ...................................................................................... 42 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 42 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 42 Brazil hardware recycling information ............................................................................................................... 43 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) .............................................................................................. 43 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 44 Mercury statement .............................................................................................................................................. 44 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 44 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 44 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 45 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 48 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content .................................................. 49 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 50 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 50 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 50 Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law) .... 50 Turkey EEE regulation ......................................................................................................................................... 51

(Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances

(RoHS)) ................................................................................................................................................................. 51 TCO Certified Edge Certification .......................................................................................................................... 51 viii Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 53 ix x 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select models only), under the removable service door (select models only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) for radio modules in your computer. Electronic labels can be accessed through the system BIOS. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. 5. To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:

Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Accessing regulatory labels 1 Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following 2 conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. If you have questions about the product that are not related to this declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, TX 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, TX 77269-2000 or call HP at 281-514-3333 To identify your product, refer to the part, series, or model number located on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. The FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Brazil notice 3 Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets international guidelines (ICNIRP) for exposure to radio frequency radiation. This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions, but a minimum distance of 1 cm should be maintained from the antennas. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality This product is designed for use without restrictions in all EU countries, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit (VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use of VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sun light) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. Germany (Deutscher text) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG

(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. European Union regulatory notices 5 Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. Japan notice Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. South Korea notices B ( )

(B) ,

.

(

).

, 2.5cm

. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are onboard aircraft. The use of these devices onboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. Thailand WWAN wireless notice This telecom equipment has complied with NTC regulations. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Singapore wireless notice 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment onboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/

recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of Laser compliance 9 that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. 10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers U.S. modem declarations Refer to the following modem vendor declarations for the modem device installed in your computer:

Modem notices 11 Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:

New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/

18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. Japan power cord notice DC plug of external HP power supply Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Power cord notice 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. 14 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canadian modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japanese modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:

Modem notices 15 New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Electromagnetic compatibility notices This guide provides country- and region-specific nonwireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous 16 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by Hewlett-Packard Company may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods in order to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations. Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding the product, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 Or, call (281) 514-3333. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices This product may be equipped with a wireless LAN device. This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 17 WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. The FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to cochannel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. Australia telecom statement The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. 18 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CAUTION: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Canadian notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antenna for this device is not replaceable. Any attempt at user modification may damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets international guidelines (ICNIRP) for exposure to radio frequency radiation. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 19 This product may incorporate a radio transmitting and receiving device. For desktop computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality This product is designed for use without restrictions in all EU countries, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. This equipment has been designed to work with analogue DTMF Networks. This equipment may have internetworking difficulties in PSTN networks that only support Pulse Dialing. Please consult with your network operator for further assistance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable German ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-mouse and monitor. Germany (Deutscher text) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-Maus und Bildschirm. Japan notice B VCCI-B Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. South Korea notices B ( ) 20 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations

(B) ,

.

(

). 20cm . This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and personnel. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Electromagnetic compatibility notices 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices 22 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 3 Safety notices for notebook computers WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC/EN 60950). Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:

crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. User-replaceable battery notices WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Keep the battery away from children. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Heat-related safety warning notice 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

Listening to music at high volume levels and for extended durations can damage ones hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. For your own safety, headsets or earphones used with this product should comply with the headphone limits in EN 50332-2. If the computer includes a headset or earphones, this combination is in compliance to EN 50332-1. Power cord notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Cleaning the keyboard WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. Clean the keyboard regularly to prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles that can become trapped beneath the keys. A can of compressed air with a straw extension can be used to blow air around and under the keys to loosen and remove debris. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 24 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook computers China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m 2000m or 2000 China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system. Taiwan BSMI notice BSMI 1. 30 10 2. 2 2 1 China safety notices 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Important safety information WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. For your safety, the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug. Always use the power cord with a properly grounded wall outlet, to avoid the risk of electrical shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, CAUTION:

the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/

region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to IEC/EN 60950). Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. 26 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations WARNING! The equipment must be provided with a proper AC protective earth (PE) ground connection. Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Battery replacement notice WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. To reduce the risk of personal injury:

Do not attempt to recharge the battery. Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. For information about removing a battery, refer to your computer documentation. Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

Listening to music at high volume levels and for extended durations can damage ones hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. If the computer includes a headset or earphones and bears the "GS" mark, this combination is in compliance with EN 50332-1. For your own safety, headsets or earphones used with these products should comply with the headphone limits in EN 50332-2. Battery replacement notice 27 Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or a Hewlett-Packard authorized replacement. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Denmark Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Finland Norway Sweden Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on 28 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. For safety reasons, use only the AC adapter provided with the unit or an authorized replacement adapter from Hewlett-Packard. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/

index.pl. For use in Norway This product is also designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230V. Power cord set requirements The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from Hewlett-Packard or an approved HP source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries:

1. 2. The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. The length of the power cord must be between 1.8 m (6 feet) and 3.6 m (12 feet). For a power cord 2.0 m (6.56 feet) or less, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm2 or 18AWG. If the power cord is longer than 2.0 m (6.56 feet), the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 1.0 mm2 or 16AWG. The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. Pinch hazard 29 TV antenna connectors protection External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-

discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Table 4-1 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable 30 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m 2000m or 2000 China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. China safety notices 31 Germany acoustics notice Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779) Product noise emission data can be found in the product related IT ECO Declarations at Internet address:

http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted Taiwan BSMI notice BSMI 1. 30 10 2. 2 2 1 32 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 33 Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available

(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 34 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. China environmental notices http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/chinasepa.html http://www.hp.com.cn/hardwarerecycle

:

(, ) ,,,

,,,, (http://

www.sepa.gov.cn), 3

:

China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. Chemical substances 35 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit 36 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. CEL30 GB28380 2012:

1.

() A B C D A B C 1 2 3 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa Efa 2. 3. A B C D B C D CPU 2 2GB CPU 2 a. a 2GB b. GPU) B C GPU CPU 2 2GB GPU 128

. CPU 4 a. 4GB b. GPU 128 China PC energy label 37 GB28380-2012 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 38 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards X X X X X Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.

/

I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI)) (PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 39

/Java USB USB

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI)) (PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O: GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS

:

40 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950 A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration

(components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). Turkey EEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.

, 3 2008 1057. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This products real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar 42 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. Brazil hardware recycling information 43 Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Mercury statement This statement applies to All-in-One computers with built-in display panels that do not use LED backlighting. This HP product may contain the following material that might require special handling at end-of-life:

Mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the display LCD Disposal of mercury can be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)

(http://www.eiae.org). Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. China environmental notices http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/chinasepa.html 44 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations http://www.hp.com.cn/hardwarerecycle

:

(, ) ,,,

,,,, (http://

www.sepa.gov.cn), 3

:

China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

China PC energy label 45 Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. CEL30 GB28380 2012:

1.

() A B C D A B C 1 2 3 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa Efa 2. 46 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 3. A B C D B C D CPU 2 2GB CPU 2 a. a 2GB b. GPU) B C GPU CPU 2 2GB GPU 128

. CPU 4 a. 4GB b. GPU 128 GB28380-2012 China PC energy label 47 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybromi-

nated biphenyls

(PBB) Polybromi-

nated diphenyl ethers (PBDE) Motherboard, processor and heat sink Memory I/O PCAs Power supply Keyboard Mouse Chassis/Other Fans Internal/External Media Reading Devices External Control Devices Cable Hard Disk Drive Display X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity. 48 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content I/O PCAs

/

/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 49 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. IT ECO declarations Desktop PCs and Thin Clients http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950 A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law) Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin

(componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration

(components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). NOTE: Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. 50 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Turkey EEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur

(Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS))

, 3 2008 1057. The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. TCO Certified Edge Certification This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. Turkey EEE regulation 51 52 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Index A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 25, 31 B battery notice 8, 23, 41 battery recycling 33 Brazil notice 3 C cable grounding notice 25 Canada modem statement 12 Canada notices 4 China environmental notices 35, 44 China PC energy label 35, 45 China restriction of hazardous substances notice 38, 48 D Declaration of Conformity notebook computers 3 disposal notices battery 41 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 33 factory sealed battery 8 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 33 ENERGY STAR certification 34, 43 environmental notices 33 equipment disposal notice 33 ergonomics notice 5, 20 European Union notices 4, 19 F Federal Communications Commission desktops, thin clients and workstations notice 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations cables 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations modifications 17 notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers modifications 2 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications notebook computers notice 2 Commission 2 G GS Notice 5, 20 H headset and earphone volume level notice 24 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 50 J Japan modem statement 12 Japan notice 6 Japan power cord notice 13 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 50 K keyboard notice 24 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 9 M Macrovision Corporation notice 13 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law 41 Mexico wireless notice 6 modem notices 9 modem statements Canada 12 Japan 12 New Zealand 12 U.S. 10 modifications, desktops, thin clients, workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 N New Zealand modem statement 12 notices airline travel 8 battery 8, 41 battery, user replacement 23 Brazil 3 Canada 4 China restriction of hazardous substances 38, 48 environmental 33 equipment disposal 33 ergonomics 5, 20 European Union 4, 19 headset and earphone volume level 24 India restriction of hazardous substances 41, 50 Japan 6 Japan power cord 13 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 41, 50 keyboard 24 laser safety 9 Macrovision Corporation 13 Mexico 6 modem 9 perchlorate material 41 power cords 13, 24 Singapore 7 South Korea 6 Taiwan 7, 21 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel 24 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 41, 51 notices, desktops, thin clients and workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 Index 53 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 P power cord notice 13, 24 R recycling, electronic hardware and battery 33 S Singapore wireless notice 7 South Korea notice 6 T Taiwan notice 7, 21 TCO Certified Edge Certification 51 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel notice 24 tropical warning notice 25, 31 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 25 U U.S. modem statement 10 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 51 V voice support 13 volume level notice, headset and earphone 24 W wireless LAN devices 3, 18, 19 54 Index

Regulatory, Safety and Environmental Notices User Guide Copyright 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems. Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Second Edition: October 2014 First Edition: June 2014 Document Part Number: 786097-002 About This Guide This guide provides regulatory, safety and environmental information that is compliant with U.S., Canadian, and international regulations for notebook computers, desktops, thin clients and personal workstations. WARNING! Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life. CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or loss of information. NOTE: Text set off in this manner provides important supplemental information. iii iv About This Guide Table of contents 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers .................................................................................................... 1 Accessing regulatory labels .................................................................................................................................. 1 Federal Communications Commission notice ....................................................................................................... 2 Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Cables .................................................................................................................................................. 2 Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ................. 3 Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules ............................................ 3 Brazil notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 Canada notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 4 European Union regulatory notices ...................................................................................................................... 4 Declaration of Conformity ................................................................................................................... 4 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ...................................................................... 5 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ....................................................... 5 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ................................................. 5 Ergonomics notice ............................................................................................................ 5 Germany (English text) ................................................................................... 5 Germany (Deutscher text) .............................................................................. 5 Australia and New Zealand notice ......................................................................................................................... 6 Japan notice ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings ................................................. 6 South Korea notices ............................................................................................................................................... 6 Mexico notice ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 Singapore wireless notice ..................................................................................................................................... 7 Thailand WWAN wireless notice ............................................................................................................................ 7 Taiwan NCC notices ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ............................................................................................................ 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ............................................. 8 Airline travel notice ................................................................................................................................................ 8 User-replaceable battery notices .......................................................................................................................... 8 Factory-sealed battery notices ............................................................................................................................. 8 Laser compliance ................................................................................................................................................... 9 Modem notices ....................................................................................................................................................... 9 Telecommunications device approvals .............................................................................................. 9 U.S. modem statements ................................................................................................................... 10 U.S. modem declarations .................................................................................................................. 11 Canada modem statements .............................................................................................................. 12 v Japan modem statements ................................................................................................................ 12 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 12 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 13 Power cord notice ................................................................................................................................................ 13 Japan power cord notice ................................................................................................................... 13 DC plug of external HP power supply ............................................................................................... 13 Macrovision Corporation notice .......................................................................................................................... 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ........................................................ 14 Modem notices .................................................................................................................................................... 14 Telecommunications device approvals ............................................................................................ 14 U.S. modem statements ................................................................................................................... 14 Canadian modem statements ........................................................................................................... 15 Japanese modem statements .......................................................................................................... 15 New Zealand modem statements ..................................................................................................... 16 Voice support .................................................................................................................. 16 Electromagnetic compatibility notices ............................................................................................................... 16 Federal Communications Commission notice .................................................................................. 17 Modifications ................................................................................................................... 17 Cables .............................................................................................................................. 17 Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) ................................................................................................................................ 17 Products with wireless LAN devices ............................................................................... 17 Australia telecom statement ............................................................................................................ 18 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Canadian notice ................................................................................................................................. 19 European Union regulatory notices .................................................................................................. 19 Declaration of Conformity .............................................................................................. 19 Products with wireless functionality (EMF) ................................................. 19 Restrictions for product with wireless functionality ................................... 20 European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) ............................ 20 Ergonomics notice ........................................................................................ 20 Japan notice ...................................................................................................................................... 20 Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings ...................................................... 20 South Korea notices .......................................................................................................................... 20 Mexico notice ..................................................................................................................................... 21 Taiwan NCC notices ........................................................................................................................... 21 Wireless LAN 802.11a devices ........................................................................................ 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices ......................... 22 vi 3 Safety notices for notebook computers ......................................................................................................... 23 Heat-related safety warning notice .................................................................................................................... 23 Potential safety conditions notice ...................................................................................................................... 23 User-replaceable battery notices ....................................................................................................................... 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice ....................................................................................................... 24 Power cord notices .............................................................................................................................................. 24 Brazil notice ....................................................................................................................................... 24 Cleaning the keyboard ......................................................................................................................................... 24 Travel notice ........................................................................................................................................................ 24 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................ 25 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 25 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 25 Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner ...................................................... 25 Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ............................................................... 26 Important safety information ............................................................................................................................. 26 Installation conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 26 Battery replacement notice ................................................................................................................................ 27 Headset and earphone volume level notice ....................................................................................................... 27 Laser safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 28 Power supply and power cord set requirements ................................................................................................ 28 Power supply class I grounding requirements ................................................................................. 28 Brazil notice .................................................................................................................... 28 Denmark .......................................................................................................................... 28 Finland ............................................................................................................................. 28 Norway ............................................................................................................................ 28 Sweden ............................................................................................................................ 28 Power supply requirements .............................................................................................................. 28 For use in Norway ........................................................................................................... 29 Power cord set requirements ........................................................................................................... 29 Japan power cord requirements ....................................................................................................... 29 Pinch hazard ........................................................................................................................................................ 29 TV antenna connectors protection ...................................................................................................................... 30 External television antenna grounding ............................................................................................ 30 Lightning protection .......................................................................................................................... 30 Note to CATV system installer .......................................................................................................... 30 China safety notices ............................................................................................................................................ 31 China: Altitude notice ........................................................................................................................ 31 China: Tropical warning notice .......................................................................................................... 31 Germany acoustics notice ................................................................................................................................... 32 vii Taiwan BSMI notice .............................................................................................................................................. 32 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers ............................................................................................ 33 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ...................................................................................... 33 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 33 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 33 Brazil hardware recycling information ............................................................................................................... 34 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) .............................................................................................. 34 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 35 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 35 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 35 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 38 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 41 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 41 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law ................................................................................................................... 41 Turkey EEE regulation ......................................................................................................................................... 41 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ......................................................................................... 41 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ........................................................................................... 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations ................................................... 42 Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling ...................................................................................... 42 Disposal of waste equipment by users ............................................................................................................... 42 Brazil alkaline battery disposal ........................................................................................................................... 42 Brazil hardware recycling information ............................................................................................................... 43 ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) .............................................................................................. 43 Chemical substances ........................................................................................................................................... 44 Mercury statement .............................................................................................................................................. 44 Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply ............................................................................................. 44 China environmental notices ............................................................................................................................... 44 China PC energy label .......................................................................................................................................... 45 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................. 48 The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content .................................................. 49 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) .............................................................................................. 50 IT ECO declarations .............................................................................................................................................. 50 Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) ............................................................................................ 50 Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law) .... 50 Turkey EEE regulation ......................................................................................................................................... 51

(Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances

(RoHS)) ................................................................................................................................................................. 51 TCO Certified Edge Certification .......................................................................................................................... 51 viii Index ............................................................................................................................................................. 53 ix x 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific non-wireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Accessing regulatory labels Regulatory labels, which provide country or regional regulatory information (for example, FCC ID), may be physically located on the bottom of the computer, inside the battery bay (select models only), under the removable service door (select models only), on the back of the display, or on the wireless or modem module. Some products may also provide electronic regulatory labels (e-labels) for radio modules in your computer. Electronic labels can be accessed through the system BIOS. NOTE: Electronic labels are not available on all products. NOTE: Devices not for sale or use in the United States may not contain a FCC ID. To view electronic regulatory labels:

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the Press the ESC key for Startup Menu message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Press f10 to enter Computer Setup. Use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select Advanced, select Electronic Labels, and then press enter. To view an electronic label, use a pointing device or the arrow keys to select one of the listed items, and then press OK. NOTE: The list of available electronic label items varies depending on the computer model and installed devices. 5. To exit Computer Setup menus without saving your changes:

Select the Exit icon in the lower-right corner of the screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. or Use the arrow keys to select Main, select Ignore Changes and Exit, and then press enter. Accessing regulatory labels 1 Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables To maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations, connections to this device must be made with shielded cables having metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods. 2 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Declaration of Conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following 2 conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. If you have questions about the product that are not related to this declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, TX 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, write to Hewlett-Packard Company P. O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, TX 77269-2000 or call HP at 281-514-3333 To identify your product, refer to the part, series, or model number located on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices or HP Mobile Broadband Modules This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. The FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Brazil notice 3 Este equipamento atende aos limites de Taxa de Absoro Especfica referente exposio a campos eltricos, magnticos e eletromagnticos de radiofreqncias adotados pela ANATEL. Ao operar o dispositivo a uma distncia muito prxima do seu corpo, utilize um acessrio de armazenamento no metlico para posicionar o dispositivo a uma distncia mnima de 1,5 cm do corpo. Canada notices This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, the device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation: The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation of tablet PCs and notebook computers with displays equal to or less than 30.5 cm

(12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 2.5 cm (1 inch). To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. During normal operation of notebook computers with displays greater than 30.5 cm (12 inches): To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennas should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches), including when the computer display is closed. To identify the location of the wireless antennas, refer to the computer user guides included with your computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antennas for this device are not replaceable. Any attempt at user access will damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) 4 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets international guidelines (ICNIRP) for exposure to radio frequency radiation. This product incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. For notebook computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Products designed to be operated at closer proximities, such as tablet computers, comply with applicable EU requirements in typical operating positions, but a minimum distance of 1 cm should be maintained from the antennas. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality This product is designed for use without restrictions in all EU countries, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) When a mobile computer is used at the office workstation for display work tasks where the Visual Display Unit (VDU) Directive 90/270/EEC is applicable, an adequate external keyboard is required. Depending on the application and task, an adequate external monitor may also be necessary to attain working conditions comparable to a workstation setup. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (voluntary GS certification) Mobile computers bearing the "GS" approval mark meet the applicable ergonomic requirements. Without external keyboards, they are suitable only for short-time use of VDU tasks. During mobile use with disadvantageous illumination conditions (e.g. direct sun light) reflections may occur, which result in reduced readability. Germany (Deutscher text) Wird ein mobiler Computer fr Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben verwendet, wo die Richtlinie 90/270/EEG

(Bildschirmarbeitsrichtlinie) anzuwenden ist, wird eine geeignete externe Tastatur notwendig. Abhngig von der Anwendung und der Aufgabe kann ein geeigneter externer Monitor erforderlich sein, um vergleichbare Arbeitsbedingungen zu einem stationren Arbeitsplatz zu erreichen. Ref: EK1-ITB 2000 (freiwillige GS Zertifizierung) Mobile Computer, welche das "GS" Zeichen tragen, entsprechen den ergonomischen Anforderungen und sind nur fr kurzzeitige Benutzung von Bildschirmarbeitsaufgaben geeignet. Bei mobiler Nutzung mit ungnstigen Lichtverhltnissen (z.B. direkte Sonneneinstrahlung) kann es zu Reflexionen und damit zu Einschrnkungen der Lesbarkeit der dargestellten Zeichen kommen. European Union regulatory notices 5 Australia and New Zealand notice This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. Japan notice Wireless LAN, Wireless WAN, and Bluetooth certification markings This product contains certified radio equipment. South Korea notices B ( )

(B) ,

.

(

).

, 2.5cm

. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. 6 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Singapore wireless notice Turn off any WWAN devices while you are onboard aircraft. The use of these devices onboard aircraft is illegal, may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, and may disrupt the cellular network. Failure to observe this instruction may lead to suspension or denial of cellular services to the offender, or legal action, or both. Users are reminded to restrict the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, and where blasting operations are in progress. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, no part of the human body should be allowed to come too close to the antennas during operation of the equipment. This device has been designed to comply with applicable requirements for exposure to radio waves, based on scientific guidelines that include margins intended to assure the safety of all people, regardless of health and age. These radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the specific absorption rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods, with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. The SAR data information is based on CENELEC's standards EN50360 and EN50361, which use the limit of 2 watts per kilogram, averaged over 10 grams of tissue. Thailand WWAN wireless notice This telecom equipment has complied with NTC regulations. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Singapore wireless notice 7 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices Airline travel notice Use of electronic equipment onboard commercial aircraft is at the discretion of the airline. User-replaceable battery notices When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for computer battery disposal. HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, refer to the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com/

recycle. For information about removing a user-replaceable battery, refer to the user guide included with the product. Factory-sealed battery notices The battery[ies] in this product cannot be easily replaced by users themselves. Removing or replacing the battery could affect your warranty coverage. If a battery is no longer holding a charge, contact support. When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in your area for battery disposal. 8 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Laser compliance WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in the laser product installation guide, may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified in the laser product installation guide. Allow only authorized service providers to repair the unit. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (for example, a CD or DVD drive) and/or a fiber optic transceiver. Each of these devices that contain a laser is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with IEC/EN 60825-1 and meets the requirements for safety of that standard. Each laser product complies with US FDA regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007. Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of Laser compliance 9 that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. 10 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers U.S. modem declarations Refer to the following modem vendor declarations for the modem device installed in your computer:

Modem notices 11 Canada modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japan modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the V.92 56K Data/Fax Modem is below:

New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). 12 Chapter 1 Regulatory notices for notebook computers Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Power cord notice If you were not provided with a power cord for the computer or for an external power accessory intended for use with the computer, you should purchase a power cord that is approved for use in your country or region. The power cord must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cord should be greater than the voltage and current rating marked on the product. In addition, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm/

18AWG, and the length of the cord must be between 1.0 m (3.2 ft) and 2 m (6.56 ft). If you have questions about the type of power cord to use, contact your authorized service provider. A power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. Japan power cord notice DC plug of external HP power supply Macrovision Corporation notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only, unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Power cord notice 13 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Modem notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons when using this device, always follow basic safety precautions, including the following:

Do not use this product near waterfor example, near a bathtub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. Do not use this product to report a gas leak while in the vicinity of the leak. Always disconnect the modem cable before opening the equipment enclosure or touching an uninsulated modem cable, jack, or internal component. If this product was not provided with a telephone line cord, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Do not plug a modem or telephone cable into the RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. Telecommunications device approvals The telecommunications device in the computer is approved for connection to the telephone network in the countries and regions whose approval markings are indicated on the product label located on the bottom of the computer or on the modem. Refer to the user guide included with the product to ensure that the product is configured for the country or region in which the product is located. Selecting a country or region other than the one in which it is located may cause the modem to be configured in a way that violates the telecommunication regulations/laws of that country or region. In addition, the modem may not function properly if the correct country or region selection is not made. If, when you select a country or region, a message appears that states that the country or region is not supported, this means that the modem has not been approved for use in this country or region and thus should not be used. U.S. modem statements This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the bottom of the computer or on the modem is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. Provide this information to the telephone company if you are requested to do so. Applicable certification jack USOC = RJ11C. A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details. 14 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all locations, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label. If this HP equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But, if advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes to its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted telephone service. If trouble is experienced with this equipment, call technical support. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. You should perform repairs only to the equipment specifically discussed in the Troubleshooting section of the user guide, if one is provided. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information. If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure that the installation of this HP equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer. The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-

distance transmission charges). In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should complete the steps outlined in the faxing software instructions. Canadian modem statements This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications. The Ringer Equivalence Number, REN, is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices, subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all devices does not exceed 5. The REN for this terminal equipment is 1.0. Japanese modem statements If the computer does not have the Japanese certification mark on the bottom of the computer, refer to the appropriate certification marking below. The Japanese certification mark for the LSI Corporation PCI-SV92EX Soft modem is below:

Modem notices 15 New Zealand modem statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services. This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances. If this device is equipped with pulse dialing, note that there is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may also cause a false answer condition. Should such problems occur, the user should not contact the Telecom Faults Service. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's Telepermit requirements are dependent on the equipment (PC) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom's Specifications:

a. b. There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30-minute period for any single manual call initiation. The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. c. Where automatic calls are made to different numbers, the equipment shall be set to go on-hook for a period of not less than 5 seconds between the end of one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt. d. The equipment shall be set to ensure that calls are answered between 3 and 30 seconds of receipt of ringing (So set between 2 and 10). Voice support All persons using this device for recording telephone conversations shall comply with New Zealand law. This requires that at least one party to the conversation is aware that it is being recorded. In addition, the Principles enumerated in the Privacy Act 1993 shall be complied with in respect to the nature of the personal information collected, the purpose for its collection, how it is to be used, and what is disclosed to any other party. This equipment shall not be set to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111' Emergency Service. Electromagnetic compatibility notices This guide provides country- and region-specific nonwireless and wireless regulatory notices and compliance information for the computer product. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. One or more integrated wireless devices may be installed. In some environments, the use of wireless devices may be restricted. Such restrictions may apply onboard airplanes, in hospitals, near explosives, in hazardous 16 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations locations, and so on. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of this product, ask for authorization to use it before you turn it on. Federal Communications Commission notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by Hewlett-Packard Company may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods in order to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations. Declaration of conformity for products marked with the FCC logo (United States only) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. 2. This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions regarding the product, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 530113 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 For questions regarding this FCC declaration, contact:

Hewlett-Packard Company P.O. Box 692000, Mail Stop 510101 Houston, Texas 77269-2000 Or, call (281) 514-3333. To identify this product, refer to the part, series, or model number found on the product. Products with wireless LAN devices This product may be equipped with a wireless LAN device. This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 17 WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. The FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to cochannel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. Australia telecom statement The computer must be connected to the Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the requirements of AS/CA S008. WARNING! Modems without integral RJ11 connector that are shipped with this computer should not be installed in any other device. This equipment incorporates a radio transmitting and receiving device. In normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with the Australian and New Zealand Standards. 18 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. CAUTION: A alimentao de energia predefinida para 220/230Vv. Se voc possuir tomada eltrica de 110/115Vv, por favor, altere a chave na parte traseira do seu computador para a tenso correta. Canadian notice This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations, CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B). If this device has WLAN or Bluetooth capability, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. WARNING! Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is below the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact is minimized during normal operation. During normal operation: To avoid the possibility of exceeding the Industry Canada radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antennae should not be less than 20 cm (8 inches). To identify the location of the wireless antennae, refer to the documentation included with the computer. CAUTION: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use, due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-

channel mobile satellite systems. High-power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65- to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The antenna for this device is not replaceable. Any attempt at user modification may damage your computer. European Union regulatory notices Declaration of Conformity Products bearing the CE marking comply with one or more of the following EU Directives as may be applicable:

Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC; EMC Directive 2004/108/EC; Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC; R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC; RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Compliance with these directives is assessed using applicable European Harmonised Standards. The full Declaration of Conformity can be found at the following web site: www.hp.eu/certificates (Search with the product model name or its Regulatory Model Number (RMN), which may be found on the regulatory label.) The point of contact for regulatory matters is Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Dept./MS:HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, GERMANY. Products with wireless functionality (EMF) This product meets international guidelines (ICNIRP) for exposure to radio frequency radiation. Electromagnetic compatibility notices 19 This product may incorporate a radio transmitting and receiving device. For desktop computers in normal use, a separation distance of 20 cm ensures that radio frequency exposure levels comply with EU requirements. Restrictions for product with wireless functionality This product is designed for use without restrictions in all EU countries, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. European telephone network declaration (Modem/Fax) The product herewith complies with the requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking accordingly. However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries/regions, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. This equipment has been designed to work with analogue DTMF Networks. This equipment may have internetworking difficulties in PSTN networks that only support Pulse Dialing. Please consult with your network operator for further assistance. Ergonomics notice Germany (English text) A computer system comprising HP brand products meets the applicable German ergonomic requirements if all affected constituent products bear the "GS" approval mark, for example Business Desktop PC, keyboard, PC-mouse and monitor. Germany (Deutscher text) Ein aus HP Produkten bestehendes Computersystem erfllt die anwendbaren ergonomischen Anforderungen, wenn alle verwendeten Komponenten das GS Zeichen tragen, wie z. B. Business Desktop PC, Tastatur, PC-Maus und Bildschirm. Japan notice B VCCI-B Wireless LAN and Bluetooth certification markings If this device contains radio equipment, it is certified radio equipment. South Korea notices B ( ) 20 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations

(B) ,

.

(

). 20cm . This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and personnel. Mexico notice Declaracin para Mxico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. If your product is provided with wireless accessories such as a keyboard or mouse and you need to identify the model of the accessory, refer to the label included on that accessory. Taiwan NCC notices Wireless LAN 802.11a devices Electromagnetic compatibility notices 21 Wireless LAN 802.11 devices/Bluetooth devices/Short range devices 22 Chapter 2 Regulatory notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 3 Safety notices for notebook computers WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. Heat-related safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperature limits defined by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC/EN 60950). Potential safety conditions notice If you notice any of the following conditions (or if you have other safety concerns), do not use the computer:

crackling, hissing, or popping sound, or a strong odor or smoke coming from the computer. It is normal for these conditions to appear when an internal electronic component fails in a safe and controlled manner. However, these conditions may also indicate a potential safety issue. Do not assume it is a safe failure. Turn off the computer, disconnect it from its power source, and contact technical support for assistance. User-replaceable battery notices WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. WARNING! To reduce the risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, or puncture; do not short external contacts; do not dispose of in fire or water. WARNING! Keep the battery away from children. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the battery provided with the computer, a replacement battery provided by HP, or a compatible battery purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Heat-related safety warning notice 23 Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

Listening to music at high volume levels and for extended durations can damage ones hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. For your own safety, headsets or earphones used with this product should comply with the headphone limits in EN 50332-2. If the computer includes a headset or earphones, this combination is in compliance to EN 50332-1. Power cord notices WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. WARNING! To reduce potential safety issues, only the AC adapter provided with the computer, a replacement AC adapter provided by HP, or an AC adapter purchased as an accessory from HP should be used with the computer. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Cleaning the keyboard WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to internal components, do not use a vacuum cleaner attachment to clean the keyboard. A vacuum cleaner can deposit household debris on the keyboard surface. Clean the keyboard regularly to prevent keys from sticking and to remove dust, lint, and particles that can become trapped beneath the keys. A can of compressed air with a straw extension can be used to blow air around and under the keys to loosen and remove debris. Travel notice WARNING! To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to power the computer with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. 24 Chapter 3 Safety notices for notebook computers China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m 2000m or 2000 China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. Norway and Sweden: Cable grounding notice for products with a TV tuner CAUTION: To reduce potential safety issues, use a galvanic isolator when connecting to a cable distribution system. Taiwan BSMI notice BSMI 1. 30 10 2. 2 2 1 China safety notices 25 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Important safety information WARNING! To reduce the risk of serious injury, read the Safety & Comfort Guide. It describes proper workstation setup, posture, and health and work habits for computer users, and provides important electrical and mechanical safety information. This guide is located on the Web at http://www.hp.com/ergo and on the Documentation CD that is included with the product. To reduce the risk of electric shock or damage to the equipment:

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet that is easily accessible at all times. Disconnect power from the computer by unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet. If provided with a 3-pin attachment plug on the power cord, plug the cord into a grounded (earthed) 3-

pin outlet. Do not disable the power cord grounding pin, for example, by attaching a 2-pin adapter. The grounding pin is an important safety feature. The computer may be heavy; be sure to use ergonomically correct lifting procedures when moving it. Install the computer near an AC outlet. The AC power cord is your computers main AC disconnecting device and must be easily accessible at all times. For your safety, the power cord provided with your computer has a grounded plug. Always use the power cord with a properly grounded wall outlet, to avoid the risk of electrical shock. To reduce the possibility of an electric shock from the telephone network, plug your computer into the AC outlet before connecting it to the telephone line. Also, disconnect the telephone line before unplugging your computer from the AC power outlet. Always disconnect the modem cord from the telephone system before installing or removing your computer cover. Do not operate the computer with the cover removed. For your safety, always unplug the computer from its power source and from any telecommunications systems (such as telephone lines), networks, or modems before performing any service procedures. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or equipment damage. Hazardous voltage levels are inside the power supply and modem of this product. If your computer is provided with a voltage select switch for use in a 115 or 230 V power system, CAUTION:

the voltage select switch has been pre-set to the correct voltage setting for use in the particular country/

region where it was initially sold. Changing the voltage select switch to the incorrect position can damage your computer and void any implied warranty. This product has not been evaluated for connection to an IT power system (an AC distribution system with no direct connection to earth, according to IEC/EN 60950). Installation conditions See installation instructions before connecting this equipment to the input supply. 26 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations WARNING! The equipment must be provided with a proper AC protective earth (PE) ground connection. Energized and moving parts may be inside the computer. Disconnect power to the equipment before removing the enclosure. Replace and secure the enclosure before re-energizing the equipment. Battery replacement notice WARNING! The product may contain an internal lithium manganese dioxide, vanadium pentoxide, or alkaline battery or battery pack. There is risk of fire and burns if the battery pack is not handled properly. To reduce the risk of personal injury:

Do not attempt to recharge the battery. Do not expose to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F). Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, or dispose of in fire or water. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Replace only with the HP spare designated for this product. For information about removing a battery, refer to your computer documentation. Batteries, battery packs, and accumulators should not be disposed of together with the general household waste. In order to forward them to recycling or proper disposal, please use the public collection system or return them to HP, an authorized HP partner, or their agents. The Taiwan EPA requires dry battery manufacturing or importing firms, in accordance with Article 15 of the Waste Disposal Act, to indicate the recovery marks on the batteries used in sales, giveaways, or promotions. Contact a qualified Taiwanese recycler for proper battery disposal. Headset and earphone volume level notice WARNING!

Listening to music at high volume levels and for extended durations can damage ones hearing. To reduce the risk of hearing damage, lower the volume to a safe, comfortable level and reduce the amount of time listening at high levels. For your own safety, before using headsets or earphones, always reset the volume. Some headphones are louder than other headphones, even if the volume control setting is the same. Changing the default audio or equalizer settings might lead to higher volume and should only be done with caution. If the computer includes a headset or earphones and bears the "GS" mark, this combination is in compliance with EN 50332-1. For your own safety, headsets or earphones used with these products should comply with the headphone limits in EN 50332-2. Battery replacement notice 27 Laser safety For products equipped with optical drives or fiber optic transceivers. This product may be provided with an optical storage device (i.e., CD or DVD drive) and/or fiber optic transceiver. These contain lasers and are classified as Class 1 Laser Products in accordance with the standard IEC/EN 60825-1 and comply with its requirements. Each laser product complies with US FDA Regulations of 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 or complies with those regulations except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser products installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation:

Do not try to open the module enclosure. There are no user-serviceable components inside. Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein. Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the unit. Power supply and power cord set requirements Power supply class I grounding requirements For protection from fault currents, the equipment shall be connected to a grounding terminal. Plug the system power cord into an AC outlet that provides a ground connection. Substitute cords may not provide adequate fault protection. Only use the power cord supplied with this product or a Hewlett-Packard authorized replacement. Brazil notice Este equipamento deve ser conectado obrigatoriamente em tomada de rede de energia eltrica que possua aterramento (trs pinos), conforme a norma nbr abnt 5410,visando a segurana dos usurios contra choques eltricos. Denmark Apparatets stikprop skal tilsluttes en stikkontakt med jord, som giver forbindelse til stikproppens jord. Finland Norway Sweden Laite on liitettv suojakoskettimilla varustettuun pistorasiaan. Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt. Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag. Power supply requirements The power supplies on some products have external power switches. The voltage select switch feature on the product permits it to operate from any line voltage between 100-127 or 200-240 volts AC. Power supplies on 28 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations those products that do not have external power switches are equipped with internal circuits that sense the incoming voltage and automatically switch to the proper voltage. For safety reasons, use only the AC adapter provided with the unit or an authorized replacement adapter from Hewlett-Packard. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/

index.pl. For use in Norway This product is also designed for an IT power system with phase-to-phase voltage 230V. Power cord set requirements The power cord set received with the product meets the requirements for use in the country where the equipment was originally purchased. Use only the power cord provided with the unit or an authorized replacement power cord from Hewlett-Packard or an approved HP source. Replacement part numbers may be found at http://www.hp.com/cgi-bin/hpsupport/index.pl. Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the product. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. WARNING! Do not use power cords from other products. Mismatched power cords may result in a shock and fire hazard. The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries:

1. 2. The power cord must be approved by an acceptable accredited agency responsible for evaluation in the country where the power cord set will be installed. The length of the power cord must be between 1.8 m (6 feet) and 3.6 m (12 feet). For a power cord 2.0 m (6.56 feet) or less, the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 0.75 mm2 or 18AWG. If the power cord is longer than 2.0 m (6.56 feet), the diameter of the wire must be a minimum of 1.0 mm2 or 16AWG. The power cord should be routed so that it is not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon it or against it. Particular attention should be paid to the plug, electrical outlet, and the point where the cord exits from the product. WARNING! Do not operate this product with a damaged power cord set. If the power cord set is damaged in any manner, replace it immediately. Damaged cords may result in user exposure to hazards. Japan power cord requirements For use in Japan, use only the power cord received with this product. CAUTION: Do not use the power cord received with this product on any other products. Pinch hazard WARNING! Observe pinch hazard areas. Keep fingers away from closing parts. Pinch hazard 29 TV antenna connectors protection External television antenna grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is electrically grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper electrical grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna-

discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Lightning protection For added protection of any product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug the product from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product from lightning and power line surges. Table 4-1 Antenna Grounding Reference Grounding Component 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electric Service Equipment Power Service Grounding Electrode System (NEC Art 250, Part III) Ground Clamps Grounding Conductors (NEC Section 810.21) Antenna Discharge Unit (NEC Section 810.20) Ground Clamp Antenna Lead-in Wire Note to CATV system installer This reminder is provided to call the CATV systems installers attention to section 820.93 of the National Electric Code, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and in particular, specify that the Coaxial cable 30 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations shield shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. China safety notices China: Altitude notice Altitude warning for products not certified for use in >5000 m 2000m or 2000 China: Tropical warning notice Tropical warning for products not certified for use in tropical regions. China safety notices 31 Germany acoustics notice Sound pressure level (LpA) is far below 70dB(A) (operator position, normal operation, according to ISO 7779) Product noise emission data can be found in the product related IT ECO Declarations at Internet address:

http://www.hp.com/go/ted Schalldruckpegel (LpA) ist weit unterhalb 70 dB(A) (Benutzerposition, normaler Betrieb, nach ISO 7779) Die Schallemissionswerte der Produkte knnen in den produktbezogenen IT ECO Declarations auf folgender Internet Adresse gefunden werden: http://www.hp.com/go/ted Taiwan BSMI notice BSMI 1. 30 10 2. 2 2 1 32 Chapter 4 Safety notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling 33 Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Notebooks, Mobile Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when the power/sleep button is pressed. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. Tablets/Slates Less than or equal to 1 minute Not applicable Not applicable For computers that support an always-on, always-connected use profile where internet access is available

(such as tablets and slates), alternative low power modes - such as Short or Long Idle modes (as defined in the ENERGY STAR Computer Program Requirements) are provided that consume very little power (</= 10 34 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Watts) and when applicable, maximize product battery life. These alternative low power modes are dynamic, with the display sleep mode activated within 1 minute of user inactivity. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. China environmental notices http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/chinasepa.html http://www.hp.com.cn/hardwarerecycle

:

(, ) ,,,

,,,, (http://

www.sepa.gov.cn), 3

:

China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. Chemical substances 35 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit 36 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. CEL30 GB28380 2012:

1.

() A B C D A B C 1 2 3 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa Efa 2. 3. A B C D B C D CPU 2 2GB CPU 2 a. a 2GB b. GPU) B C GPU CPU 2 2GB GPU 128

. CPU 4 a. 4GB b. GPU 128 China PC energy label 37 GB28380-2012 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) Battery Cables Camera Chassis/Other Flash memory card reader Floppy disk drive Hard disk drive Headphones I/O PCAs Keyboard Liquid crystal display

(LCD) panel Media (CD/DVD/floppy) Memory Motherboard, processor, heat sinks Mouse Optical disk drive Optional docking device Power adapter Power supply Remote control Smart card/Java card reader Speakers, external TV tuner X X X X X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 38 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead (Pb) USB flash memory drive USB hub Web camera Wireless receiver Wireless cards X X X X X Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ethers

(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity.

/

I/O PCA

(LCD) CD/DVD/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI)) (PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X O X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 39

/Java USB USB

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI)) (PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O: GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS

:

40 Chapter 5 Environmental notices for notebook computers India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950 A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration

(components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). Turkey EEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.

, 3 2008 1057. Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. This products real-time clock battery or coin cell battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 41 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations This chapter provides country- and region-specific environmental notices and compliance information. Some of these notices may not apply to your product. Electronic hardware, packaging and battery recycling HP encourages customers to recycle used electronic hardware, HP original print cartridges packaging, and rechargeable batteries. For more information about recycling programs, go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. For information about recycling the product in Japan, refer to http://www.hp.com/jp/hardwarerecycle/. Disposal of waste equipment by users This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste. Instead, you should protect human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. For more information, please contact your household waste disposal service or go to http://www.hp.com/recycle. Brazil alkaline battery disposal HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar 42 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Brazil hardware recycling information HEWLETT PACKARD BRASIL LTDA (HP) AV. JOS LUIZ MAZALI N 360 - GALPO B-PARTE 1-BAIRRO RESIDENCIAL BURCK - LOUVEIRA/SP - CEP: 13290-000 CNPJ: 61.797.924/0007-40 Centro de Informaes HP: (11) 4004-7751 ou 0800-7097751 No descarte o produto eletrnico em lixo comum Este produto eletroeletrnico e seus componentes no devem ser descartados no lixo comum, pois embora estejam em conformidade com padres mundiais de restrio a substncias nocivas, podem conter, ainda que em quantidades mnimas, substncias impactantes ao meio ambiente. Ao final da vida til deste produto, o usurio dever entreg-lo HP. A no observncia dessa orientao sujeitar o infrator s sanes previstas em lei. Aps o uso, as pilhas e/ou baterias dos produtos HP devero ser entregues ao estabelecimento comercial ou rede de assistncia tcnica autorizada pela HP. Para maiores informaes , inclusive sobre os pontos de recebimento, acesse: http://www.hp.com.br/reciclar ENERGY STAR Certification (select models only) ENERGY STAR is a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency voluntary program that helps businesses and individuals save money and protect our climate through superior energy efficiency. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency criteria or requirements set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has followed the U.S. EPAs enhanced product certification process to ensure that products marked with the ENERGY STAR logo are ENERGY STAR certified per the applicable ENERGY STAR guidelines. The following logo appears on all ENERGY STAR-certified computers::

A key ENERGY STAR requirement for computer products is power management features that significantly reduce energy consumption when the product is not in use. Power management allows a computer to automatically enter a low power sleep mode, or other low power mode, after a defined period of inactivity. The power management features have been preset as follows when the computer is operating on AC power:

Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode Desktops, Integrated Desktops, Workstations Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes (varies by model) Thin clients Less than or equal to 15 minutes (varies by model) Less than or equal to 30 minutes when sleep mode is supported by the operating system (varies by model) Product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. When sleep mode is supported by operating system product will exit sleep mode when user interacts with any input device, including the mouse or keyboard. Brazil hardware recycling information 43 Computer type Time to activate display sleep mode Time to activate computer sleep mode (minutes) Resuming from sleep mode If Wake-on-Lan (WOL) is enabled, the system can resume from sleep in response to a network signal. The computer exits Sleep when the power/Sleep button is pressed. When the Wake On LAN (WOL) feature is enabled, the computer can also exit Sleep in response to a network signal. Additional information on the potential energy and financial savings of the power management feature can be found on the EPA ENERGY STAR Power Management Web site at http://www.energystar.gov/

powermanagement. Additional information on the ENERGY STAR program and its environmental benefits are available on the EPA ENERGY STAR Web site at http://www.energystar.gov. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be found at http://www.hp.com/go/reach. Mercury statement This statement applies to All-in-One computers with built-in display panels that do not use LED backlighting. This HP product may contain the following material that might require special handling at end-of-life:

Mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the display LCD Disposal of mercury can be regulated because of environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)

(http://www.eiae.org). Perchlorate materialspecial handling may apply The computers real-time clock battery may contain perchlorate and may require special handling when recycled or disposed of in California. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/. China environmental notices http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/chinasepa.html 44 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations http://www.hp.com.cn/hardwarerecycle

:

(, ) ,,,

,,,, (http://

www.sepa.gov.cn), 3

:

China PC energy label In accordance with The Regulation of the Implementation on China Energy Label for Microcomputers

(CEL-30), this microcomputer has an Energy Efficiency Label. The energy efficiency grade, TEC (Typical Energy Consumption), and product category presented on the label are determined and calculated according to the standard GB28380-2012. 1. Energy Efficiency Grades The grade is determined by the standard with the calculation of base consumption level with the sum of all the allowances for additional components such as main memory and graphics card. For products of any grade, the TEC should not exceed the value specified in the following table:

Product Type Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 TEC (kilowatt hour) Desktop microcomputer, AIO Category A 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa Portable Computer Category B Category C Category D Category A Category B Category C 125.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 75.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 123.5+Efa NOTE: Efa is the sum of power factor of product additional functions. 2. Typical Energy Consumption The energy consumption figure presented on the label is the data measured with the representative configuration that covers all the configurations in the registration unit which is selected according to CEL-30. Thus, actual energy consumption of this specific microcomputer may not be the same as the TEC data presented in the label. 3. Product Category The product category is determined by the standard according to the microcomputers configuration. The categorization of products complies with the regulations in the following table:

China PC energy label 45 Product Type Category A Category B Category C Configuration Description Desktop microcomputer, AIO Portable Computer The desktop microcomputer and AIO whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B, C, and D The portable computer whose configuration is out of the scope of Category B and C CPU physical core number of 2, and system memory of not less than 2GB A Discrete GPU CPU physical core number of over 2, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 2 GB A Discrete GPU The product that has a CPU physical core number of not less than 2, system memory of not less than 2GB, A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit. Category D CPU physical core number of not less than 4, with at least one of the following features:

1. 2. System memory of not less than 4 GB A Discrete GPU with Frame Buffer Width not less than 128-bit For more details on the specification, please refer to the standard GB28380-2012. CEL30 GB28380 2012:

1.

() A B C D A B C 1 2 3 98.0+Efa 148.0+Efa 198.0+Efa 125.0+Efa 175.0+Efa 225.0+Efa 159.0+Efa 209.0+Efa 259.0+Efa 184.0+Efa 234.0+Efa 284.0+Efa 20.0+Efa 35.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 26.0+Efa 45.0+Efa 65.0+Efa 54.5+Efa 75.0+Efa 123.5+Efa Efa 2. 46 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations 3. A B C D B C D CPU 2 2GB CPU 2 a. a 2GB b. GPU) B C GPU CPU 2 2GB GPU 128

. CPU 4 a. 4GB b. GPU 128 GB28380-2012 China PC energy label 47 China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) As required by China's Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products Hazardous Substances and Elements Part Name Lead

(Pb) Mercury

(Hg) Cadmium

(Cd) Hexavalent Chromium

(Cr(VI)) Polybromi-

nated biphenyls

(PBB) Polybromi-

nated diphenyl ethers (PBDE) Motherboard, processor and heat sink Memory I/O PCAs Power supply Keyboard Mouse Chassis/Other Fans Internal/External Media Reading Devices External Control Devices Cable Hard Disk Drive Display X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O This form has been prepared in compliance with the provisions of SJ/T 11364. O: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance in all of the homogenous materials in the component is within the limits required by GB/T 26572. X: Indicates that the content of said hazardous substance exceeds the limits required by GB/T 26572 in at least one homogenous material in the component. All parts named in this table with an X are in compliance with the European Unions RoHS Legislation. NOTE: The referenced Environmental Protection Use Period Marking was determined according to normal operating use conditions of the product such as temperature and humidity. 48 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations The Table of Hazardous Substances/Elements and their Content I/O PCAs

/

/

(Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr(VI))

(PBB)

(PBDE) X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364 O GB/T 26572 X GB/T 26572 X RoHS China restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 49 India restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 weight % and 0.01 weight % for cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule 2 of the Rule. IT ECO declarations Desktop PCs and Thin Clients http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecodesktop-pc.html?

jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN Workstations http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/itecoworkstatio.html Japan restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS) 2008 JISC0950 2006 7 http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950 A Japanese regulatory requirement, defined by specification JIS C 0950, 2008, mandates that manufacturers provide Material Content Declarations for certain categories of electronic products offered for sale after July 1, 2006. To view the JIS C 0950 material declaration for this product, visit http://www.hp.com/go/jisc0950. Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico (Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law) Se ha etiquetado este producto en conformidad con la Ley para el Aprovechamiento Sustentable de la Energa de Mxico, que requiere la divulgacin del consumo de energa del modo de uso normal (modo inactivo) y del modo de espera. Su producto es una de las muchas configuraciones de esta familia de modelos; el consumo de energa del modo inactivo de su configuracin especfica puede diferir de la informacin de la etiqueta. El consumo real de energa de su producto puede ser mayor o menor que el valor informado en la etiqueta de energa de producto para Mxico a causa de factores como la configuracin

(componentes y mdulos seleccionados) y el uso (tareas que se estn efectuando, software instalado y en ejecucin, etc.). NOTE: Esta ley no es aplicable a los workstations. This product has been labeled in compliance with the Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law requiring disclosure of power consumption in the normal use (idle mode) and standby modes. Your product is one of many configurations in this model family; the idle mode power consumption of your specific configuration may vary from the information on the label. Actual power consumption of your product may be higher or lower than the value reported on the Mexico product energy label due to factors such as configuration

(components and modules chosen) and usage (tasks being performed, software installed and running, etc.). NOTE: Workstations are not labeled because the law is not applicable to the workstation product category. 50 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Turkey EEE regulation Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur

(Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances (RoHS))

, 3 2008 1057. The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008 1057, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. TCO Certified Edge Certification This section applies only to products bearing the TCO Certified Edge logo. Turkey EEE regulation 51 52 Chapter 6 Environmental notices for desktops, thin clients and personal workstations Index A airline travel notice 8 altitude notice 25, 31 B battery notice 8, 23, 41 battery recycling 33 Brazil notice 3 C cable grounding notice 25 Canada modem statement 12 Canada notices 4 China environmental notices 35, 44 China PC energy label 35, 45 China restriction of hazardous substances notice 38, 48 D Declaration of Conformity notebook computers 3 disposal notices battery 41 battery, user replacement 8 equipment 33 factory sealed battery 8 E electronic hardware and battery recycling 33 ENERGY STAR certification 34, 43 environmental notices 33 equipment disposal notice 33 ergonomics notice 5, 20 European Union notices 4, 19 F Federal Communications Commission desktops, thin clients and workstations notice 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations cables 17 desktops, thin clients, workstations modifications 17 notebook computers cables 2 notebook computers modifications 2 modifications, notebook computers Federal Communications notebook computers notice 2 Commission 2 G GS Notice 5, 20 H headset and earphone volume level notice 24 I India restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 50 J Japan modem statement 12 Japan notice 6 Japan power cord notice 13 Japan restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 50 K keyboard notice 24 L labels, regulatory 1 laser safety notice 9 M Macrovision Corporation notice 13 Mexico Sustainable Energy Use Law 41 Mexico wireless notice 6 modem notices 9 modem statements Canada 12 Japan 12 New Zealand 12 U.S. 10 modifications, desktops, thin clients, workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 N New Zealand modem statement 12 notices airline travel 8 battery 8, 41 battery, user replacement 23 Brazil 3 Canada 4 China restriction of hazardous substances 38, 48 environmental 33 equipment disposal 33 ergonomics 5, 20 European Union 4, 19 headset and earphone volume level 24 India restriction of hazardous substances 41, 50 Japan 6 Japan power cord 13 Japan restriction of hazardous substances 41, 50 keyboard 24 laser safety 9 Macrovision Corporation 13 Mexico 6 modem 9 perchlorate material 41 power cords 13, 24 Singapore 7 South Korea 6 Taiwan 7, 21 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel 24 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances 41, 51 notices, desktops, thin clients and workstations Federal Communications Commission 17 Index 53 notices, notebook computers Federal Communications Commission 2 P power cord notice 13, 24 R recycling, electronic hardware and battery 33 S Singapore wireless notice 7 South Korea notice 6 T Taiwan notice 7, 21 TCO Certified Edge Certification 51 Thailand WWAN wireless notice 7 travel notice 24 tropical warning notice 25, 31 TV tuner, cable grounding notice 25 U U.S. modem statement 10 Ukraine restriction of hazardous substances notice 41, 51 V voice support 13 volume level notice, headset and earphone 24 W wireless LAN devices 3, 18, 19 54 Index